Tumgik
ana-rose1 5 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暬饾枟饾枎饾枔饾枅饾枈饾枠饾枠
Covetous Namjoon is the gift that keeps on giving.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Namjoon x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 6,211
Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Mild Choking, Fingering, Spanking, Smut, Biting, Blood
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
A/N: Merry Christmas everyone! I'm still working on the OT7 Yandere fic but I wanted to gift you all something. We're paying Alternate Ending Covetous Namjoon a visit. Just a little smut to hold you all over until the OT7 fic comes out 馃槈
It's so cold out. You can hear the way the wind whistles and it's what initially stirred you from your slumber. That and a weight on your back that sends chills down your form. Your naked back is caressed slowly from the top and down the length of your skin in soothing touches. In soothing kisses. It feels nice but it's not what you want right now. What you want is to sleep some more as you revel in the warmth of the blankets that were slowly pulled from your flesh.
You tremble a little as your skin pricks in goosebumps. It's enough to make the weight on top of you chuckle deeply and spread open mouth kisses across your shoulders.
Whining you blindly reach for the covers that rest loosely around your naked waist. You try to tug it up and over yourself but it's pushed aside.
"No," you cry uselessly. "I'm cold."
The kisses stop for a moment as the person's lips are replaced by gentle fingers.
"Do you want me to raise up the heater?"
Your eyes are still closed but you shake your head nonetheless in response. "I just want to stay in bed a bit more."
The person hums but you know he's not just any person. You've been stuck with him for months now and you guess he wouldn't take so lightly that he's listed as some random person in your head.
He hums again before he pulls back leaving your back exposed to the warm air that feels chilly once his form leaves you.
"I got you something," he says.
You don't dare open your eyes but you feel whatever it is he's holding dangle before your face.
"Namjoon I want to sleep. Please?"
You let out a pained yelp when you feel his fingers pinch your backside and that's enough to get you to open your eyes.
"Don't be such a brat." There's no malice in his tone but you can tell he's not fond of your dismissive attitude right now.
You wish you could sleep a little longer as you had a hard time sleeping last night. You've been having a hard time sleeping most nights.
After the day Namjoon found you you were a shivering wreck of a mess. You cried a lot and that lead to sleepless nights and short naps you cried yourself into. Despite time having passed you still have worries. Most of them about Hoseok and how you're waiting for him to find you again.
You honestly don't know if you'd prefer that over the life you're living right now because it's far from perfect. If anything you think you're living on edge because it's only a matter of time, right?
Last night was no different. It took Namjoon warming up some tea for you and holding you close until you felt your resolve begin to crumble - as it has almost every day because now you're back to square one. You're hooked again. Hooked on Namjoon's saliva the way you were on Hoseok's. It's sad really but you don't have time to pity yourself like you would like to. Namjoon doesn't stand for it. He doesn't like it when you feel sorry for yourself. Instead he prefers you place all of your attention on to him because he believes he can distract you enough. With his kiss and with his body.
Namjoon shakes the bag in front of your face to catch your attention and now with your eyes open you see that it's a gift. A pastel pink bag covered in glitter. You don't reach for it at first but all it takes is for you to see the way Namjoon's brow raises in silent question for you to take it.
Slowly you grab for it and once it's in your hands he lets go.
It feels pretty light. There is a slight weight to it and you briefly wonder what it could be. You look over to Namjoon who rests on his side of the bed perching his head on his open palm.
"What is it," you ask.
"Why don't you wash up and put it on. I'll wait for you right here."
You frown at his demand but you know you don't have much say when it comes to him. Whatever it may be - it's Namjoon's way.
You get up from bed and hold the bag close to your naked chest. It's not like he hasn't seen you naked before but you always feel so seen around him. Naked. Figuratively speaking. Raw. You feel raw with Namjoon. It's nothing like with Hoseok who over time you grew used to being naked around each other. You feel like prey around the vampire and you think you always will be.
Hurriedly you make your way to the bathroom that's connected to this room. The floor feels chilly against your feet forcing you to balance on the balls of them as your toes try to curl.
The bathroom looks pretty similar to Hoseok's which you don't know if it was designed to be that way on purpose or not. When you first walked into it you froze. It sent your mind reeling and when you asked Namjoon about it he only hummed like he was intrigued.
"Interesting," was all he said in response.
You don't think this was a coincidence at all.
You remember asking him how he got a hold on this place. Was it built specifically for the brothers? There weren't a lot of rooms so you figured that was probably a no but Namjoon answered you and stated it's a place he had built for himself. He would come here if he needed some space. No servants worked here so it was only him and now you. Your new prison meant you had more privacy. No one to come fetch you when you're alone and no one to intrude on whatever you and Hoseok were doing.
To be honest you thought that you had a chance to easily escape then. Despite this place being far into the forest which meant any help that there could be was far from your reach. Any cars that come here are by Namjoon's orders. Whether it be because they're picking him up or dropping him off. Or even when the person is dropping off some groceries or whatever else it was that Namjoon needed. Outside of that you thought you still had a chance to leave until one day when you were alone did you realize your predicament. The door could only lock with a key. Both outside and in. There was no way for you to unlock the door and escape and only the gods know how distrustful Namjoon is of you so no he doesn't leave you with a spare key.
That was an Earth shattering realization for you and that meant you had to conform to this new life.
"Don't take too long." You're brought of your head when Namjoon calls out to you. "I have to be at my brothers' after this."
Which means he'll be washing up without you after you put on whatever it is he got for you. He has to to avoid any of his brothers smelling you on him. It's how he's gotten away with it for these past few months.
Is it wrong that you kind of want to get caught? You'll be back with Hoseok... Is that any better than being with Namjoon? You don't know. It's a little too scary to think about.
Placing the gift onto the counter you quickly set things up. From brushing your teeth to taking a warm shower that heats you up from the cold weather that wants to seep into the house. You wish you could stay beneath the water for just a bit longer but you don't want to deal with Namjoon's mouth.
The shower comes to a stop so you can dry yourself. Despite not wanting to hear his mouth you take your time to do your skincare.
You're feeling a little apprehensive in opening up this gift of yours. He's given you gifts before and now with it being Christmas day you're not surprised at all with being gifted something yet again.
You look over to the bag before looking back into the mirror as you take a wild guess to what's inside. It feels pretty light so it has to be clothes. There's some weight to it but not much but you can't even begin to think as to why. You know you'll have to look in the bag eventually so once you're done everything you reach for it with shaky hands.
Opening the gift bag up you pull out the decorative tissue paper from inside. What's inside leaves you feeling breathless but unsurprised. Lingerie.
It's all black and he knows your size because he's measured you before. A lace top that's in the shape of a butterfly up front and thin straps that hold up the back. There are more thin straps - two that stretch along your legs with loops at the end in the shape of garters. Reaching into the bag again you find a matching high waisted double strapped thong.
You sigh because Namjoon buying you lingerie is nothing new to you. He does it quite a bit and because of that you know his preferences being that you place the thong over the garter because he wants to take it off without having to undo everything else.
"What's the fun in wearing lingerie if you have to take it off for sex?"
His words from the past are loud in your head but you get it. Occasionally he'd pull the underwear to the side but again, you've learned his preferences.
Before putting the lingerie on you go to toss the bag onto the floor but you feel something shift in there and you're reminded of the weight you felt in it from before. Curiously you peak inside the bag and see something else that has your brow raising in interest.
You reach in and take out a bondage collar. The leather is thick and holds three o shaped rings. One in the middle and two on either side. On the middle one there's a black heart shaped charm that when you turn it around you see the word 'Princess' engraved into it.
You can't help but to huff a laugh. Both in indignation and something else. You were interested in this collar that's for sure but you weren't going to admit that to Namjoon. Otherwise he'd think he was winning you over somehow.
Much like Hoseok you... tolerate your captor but it's because what he can provide for you. Providing his saliva that leaves you susceptible to his advances. You don't think much of it because it's what you want, but there is one issue. Namjoon enjoys toying with you. Meaning he enjoys withholding from you his saliva until you're practically begging him for it. He has a power trip knowing he can make you beg for him to do anything and everything. Him leaving you stupefied until you're begging for more than just his saliva. It's annoying really and on more than one occasion you've fought back. Mouthed off at him. You know you hit a nerve when he flexes his jaw but despite that he manages to reign you in. Eventually...
Looking into the mirror you bring the collar to your throat and strap it on like a belt. It doesn't feel too tight but it's not loose enough to hang. Afterwards you put on the lingerie that slips over your body perfectly.
Heaving a big sigh again as you look at your reflection you roll your eyes before heading out of the bathroom and into your shared bedroom.
On the four poster bed Namjoon awaits you. He's typing something out on his phone and when he's done does he grace you with his attention. It starts off small but then his smile widens until his dimples show.
"Come here." He extends a hand out towards you.
You tongue your cheek and try to make yourself look as uninterested as possible because you're both clearly wanting different things. He wants sex and you want your high. They oftentimes come together but it depends on how much you annoy him at first.
You walk over and crawl across the bed to him. His hand slowly retracts the more you crawl towards him until you come to a stop once you're straddling his waist.
Namjoon looks you over with a bite to his bottom lip. His hands come up to rest atop your thighs where he runs them appreciatively before his eyes roam up to watch the way the heart shaped charm jingles against the metal when you scoot up more. His smile just turns absolutely devious and with a finger he loops it through the o shaped ring that holds the charm and tugs you forward.
"Like your present, princess?"
You don't give him an answer but it doesn't stop him from laughing.
"You look good enough to eat."
"Not until I have my hit."
Namjoon's brow raises and his smile falters a little.
Strike one.
"You can have what you want after I've had my fill of you." He goes to grab your waist and flip you over but you fight to keep upright.
Strike two.
"Y/N," he warns.
"Namjoon," you bite back in a mocking tone.
He pinches the bridge of his nose as you see him trying to calm down. You're so close to a strike three and you know it.
You hop off of him and sit by his side. Your arms cross as you huff and now you wait to see what he has to say.
Namjoon sits up and looks over to you with the eyes of a dragon. That's what you liken them to whenever he stares at you like this. He's clearly upset but there's something else in that look of his and it's that your attitude is turning him on.
"Why are you such a brat?"
You give him a deadpan look. "You made me this way."
His brows shoot up and he has to fight to control his laughter. "I made you this way?"
Nodding you look off towards the side. You know you shouldn't but you can't help what you mumble next. "I was never like this with Hoseok."
There's a stillness in the air and before you know it you're pushed onto your back with Namjoon straddling you.
Strike three.
His hand comes around your neck and if it weren't because of the collar you're sure he would choke you.
"What did I say to you about mentioning my brother's name in front of me? Hm?" There's a slight tremble to his voice as anger surges through him.
You wriggle uncomfortably beneath the vampire and bring a hand up to claw at his own. You grunt at the discomfort but it doesn't stop him.
"I'm sorry," you strain out.
Namjoon laughs. "You're never sorry, Y/N. It's the same shit with you all the time."
He brings his face closer to yours and bumps his nose against your own. His lips ghost over your own and you find yourself parting them for what's to come.
His tongue slips out to roam across your awaiting mouth but when he feels your own peek out he pulls back. You whine at the loss of contact and it takes everything in Namjoon not to laugh.
A smirk breaks across his face as he eases up his hold around your neck. "You think you deserve it after saying what you said?"
Your hand that clawed at his one holds him tight and without resistance from his end you move it until he's cupping your breast.
You give a half hearted moan. "Please?"
Namjoon huffs a laugh. "You're so pathetic, but all mine."
His words do hit a nerve that you try to ignore. It'll only sour your mood the more you think on it but there's a lingering pain left behind. It's quickly smoothed over though when his hand cupping your breast begins to make a descent towards your sex where you're not quite wet yet and you know he knows this.
He hums and looks down to admire your lace clad body. His pointer finger follows along the design until it finds your clothed sex where he applies pressure over it in search of your clit.
"How wet can you get for me," he asks.
You know he's not really interested in a response but you say something anyway.
"As wet as you want."
This makes his smile grow wide until his dimples show. You're complying with his advances but you both know it's because you want that high. You'll do anything for it. Even if it means that you'll make a fool out of yourself.
He slips his fingers across the length of your thong until he pulls it to the side to expose you for himself. His index and middle fingers run along your slit where slowly but surely you begin to grow wet with your arousal and it makes him groan.
"You're going to be the death of me, you know that?"
You look off towards the side in embarrassment but Namjoon isn't having any of that. With his other hand he grips your chin and directs your attention over to him.
"Don't tell me you're growing shy on me," he laughs. "After how many times I've had a taste of you?"
Your eyes shift around as you try to just revel in the feel of him but the more he talks the more you grow annoyed.
You huff in irritation and it catches Namjoon's attention.
He raises a brow at you all the while his fingers rub against your clit. "Care to share what's on your mind?"
No actually because you know if you tell him to shut up and get the act over with so you can get your high it will only entice him to do otherwise.
Your silence is loud and it makes Namjoon suck his teeth in a mocking way.
"You always have something to say. What is it," he asks with a smirk. "Too afraid of risking punishment?"
There's a small pout on your lips that quickly parts in an o shape when he slips a finger inside. He curls the digit over and over again and it has your legs trembling just the slightest bit.
"You know for someone who talks a lot of shit you're very quiet right now. I may have made you into a brat so go ahead. Act like one."
Your eyes are directed onto him and they squint in suspicion.
You know Namjoon enjoys punishing you and clearly he's trying to get you to talk so he can do so again. The question is if you're going to fall for it or not. The faster you get through this the faster you can get your high but you also can't give up the chance to mouth off at Namjoon. Does that make you a masochist? Maybe but it also brings up the thoughts on whether you enjoy doing these things with Namjoon. You don't like to think about it the same way you didn't like to think about it with Hoseok. You're doing this for yourself you reason so it's alright you guess.
"You want me to act like a brat?" Your eyes close in pleasure when he adds a second finger in. "Then how about you do a better job in fingering me first."
You have to stop yourself from whining when he stops all together. You're about to open your eyes to stare at him but they're quick to stay shut when you wince in pain.
Namjoon spanks your cunt once then twice. "There she is. I was wondering where she went."
You clench your teeth together in mild frustration. "Yeah she's here and what? It doesn't change the fact that you're doing minimal effort to get me off."
You can't help the way your eyes widen when you feel Namjoon grip your face. It's with the hand he wasn't touching you with and he holds on to you hard. He's giving you those dragon eyes again as he observes you. You can't tell if your words were too much and maybe now he's pissed. You normally don't complain about the pleasure he gives you or lack of so this is kind of new to you.
He softly shakes your head side to side as he tongues his cheek. "Anything else you have to say?"
You huff in disgruntlement. "Yeah. I hate you."
A chilling grin overtakes his face. "I know, princess."
Your hand comes up to slap his own off of your face but he barely budges.
"You can be so ill-mannered you know that," he says in an almost concerned tone of voice. "Where did I go wrong with you?" He doesn't give you a chance to answer when he roughly turns you over onto your front. "Did I spoil you too much?" He places a hand on the back of your neck and holds you down. "Or is it just because you like getting me riled up?"
You grunt but arch your back when his other hand glides softly along your spine. He chuckles at this.
"I'm guessing you enjoy this as much as I do otherwise you'd give me a harder time than you already do."
Your eyes squeeze shut when his fingers find their way back to your sex and sidesteps your thong to dip them in. The feeling makes you moan and it makes Namjoon chuckle. The sound of it just makes you want to roll your eyes beneath the lids.
"I do it for the high," you admit.
Without a second to process anything you gasp when Namjoon strikes your right cheek.
"Oh I know you do you little shit," he curses. "But that doesn't take away the fact that you enjoy it whenever I touch you."
He's right but you're not about to admit that to him.
"You wish."
Another smack comes down but this time it's your left cheek. You can't help the way that you gasp again. Even more so when his fingers find themselves in you once again. This time the two digits go fast and hard into you and the feeling has you moaning out loud.
Your hands come up to grip the comforter all the while Namjoon pleasures you. It's insane how good he makes you feel but again you're not about to admit that to him.
He pulls his fingers out of you and you cry out from the loss of them. You try to sit up but his other hand keeps you firmly down by the back of your neck.
"Fuck Namjoon," you whine.
"What was that, princess?"
Gritting your teeth together you writhe as you try and find a way to get up. "I said fuck you."
Two loud smacks for each cheek has your head growing hazy from his sadistic pleasure. It's a euphoric feeling in of itself and it just makes you crave the inevitable high even more.
His fingers find their way inside of you again and it's a torturous dance of pleasing you to spanking you even if you don't mouth off at him. It has your mind reeling with you unsure if you were coming or going. All you understood and felt were a mixture of things. Almost like hot and cold with what Namjoon was doing to you. Hot from the heat he was creating inside of you and cold from the chilling feeling of being physically marked by him. It brought tears to your eyes that remained closed in absolute pleasure.
At some point Namjoon stops all together to let you regain your breath.
All that's heard in the room is your heavy breathing and your heart beat in your ears. The weight of his hand on the back of your neck is still there and it becomes even more apparent when he applies more pressure.
"How are you feeling, princess?"
His question to you sounds genuine and it's moments like these that you have to remind yourself that you're doing it all for the high. His concern for you will not shake you. You won't allow it.
You clear your throat before nodding. "Good."
He finally releases you and pats you on your backside. "Stay there," he demands and you listen because you're too out of it to say or do otherwise.
Your eyes remain closed but you're aware of the way he moves around you. You know what's coming next and your skin pricks in anticipation.
Namjoon presses his front to your back where you feel the lukewarm touch of his naked skin. A hand comes down to take your thong by the straps and slowly ease it down your thighs until they rest above your knees.
"You smell divine," he says beneath his breath.
Your face flushes with heat as he peppers kisses along the back of your neck and shoulders and it's with a soft gasp do you react when you feel the weight of his cock pressed up against your ass.
He cages you in with his strong arms and with a hand he grabs your chin to angle your face towards him. He's smiling at you but the way one would when they have their prey right where they want them and you are very much where Namjoon wants you.
"Bear with me for a little longer and I'll give you what you want, yeah?"
You know he means about his saliva and though the idea of having to wait more time to get it leaves you feeling glum at least you're almost there.
He releases your face from his grip and with one hand he guides his cock towards your entrance.
He's thick and though you've gotten used to having him inside of you it doesn't change the fact that you have to deal with the initial stretch each time. Your eyes shut when he prods at your entrance - running the head up and down your slit. When he's satisfied with what he's done he pushes forward until his head breaches through your hole.
You let out a sound that's a cross between a moan and a whimper of delight. Namjoon grunts when he feels your walls clamp down on him and shushes you gently as a way to get you to relax for him.
"Relax," he says softly. "That's it. Good girl."
You screw your eyes shut the more he goes in and though there's a stretch what you mostly feel is pleasure.
A long drawn out moan comes from deep inside of you when he reaches the hilt and he's snug within you.
Namjoon releases a shaky breath and rests his forehead against your shoulder. He's letting you get used to him before he makes a move and you're appreciative of that.
"Tell me when," he whispers.
You have to fight to keep your walls from fluttering around him but you can't help it. He moans every time you do and he has to grip your arm to ground himself. The feeling of his grip helps ground you too and so with a nod do you let him know to go on.
"Do it."
Namjoon wraps an arm across your front and holds you close to his chest and with that you brace yourself for what's about to come.
His legs are on either side of yours caging you in and from there does he begin to piston his hips. He goes fast and hard jostling you up the bed. If it weren't for his hold on you you're sure you'd bump into the headboard.
You gasp and moan at the way he pounds into. You're left feeling breathless as your body tingles from head to toe. Gripping the sheets beneath you your eyes begin to water as your body is completely ravished by your captor. You don't want to admit it out loud but even then he knows how you're really feeling by the noises you make.
He's making a mess in between your legs. Your arousal gushes out of you with every push and pull of his hips leaving your inner thighs sticky and wet. In any other situation you'd feel embarrassed but he's making you feel so good you can hardly care.
From this angle his cock drags over the roof of your cunt just right. You're practically panting at this point because of it.
With a particularly harsh thrust you cry out loud and it makes him chuckle.
"Feels good, princess?"
You clamp your lips shut and breathe heavily through your nose.
"Oh don't get so quiet now. I know you love this," he laughs. "How about we try another position? Shall we?"
Without giving you time to think he pulls out of you and flips you over onto your back. You gasp at the sudden movement and before you can complain he spreads your legs apart and slots himself within you once again.
He's back to a brutal pace but keeps you close by slipping his arms beneath you and holding your shoulders in his hands. The move keeps you where he wants you - under his control.
Your eyes are shut but it doesn't stop a tear from leaking through your lashes. Even though you won't admit it out loud you are feeling good. More than good. With your back arching off the bed your breasts press up against Namjoon's front making him groan. The sound makes your walls tighten around him causing him to groan even louder.
"Keep doing that princess and I just might come."
You open your eyes and staring back at you are his icy blue ones. His frenzy is active and you know sooner than later he's going to need to feed, but not until you have what you want first.
Your lips part in waiting making Namjoon's brow raise in interest.
"Please," you beg.
He comes to a slow stop - sweat trickling down from his hairline. A dimpled smile takes over his face as he shakes his head. "You're so impatient, baby."
The way he stares at you like he adores you makes your stomach roil a little.
"Please Namjoon. I can't wait any longer." Your words come out with a whine.
He looks over your features in a sudden silence with nothing to express but that doesn't last for long.
He huffs a laugh. "I'm feeling awfully nice today since it's the holidays so yeah. Why not?"
Your pleading eyes widen a little in excitement and it makes him chuckle.
Without a second to waste Namjoon leans over to kiss your lips. You meet him halfway and immediately peek your tongue out to run across the seam of his lips. There's little resistance on his end as he parts his own and slips his tongue out to meet with yours. Then it hits. Pure elation. Pure euphoria. Pure ecstasy. It doesn't matter how many times you get it. It just gets better and better each time.
The kiss is long and deep with passion. Your tongues grind against one another in a sinful dance that's made of pure lust. Maybe if you weren't so far gone you'd be ashamed but that's not the case right now. You're enjoying yourself too much.
Your hands come up to Namjoon's back where your fingers dig into his flesh. He pulls back to hiss in pain but you don't miss the way his cock twitches inside of you.
Everything about how you feel right now is superb. You're on cloud nine. You can't help but to close your eyes and revel in the feeling. Even more so when Namjoon picks up where he left off. He's back to fucking you fast and hard to the point that you're left gasping. The man knows what he's doing. He's hitting all the right places that have you seeing stars.
Your walls start to flutter around him indicating that you're close. It forces Namjoon's hips to stutter.
"Fuck," he curses. "Think you can come for me?" Though he asks he knows that you can.
He switches his position slightly so that he's kneeling and brings a hand down between the two of you. His deft fingers quickly find your clit where he rolls the pearl around until you vocalize the pleasure he's giving you.
Behind closed lids your eyes roll back as you whimper and moan. You're so close and there's little else that needs to be done to make you fall over the edge. Just one more roll of his fingers and you gasp before a long high pitched whine breaks free from deep down in your chest. Your legs begin to shake as your walls clamp down on Namjoon. He chokes on a moan but it doesn't stop him from moving.
"Fuck, fuck, fuck," he grits out.
You don't see the way he clenches his teeth and how he bares them in unbridled rapture. He pushes forth - on and on until he suddenly stops. His hips jerk forward and he's spilling all he's got deep within you. You feel the way he empties inside of you filling you up to the brim. It's something you can never get used to but it's not a bad feeling. It has you sighing before the next thing to happen happens.
Namjoon's teeth bite into the side of your neck and hard. It makes you wince slightly but the high helps stave off any pain you would have felt otherwise. You feel the pull as he sucks your blood and it's a bit odd. Having your life force being pulled from you is an... interesting feeling. Especially when you're higher than a kite.
He takes from you a bit more before he stops and heals your wound with his tongue with a long and slow swipe. You hum at the feeling and he responds back with a hum of his own.
"You alright," he asks softly.
You hum again with a barely there nod.
When you're like this it's oftentimes best to just let yourself be. You don't enjoy any interruptions as you go through the motions of your high but you know Namjoon is being innocent when it comes to checking up on you.
He leaves a kiss on your forehead before pulling out and it makes you hiss. You're so sensitive down there. So much so that not even the high can mask the feeling.
Your eyes are shut so you don't see what Namjoon is doing but you know what his course of action will be. It's just a moment of silence before you jump a little at the feel of a warm washcloth between your legs. He cleans you up well and urges you to push to get some of his cum out. It's at this point the high starts to slowly leave you but the residual effect prevents you from feeling any sort of embarrassment as Namjoon cleans you up.
Without a word, once he's done, he heads to the bathroom where you know he'll wash up. You didn't forget that he needs to cleanse himself of you so he can go and see his brothers. They are no doubt waiting for him patiently or impatiently. For a brief moment you think of Hoseok. You wonder how he's doing ever since you left. You never bothered to ask Namjoon on how his brother has been because you never forgot that your captor has a penchant for lying. Who is to say he'll tell you the truth or not? Even then do you actually care to know? You don't know.
You curl up onto your side as sleep slowly starts to take over your hazy brain. Your semi-naked state trembles as it seeks warmth but you can't bring yourself to move and cover yourself up. Call it laziness or whatever but you can barely care.
You're in and out of consciousness all the while thoughts, meaningful and meaningless, flit across your mind. Neither here nor there - just simply existing. It's in this state do you register the sounds Namjoon makes when he comes back from showering. You know he can hear the way your breathing pattern begins to ease up so it's without a doubt in your mind that Namjoon knows you're about to fall asleep. Still, he checks up on you before tugging down the sheets so he can lie it over your body. As soon as the covers blanket over you goosebumps line your bare skin from the warmth. In response you give a pleased hum.
"I'll be out for a while." You vaguely register Namjoon's words. "Rest up and I'll see you later."
You give another hum though this time it's in acknowledgement despite how sleepy you're sure you sound.
"Merry Christmas, princess," are the last words you hear to keep you company until your captor comes back to you. Until you're back in his arms and until he'll have you again.
245 notes View notes
ana-rose1 8 months
Text
Tumblr media
A collection of my stories.
饾暥饾枎饾枓 饾暪饾枂饾枓饾枏饾枖饾枖饾枔
鈾ovetous Alternate Ending - Namjoon
Namjoon played with your heart and subsequently broke it. He's done toying with you but what happens when he realizes he wants more from you than he originally thought?
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
饾暥饾枎饾枓 饾暰饾枈饾枖饾枑饾枏饾枎饾枔
coming soon
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
饾暩饾枎饾枔 饾杽饾枖饾枖饾枔饾枌饾枎
coming soon
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
饾暤饾枤饾枔饾枌 饾暢饾枖饾枠饾枈饾枖饾枑
鈾ovetous
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 | 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 40 | 41 | 42 | 43 | 44 | 45 | 46 | 47 | 48 | 49 | 50 | 51 | 52 | 53
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
饾暬饾枂饾枟饾枑 饾暤饾枎饾枓饾枎饾枔
coming soon
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
饾暥饾枎饾枓 饾暱饾枂饾枈饾枍饾枮饾枤饾枔饾枌
coming soon
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
饾暤饾枈饾枖饾枔 饾暤饾枤饾枔饾枌饾枑饾枖饾枖饾枑
coming soon
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
饾枖饾枡7
coming soon
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤鉀р洤
鈷竏alchiid || all rights reserved || do not copy, edit, repost my work anywhere. to do so will be a copyright infringement and you will be held accountable.
298 notes View notes
ana-rose1 8 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枖饾枦饾枈饾枡饾枖饾枤饾枠 饾暚饾枒饾枡饾枈饾枟饾枔饾枂饾枡饾枈 饾暟饾枔饾枆饾枎饾枔饾枌 - 饾暪饾枂饾枓饾枏饾枖饾枖饾枔
Namjoon played with your heart and subsequently broke it. He's done toying with you but what happens when he realizes he wants more from you than he originally thought?
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Namjoon x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 3,211
Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Fear, Choking, Mention of Necrophilia
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
A/N: After being requested here's an alternate ending to Covetous! When Namjoon decides you're just too good to pass up.
He doesn't know when this started to happen. You were fun to play with but that was it. You were a toy he could really give two shits about but for some reason when he sees you kissing his brother it sparks something within him.
It starts off with curiosity. He knows you don't actually love Hoseok. You were just toying with him the way he did to you. It's so obvious to him but Hoseok is so in love with you that he couldn't see it.
Namjoon tells Seokjin that he suspected that you were lying and he gave his reasons why. He told his older brother everything. Well, almost everything. He didn't tell him how on multiple occasions he'd been knuckles deep inside of you pulling from you the sweetest sounds he's ever heard. But he does mention how you fell for him all because he was nice to you. It leaves the man flabbergasted and because of Namjoon's constant lying it took the eldest a minute to believe him.
Namjoon is known for lying. It's what he's best at but when he showed concern for Hoseok's feelings Seokjin couldn't help but to believe him when he said you were lying yourself. Now that he had one brother on his side that meant when he told Hoseok about your lies and you wanting to escape he'll believe you. Or better yet he tried but you had Hoseok too wrapped around your finger.
He doesn't know what pisses him off more that Hoseok didn't believe him or because you no longer were entertaining him but his brother. When he had you you were nothing to him but now that he doesn't anymore you're the first thing to come to mind when he starts his day.
To be honest he's upset you managed to reign him in. Nothing regarding love was supposed to happen between you two. He remembers how hard he laughed when you told him you loved him. He got a good laugh out of it. When you left his room he decided that what he had with you was a good run but it's over now. He'll mess with you from time to time because seeing that heart wrenching look you'd throw his way was funny but now he's laughing no longer.
When he saw the way you leaned in to kiss Hoseok on Jimin's birthday it lit something inside of him. He was interested at first when you and Hoseok would hole yourselves up in his room doing gods know what. When he realized you were "succumbing" to his brother - Seokjin's words not his - he realized having you around wasn't so bad. But that damned kiss you gave Hoseok in front of him had him hollowing his cheeks and jutting his chin out in annoyance.
Gods you really piss him off.
He wishes things were different. That he wouldn't have these feelings but alas he does and he's come to realize that he actually wants you and not in the way he did before.
When you left Hoseok was devastated. Namjoon was upset that you would leave but he doesn't know if he's upset because you broke his brother's heart or because you left without him being able to take you as his again. Maybe it's both.
It's been a year since you've been gone and Hoseok is still a mess. He lies in his bed crying out for you and waits for a word to come in from the private investigator he's hired.
He chose well because this investigator has never not found anyone he's sent to search for but Namjoon has a little secret. He made a deal with the man that comes with a hefty amount of cash. The deal is that whatever he finds he needs to run it by Namjoon first and if he finds you don't tell Hoseok.
The investigator was confused at first but money talks and so he kept his promise.
After searching for so long he's come to find out you live about eight hours away from him. Near Hoseok's ex Minjeong of course. It was her who took you under her wing and helped you escape. How she did it he's not sure but you're there and you have a full time job now. The last time the investigator saw you you were leaving the rehab center you were taken to after your escape and he's come to learn that you're clean now. He doesn't know how much you struggled to get better but you did and it honestly makes him smile. Not because he's happy for you but because it's going to make breaking you so much fun.
He's currently snooping around your apartment. It smells just like you and he finds that he likes it. You don't have any pictures up and your furniture is bland. He doesn't know if it's because you have zero taste or because you don't plan on leaving a mark. That's good enough for him because he has plans for you that don't require whatever it is you have going on here.
Time gets later and later until the sky begins to dim. By now you should have been home and Namjoon finds himself checking his phone to see the time.
He huffs in annoyance. You're late.
Based on what the investigator said you should be home by 5 PM and it's 7. He wonders what's taking you so long. Are you perhaps with Minjeong? He was told you two actually spend some quality time together. Are you working overtime or are you perhaps with someone else? He hasn't been told that you're seeing anyone romantically or so it's believed. You don't have a lot of friends so despite knowing you're probably not but the idea of you spending your time with someone that isn't him? He has to admit that doesn't sit right in his stomach.
He doesn't own you but he thinks he likes the idea of that. Much more than he originally thought he would.
You were once his brother's but thinking about you and Hoseok right now is actually pissing him off so if you know what's good for you you better be home in the next few minutes.
When he thinks you're going to be later than you already are he hears the front door beep as you put the code in.
He's sat on your dining room chair waiting. From this angle you won't be able to see him. You'd have to come around the corner towards the kitchen that is separated by a wall that's waist height.
He can hear the rustling of bags and how you sigh deeply. From the smell of it he thinks you brought groceries and it would explain why you were late.
The door closes behind you as you make your way over to the kitchen. Your eyes are facing down as you shuffle your way over. You look cute as you waddle over in your house slippers. He can't believe how absolutely clueless you are though and he decides to say something so that you can finally acknowledge his presence.
"Took you long enough."
The gasp you take is loud as you drop your grocery bags in a fright. Your eyes are wide as you back up with a hand to your chest. It makes him smile.
He stands to his full height and shoves his hands into the pockets of his loose pants. When he tries to take a step closer to you you take two steps back.
"What the fuck are you doing here?!"
Your question makes him chuckle.
"It's been a while, princess."
You're visibly shaking with your eyes growing glossy with unshed tears. He watches as you back up against the wall of your living room and it just makes his smile grow wider.
"Namjoon," you cry. "What are you doing here?"
He hums as he steps closer your way. "Am I not allowed to see my favorite girl?"
Your face morphs into one of disgust but the fear is still evident in your expression. "Please. Please don't take me back."
He grows closer to you until he's directly in front of you nearly chest to chest.
If the wall could swallow you from how hard you press into it he thinks it would and he has to admit seeing you so frightened really is doing something for him. Something good.
His hand comes up to caress your cheek to which you flinch. It makes him chuckle.
"Who says I'm taking you back, princess?"
Your brows furrow as confusion becomes evident in your features.
"T-Then why are you here?"
He breathes out deeply as he brings his face closer to yours where he runs his lips across your forehead. He can hear the way your heart rate skyrockets and feel the way you tremble beneath his touch.
He expected your response to seeing him again would be less than pleasant but he has to admit that he's enjoying it. What can he say? His princess is quite entertaining.
You jerk your head back when you feel his lips on your skin and bang the back of it against the wall. You wince from the sudden pain. Namjoon seems to notice because he gives a low chuckle as he pulls back a little so he can stare directly into your face.
"It's been so long since I've last seen you. Since I last smelled you. I wonder if you still taste the same." A smile overtakes his lips.
With a courageous front he's never seen from you before you push back against his chest. He barely budges but you made your point.
"Aw," he says. "Aren't you happy to see me, princess?"
"Fuck you, Namjoon," you cry out.
"Isn't that what you wanted? For me to fuck you?" His smile grows wider. "You know as lovers do? We were pretty close to that weren't we? But we had some issues and my brother got to see sides of you that I didn't." He looks up towards the ceiling as a thought strikes him. "I still remember when I nearly cockblocked my brother who was doing something filthy with you. Do you remember?" He grabs your face between his thumb and fingers forcing your lips to pucker up. "It had something to do with these lips. Tell me are you any good at giving head in the way you were with those pretty hands of yours?"
There's a tear that's been threatening to spill from your right eye. It clung to your lashes like a lifeline until it couldn't anymore and fell down in a streak of anguish and, does he detect, embarrassment?
"Don't get so shy on me now, princess. It is what it is." He shrugs. "Knowing then what I know now maybe I should've just knocked the damn door down and taken you for myself."
You look utterly confused and try to speak between two squished cheeks. "What are you going on about?"
Namjoon huffs a laugh. "I mean baby girl that you just had to mean something to me." He suddenly grows serious and it unnerves you. Squeezing your face tighter with his nails digging in he grits out "You just had to make me fall for you."
When the realization hits it hits you hard because you release a shaky breath with a shake of your head in disbelief.
"No," you say. "You didn't want me. I was nothing to you."
"And you're right. You weren't shit to me but it seems after some time passed things changed. After seeing you kiss my brother and fucking mean it it set something off in me. I hated it. I hated you and I hated my brother for getting to have you in ways I could only dream of." He smiles. "People change is what I'm saying, princess. I changed and now I want you."
Nothing is making sense to you so you continue to shake your head no. "Hoseok wouldn't allow it."
Namjoon snarls. "I don't give a fuck what my brother wants. You're mine now."
"And why would I ever pick you?" Heat is seethed between your teeth.
"Who says you had a choice?"
There's a moment of silence as he stares at you. You stare back confidently but only because you can hardly see him through all the tears that are waiting to be shed. Through that confidence you bite back.
"Hoseok would kill you if you touch me."
His hand leaves your face and grips your neck tightly but not enough to block your airways.
"And I'll kill you if he tries to touch me and I'll turn you into my little cock sleeve just like Jimin does."
Your eyes widen and it feels Iike there's too much air in your chest from when you gasped. Your knees are threatening to give out but don't worry Namjoon thinks. You have him.
You shake your head despite how scared you feel. "No. You're a liar. You'll never do that."
To this Namjoon laughs out loud. Like what you told him was a hilarious joke. Maybe it has to do with the fact that he is a liar. Always has been and always will be, but you're right. He'll never do that to you.
His thumb smooths over your neck as he sobers up.
You look beautiful. Maybe it's because it's been a long time since he last saw you. He's not sure but what he does know is that now that he has you he won't give you up so easily.
His thumb continues to rub softly against your neck. You're still trembling and it's probably because he still has a good hold on you. Your eyes shift from his face to around him like you're looking for something to defend yourself with.
"Don't think about it," he warns.
But you do and it's with a sudden movement do you bend your knee fast and hard into his groin. Namjoon doubles over with his hold on your neck loosening. You go around him and run to your door. You're about to open it and scream but a hand wraps over your mouth and drags you backwards until you trip and land flat on your back. Namjoon comes tumbling after when you grab his shirt when he whirls you around and lands on top of your lap. His hand is still on your mouth and it covers the screaming cries you let loose.
Your hands do a poor job at hitting him hard and despite how annoyed he is with you right now he can't help but to huff a laugh.
"You're a lot more spicier than I remember." He straddles you and stiffens when you land a good slap across his face. With his other hand he grabs your two and slams them on the floor up above your head. "Don't piss me off," he grits out.
Tears fall freely from your eyes as your muffled cries ring out in the air. You try to say something but he can't hear you over his hand.
"What's that," he asks.
It's almost like he's playing around with you because he smirks.
You try and speak again but this time he removes his hand from you and lets you talk.
"You're a piece of shit," you cry.
Namjoon grabs his chest. "You wound me, princess." He begins to laugh and it reminds you of the day when he broke your heart. "Now." He sits up straighter. "What you just did? Don't do that shit again. Otherwise I'll have to break your legs. Do you want that?"
It takes you a second as your bottom lip trembles.
"Y/N," he calls to you sternly.
Slowly you begin to shake your head no.
"Good."
All that's heard are your sniffles as you try and reign in your loud crying.
Honestly he doesn't like seeing you cry. Fear is one thing but the way your face scrunches up so pitifully turns him off.
You hiccup a little and mumble something he doesn't quite catch.
"Come again?" He leans a little towards you.
You hiccup again and frown as you speak a little louder. "You're worse than Hoseok."
Namjoon grits his teeth as a fire begins to roar within him. This time when he grabs your neck he squeezes tight and it makes you gasp in air that can't reach your lungs.
"Say Hoseok's name one more time. I dare you." He's finally come to realize that he hates the way his brother's name falls from your lips. "I told you you're mine."
Your hands come up and claw at his one. You keep trying to gasp for air but it doesn't come. When you think you're about to pass out he releases you and finally those gasps of air are fruitful.
You cough a few times as your chest rises and falls dramatically. You're back to shaking like a leaf making Namjoon sigh.
"Come on," he says as he stands up and reaches a hand out. "Let's go."
You're hesitant to take his hand before deciding to stand up on your own. You take a few steps back that makes him arch a brow.
"Go where?" Your voice is a little hoarse.
He drops his hand to his side before he decides holding your hand is the better option. He snatches it and you try to tug away but ultimately stop when you realize he won't let go.
"We're going home," he says lowly.
He sees the way panic begins to take over your face and it makes him smile.
"You said you weren't going to take me back."
"And I meant that," he chuckles. "We're going to a new place I got. Just for us."
"What?"
You look surprised. He can't help but to laugh. You're too cute for your own good.
He turns and drags you along with him towards the front door. This time instead of going to it you plant your feet hard towards the ground but your slippers make you slide forward.
"Namjoon," you cry out. "Namjoon wait!"
He stops to hear you out but when you say nothing he tugs you forward again.
As he goes to open the door he brings you in close and mutters "Make a sound and I'll kill anyone who comes to your aid. Understood?"
Your brows draw together but he sees the realization behind your eyes. He sees that you come to the conclusion that you have no other choice. And so slowly you begin to move along with him and leave your apartment.
"You're going to love the new place," he says with a smile as you walk towards the elevators. "It's just going to be me and you so you won't have to worry about anyone prying into our business."
When he looks down at you he sees the way fresh tears fall from your eyes.
"None of that anymore." He wipes your face before the doors to the elevator open. "From here on out things are going to be different. It's probably going to take you a while to adjust but you'll see. Everything is going to be alright."
203 notes View notes
ana-rose1 8 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 53
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 12,777
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 53 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Fighting, Drama, Needles, Fear, Angst, Drugging, Blood, Biting
A/N: Here it is! The very last chapter of Covetous. It's been such a wild ride. I started sharing this story almost a year ago can you believe that? A year filled with a lot of ups and downs. I just want to say thank you for giving the story a lot of love. It really means a lot to me. I hope you enjoy this final chapter and I hope I'll see you around for other stories. Take care 馃挏
Prev
Your teeth are clenched hard. So hard and you don't even realize you bit the tip of your tongue until after you taste blood. Fear courses through you and you have the sudden need for everything to please just stop.
Your eyes are sealed shut with all air being taken out of you as you hear the sound of metal hitting metal and the sound of breaking glass. Followed by it is a stillness and the sound of a horn blaring non-stop.
Your eyes slowly open and you look over to Yoongi who winces in pain.
"Are you okay," you hurriedly ask.
He nods before breathlessly asking if you were okay.
"Yeah." Your voice shakes.
The front window is completely shattered. It's focused mostly on Yoongi's side and branches out like a spiderweb towards your side. The windshield wipers are up and the airbags are out and that damned horn is still going.
With shaky hands you undo your seat belt and try to move. Your body aches especially your neck You bring down the sun visor and look into the mirror to see you have a bright and bloody burn across your neck from the seat belt.
"Fuck," you mumble.
Yoongi follows after you and undoes his seat belt as well. He goes to try and open his door but he struggles to get it open.
You're about to tell him not to force it when your door suddenly swings open and you're dragged out of the car. You yelp in surprise and cry out when you land on the street with a hard thud. It takes your eyes a second to adjust in the blaring sunlight but once they do you gasp in fear.
Hoseok is holding you by the front of your shirt and he looks pissed.
There's a bit of blood that runs down from his forehead and creases into his brow. It doesn't make sense to you as to how he got hurt but all you know is that he's right here in front of you. This is not a hallucination.
"Hoseok!" Yoongi cries out.
The young vampire doesn't say anything to him but he glares his brother's way.
You try to get his grip off of you but you're too injured to fight him off properly. "Let me go," you cry weakly but he doesn't budge.
Around the car comes Seokjin who winces as he palms his lower back with his hand. "Did you really have to do that," he asks.
You're not sure what he means until a sudden thought strikes you. Did Hoseok crash into you? Was that his car? It would make sense but at the same time you're wondering how he found you so quickly. What was the likelihood that it was him and not somebody else?
There's a gathering of people around. Some leave their cars to help. They especially help Yoongi who can't get his car door to open.
You're in the middle of slapping Hoseok's hand over and over again to get him to let go of you but his grip is hard as steel. You swivel your legs over to try and kick him and you land a good one on his shin that makes him grit his teeth in pain as he hisses.
"Hoseok let go of me!"
He pulls you up onto your feet by your shirt and shakes you in anger. "You had one chance," he yells. "I gave you one chance and you fucked up!"
"Hey whoa! Whoa!" A pedestrian comes over with two hands raised as if he were approaching a wild animal. "Let the Miss go."
Hoseok seethes through his teeth as he directs his attention over to the man. "This is none of your business."
The man gives you a worried look before looking back at Hoseok. "My Lord she's in pain and you're scaring her. Just le-"
"Did I not make myself clear?!"
The man jerks his head back at the yell but he isn't backing down. He moves forward and grabs Hoseok's wrist which was the wrong move to make. He suddenly goes down when Hoseok releases you to land a punch on him.
"Hoseok!" Both you and Seokjin scream.
In your moment of freedom you try and run off but your captor is much quicker than you. His hand grips the back of your collar and pulls you back. You trip over the asphalt and land on your butt leaving you in more pain.
"Hoseok! Let her go!"
You turn your head to see that Yoongi managed to climb out of his car. His hand is reaching towards you and it makes Hoseok growl.
You're dragged across the street as Hoseok pulls you along towards Yoongi. The edge of your shirt rubs against your burn that makes you hiss. You're about to take your shirt off and run but you come to a stop when Hoseok lets go in favor of grabbing Yoongi by the throat.
"No," you scream. "Let him go!"
Yoongi doesn't go down easily as he grabs Hoseok's shirt in one hand and his shoulder in the other before swiping hard at his feet with a kick. Hoseok falls down and takes his brother with him until the two of them are fighting on the ground.
You stand up and run towards the brothers to try and separate them along with Seokjin who curses.
"Stop it you two," he yells. "Get up!"
You grab Yoongi as Seokjin grabs Hoseok but it's hard to pry them apart.
Onlookers watch the mess that has been made not daring to move a muscle to help. They either just stand there or take out their phones to record. It's disgusting to you.
Rearing his arm back to elbow Seokjin in the chest Hoseok swings forward to land a punch on Yoongi's face. He gets him around the cheek but it doesn't slow the older vampire down. He takes a jab back and lands a punch of his own across Hoseok's face.
You're in too much pain and too weak to break the fight apart. It all falls on Seokjin to do most of the work but he's still healing from his minor injuries from the accident.
A mixture of sirens flow through the air as both cops and ambulances come to the scene. They honk at the people who are in the way until there's enough space for them to drive through.
Yoongi and Hoseok are still fighting - one out of pure rage and the other in self defense. For a moment Seokjin manages to separate the two and tries his best to pin Hoseok down but he won't stop. Yoongi gets on his knees as he tries to regain his breath. You grip onto the back of his shirt as tears flood your eyes.
"Stop fighting," you cry. "Please stop fighting."
Hoseok looks at you and sees the way you hold onto his brother and it makes a new wave of anger fall over him. He throws his head back against Seokjin's chin as he tries to fight out of his grip.
"Get off of me!"
Seokjin grits his teeth. "Not until you calm down."
A blood curdling yell forces its way out of Hoseok's throat as he continues to thrash around.
"What's going on here?" A police officer comes running over with two other in tow. He looks concerned but when he sees who it is he's dealing with his eyes open wide in surprise.
Seokjin looks up at them with furrowed brows as he tries his best to keep his brother in control but he's starting to lose his grip.
You look between them and Hoseok with fat wet tears streaming down your face. You're still gripping onto Yoongi's shirt with fear coursing through your system. There's no other way to describe what you're feeling besides fear. Hoseok caught up with you without either of you two realizing it. Is this the universe telling you that this is your fate? That no matter where you run he will always be near you?
No. You can't think like that. You won't let this be your end.
You sniffle as you direct your attention to the nearest police officer. "Help," you say. "I need your help."
He kneels down by you as paramedics and EMTs run towards you all.
"What's wrong?" The officer asks. "What's going on?"
It was now or never. "I've been kidnapped. Yoongi tried saving me but Hoseok is trying to take me back."
A look of surprise coats his features as he looks over to his Lords. He must know them by name because he doesn't question who is who. Even then seeing the way you're hanging off of Yoongi gives him an idea of who he is to you.
"Why are you lying?!" Hoseok screams.
You flinch at the sound and cower behind his brother.
An EMT approaches you when he sees your neck. He's about to ask you something but your mind grows foggy.
"Ma'am let me see your neck."
Through the haze you feel yourself shaking your head. "I-I'm fine," you say. "I... want to go home."
"Not until you get checked. You were just in a really bad accident. I think it's best if you go to the hospital." He looks over at the three vampires. "All of you."
"We'll heal just fine." Seokjin says. "Just check on her."
Yoongi looks at you in concern. "Y/N. Let them take you to the hospital. I'll handle things here with the police."
His words seem to fall flat around you permeating into the ground leaving you with no effect.
Before you can stop yourself you say his brother's name.
"Hoseok."
You look towards him and he looks like he's calming down, but he stares at you like he's concentrating. Is he...
"Let's get going, Miss. I'll help you through this."
"I'm going." Hoseok says.
"Fat chance in hell you are." Yoongi growls.
They glare at each other but you're not really here to say or do anything about it.
"I need whoever the drivers are to stay so I can get some information." A police officer says. "You can leave me with the documents then go to the hospital but if not stay."
Hoseok is a lot calmer but there's a hint of worry in his eyes. He sits up and when Seokjin realizes he won't fight he releases him.
"I can give you the documents but I'm going with my partner to the hospital."
"That's fi-"
"So what? So you can take her back to her prison right after?! Hoseok I love you but she doesn't belong with us. She doesn't belong to you!" Yoongi's words cut the officer off.
Everyone seems to be on edge including everyone who came to help. Meanwhile you're on your knees swaying side to side.
"She loves me! And I love her!" Hoseok yells. "If you're too blind to see that then that's not my problem!"
Yoongi snarls. "You're delusional."
This takes Hoseok aback and hurt flashes across his face. His eyes gloss over with unshed tears as he flares his nostrils. This reaction seems to do something to Yoongi because he winces before looking off towards the side. He doesn't want to look at Hoseok anymore.
"If everyone will feel better about this I can go with her." Seokjin says.
"You're not any better." Yoongi bites though his brows furrow in pain. Like speaking against his brothers is hurting him.
"Well we need a decision stat because the Miss needs help." The EMT says.
Seokjin stands up and walks over to you. "Hoseok and Yoongi were the ones driving. Y/N and I were just the passengers." He reaches out a hand that you take without thinking. "Let's go."
"Y/N. Y/N wait!"
You ignore Yoongi's words and come to stand with his older brother's help. Seokjin takes your left as the EMT takes your right as they help you to the ambulance. You're helped on board all the while Yoongi yells for Seokjin but neither of you look back.
Once you're settled another EMT comes over and talks to his partner before they ask Seokjin which hospital. The vampire tells them and they set off to take you there.
As they drive off suddenly the fog leaves your head and you gasp. You look around you in fear especially when you note Seokjin is with you.
Hoseok did it. He did it again. He controlled your mind. You start to tremble as you think on this. You would ask how could he but you're not surprised at all.
Seokjin eyes you as the EMT starts to ask you questions. Your name, your date of birth, any underlying issues you have that they should know about. They don't question however how you and Seokjin look at each other. Like a rabbit being stared down by a fox.
You lick your lips nervously before you part them to speak. "How?"
His brow raises in question. "How what?"
Your bottom lip trembles. "How did you find me?"
Seokjin sighs deeply. "It was by pure coincidence. Honestly."
You frown. "Bullshit."
He doesn't say anything at first before shrugging his shoulders. "Believe what you want to believe but it's the truth." A small smile adorns his lips but it looks absolutely wicked. "Maybe it was fate."
Your frown gross deeper into a look of disgust.
The EMT doesn't say anything but he keeps looking at the two of you warily.
The rest of the ride is silent. You wince here and there when a bump on the road is hit. Now that the adrenaline is leaving you you're feeling all sorts of aches and pains. Your chest hurts like someone punched you really hard. The pain even radiates down to your knees. Sighing hurts so you try not to. There's just so much going on with your body that you want to get checked out.
When you arrive at the hospital they take you to the back where they help you onto a wheelchair. You were about to deny using one at first but the nurse and EMT insisted.
You're wheeled into a private room where Seokjin waits with you. The nurse says she'll be with you in just a moment leaving you alone with the vampire.
You can hear the rush of back and forth in the hall behind the closed door as other patients are being attended to.
Seokjin leans his back against the wall and crosses his feet. His hands are shoved into his pockets and he stares at the wall across from him. He seems to be doing fine despite the accident. You're reminded of vampires' fast healing. If only that could be extended towards you because you're starting to really feel it.
You rest your arm on the armrest of the wheelchair and rub your temple. To think that you were on your way to safety. You could have been out of this stupid place and on your way to Minjeong. Only if Hoseok didn't go in search of you. He should have just gone and gotten Jimin's cake with his brother and leave you alone. But that would be too easy. It's never easy for you.
Thinking about Seokjin you just get angry. The way he encouraged Hoseok to search for you... It makes you grit your teeth and work your jaw.
"You're an asshole, you know that?" You can't stop yourself from speaking out.
Seokjin looks over to you with a brow raised. "I've been called worse."
You glare at him. "Before all of this you were talking to Hoseok. Both you and Namjoon. Why couldn't you just mind your business?"
He tongues his cheek before huffing a mocking laugh. "And let you get away with making my brother look like a fool? Yeah no." He uncrosses his feet and comes over to sit on the chair next to you. "You know I didn't believe in Namjoon at first when he told me."
Your heart rate spikes. "What did he tell you?"
"That you fell for him because he was nice to you."
You scoff. Of course he would say that. Anything to cover the real truth about the relationship between you two.
"He also told me how you confided in him that you wanted to escape. I had a hard time believing any of this because this is Namjoon we're talking about. He's a liar."
"No shit," you grumble.
"But the more he expressed worry for Hoseok the more I had to believe him. Especially when you started to "change."" He air quotes. "I could have believed that you were actually falling for my brother. Times change. People change. But when Namjoon told me you were lying and that you more than likely were planning your escape I started to dig further into this mess you caused." He stares you down. "You forget my eyes are everywhere."
To this you laugh.
His eyes are everywhere yet he could never paint the big picture of you and Namjoon. It's actually hilarious to you.
"What's so funny?"
You give one more chuckle. "Just that you don't know jackshit about anything. Despite your "eyes.""
You can tell he wants to question you on what you mean but there's a knock to the door and in enters a doctor.
"Y/N," he asks and you nod. "I'm Dr. Sanchez. I heard about what happened. How are you feeling?"
You give him a deadpan look. "Like I just got hit by a car."
The doctor laughs. "Yeah I deserved that answer." But he doesn't seem like he's embarrassed or upset with you over the comment.
He comes closer to you and has you angle your head to the side so he can check your neck.
"No doubt from the seat belt," he mumbles to himself. "Any other cuts or bruises?
You shake your head. "Not that I know of. I haven't gotten the chance to check."
His hand hovers over your stomach. "May I check?"
You look over at Seokjin and he rolls his eyes before looking off towards the side.
Nodding to the doctor the man takes the chance to look over your chest. Sure enough there's a large bruise forming across it.
"Seat belts save lives but they can leave behind one hell of a mark." Dr. Sanchez says. "How is your breathing? Is it difficult for you?"
"A little. Yeah," you say as he brings your shirt back down.
He stands to his full height and nods. "I'm going to have you set up for an X-ray for your chest. We just want to make sure you don't have any fractured ribs." He nods. "Any other places you're feeling pain?"
Your fingers run over your knees. "Just my knees."
"Can I check them as well?"
You nod before looking over at Seokjin. His sights are still directed away from you. So with the help of the doctor you lower your pants so he can look you over.
There are bruises on both knees that has you a little confused. You express that to the doctor as he helps pull up your pants again.
"You more than likely hit them on the underside of the dashboard. It happens sometimes. We can get X-rays for that too."
You nod with a small "Okay."
"I'll put the order in for you. Someone from the X-ray department will come for you and then we can go on from there, okay?"
You nod again.
The doctor is about to leave until a call of his name stops him.
Seokjin stands. "Can I have a word with you?"
Your eyes turn to slits as you glare at the vampire. "Seokjin," you warn but he ignores you.
The two men proceed to leave you alone in the room as they step outside to talk.
You're still glaring despite Seokjin being gone but it's because you don't trust him.
Why would he need to talk to the doctor in private? If it was about your injuries they could have easily discussed this in front of you. You don't know but you're feeling very uncomfortable right now.
You could sit here and wait but you don't trust Seokjin so you do your best to stand up despite the pain you're feeling. You walk over to the door and press your ear against it but all you hear is the commotion as people are back and forth. You're wondering if Seokjin and the doctor are even nearby and you chance peeking outside. You don't see them at first but when you do Seokjin notices you. They're standing by a nurse station talking but Seokjin's attention is all on you. You grit your teeth in annoyance as you stare back at him. You would make a run for it now but your legs feel too weak with the pain. If you want out of here you'll have to come up with another plan.
Dr. Sanchez and Seokjin end their conversation and you watch as the latter makes his way back to you. You can't tell what emotion he's feeling but you suspect it's nothing good.
"What were you two talking about," you ask once he's in front of you.
"Get inside."
He pushes you back with a hand to your shoulder. It's a firm shove and you find yourself falling deeper into the room until you're seated back on the wheelchair.
"What were you talking about?" You try again.
He takes a seat next to you and sighs. "Nothing important."
"Right," you say sarcastically. "Whatever you say."
You know he's not going to tell you so you're not even going to try and push for an answer.
The two of you are quiet as you wait for someone from the X-ray department to come get you. When they finally do it's a young woman who smiles at you.
"Y/N," she asks.
You nod your head.
"I'm here to take you to get your X-ray done." She briefly looks at Seokjin who smiles at her. "Are you ready?"
You nod again with a "Yeah" before she wheels you out.
She takes you to another side of the hospital that isn't as cluttered with people. It's chillier here too but you don't complain. When you reach the room she helps you stand up and directs you over to an operable machine.
"Do you have an piercings or metal plates we should know about?"
You shake your head. "No."
"Okay. Just want to make sure. Don't want to be surprised by anything that we might see is all." She laughs.
You hum.
She has you stand against a wall with the operable machine hanging before it. She directs you on what to do before she heads over into another room with a big window to view you from. Someone is sitting on a chair staring at a monitor and it's with one quick breath do they take your X-ray.
The young woman directs you on how to stand next and then again until she has what she needs.
"Okay that's that. I'm going to need you to lie on the slab here so we can take a look at your knees."
She leads you to the large cold slab in the middle of the room. It's a chore to get you up there without hurting your injuries but there's only so much you can do.
Leaving to enter the other room they take your X-ray again until you're finally done.
Coming out of the room the young woman smiles at you and helps to try and get you off the slab but you hesitate.
"Everything okay," she asks. She can tell something is wrong with you.
"Please don't take me back," you say.
Her brows furrow in confusion. "Why? What's wrong?"
"That man in the room with me. He can't be trusted. He's going to take me back to his brother who kidnapped me. I was on my way to escape when the car accident happened. Please you have to believe me." You don't realize it but your hand is holding hers tightly.
She looks like she's trying to compute everything you just told her. A myriad of emotions flashing across her face.
"Wait," she says. "Are you being serious?"
"I am. Please if you take me back to that room I'm never seeing the light of day ever again."
Her lips slowly part in surprise before she nods. "Oh. Okay I um... We need the police, right?" She doesn't seem to be asking you this but herself. "I'll take you out of here but not because I'm taking you to him but we can't hold up the line for X-ray." Her voice shakes a little. "I'll take you out to the cubicle stations we have out here for waiting patients. You'll be covered for the most part and I'll get officers to come and speak to you."
You sigh in relief. "Thank you."
She helps you to the wheelchair and wheels you out to exactly where she said. It's a line of cubicles with a recliner in each that she helps you settle in on.
"Do you need a blanket," she asks.
Even though you're cold you just want to get out of here so you say no. She nods before moving the wheelchair to the outside of the cubicle.
"I'll be right back," is what she tells you but she doesn't come back.
You figure it's because she's busy and you don't fault her for it. At least you're going to receive some help. You'll just have to wait for it.
Time passes by and you wish you had your phone. It hits you then that you didn't have it. It must be somewhere in that wreck of a car.
You still can't believe what happened. It all seems like something from a movie because the likelihood of it being Hoseok to crash into you? It just blows your mind.
Thinking about him has you worried. Him and Yoongi really got into. Your worry is more about Yoongi though. You wonder if he's okay. If he knows what hospital you're at. If him and Hoseok are fighting again. What's become of him? How will his other brothers treat him when he goes home? There's so much going through your mind. You just hope he's okay.
The longer you stay out here the colder you get and the more impatient you grow. You're about to say fuck it and just find help yourself or walk out but you hear someone call out your name. It's Dr. Sanchez and he has two officers with him.
"Doctor," you say surprised.
He smiles at you and directs his attention to the officers. "She's the one."
Your brows furrow in confusion. "Are you... going to help," you ask. You don't know who you're directing your question to but the doctor continues to smile.
"We're all here to help, Y/N." He digs into his lab coat pocket and takes out a capped needle.
Your expression drops into one of fear. "What do you need that for?"
An officer walks over to grab you by the arm but you quickly climb up the recliner. He reaches for you again and this time has a good grip on you.
"Get the fuck off me!" He drags you down and onto the floor where your knees bang against it. You howl in pain as the other officer grabs your other arm. "Get off! Help! I need help!"
"It'll be okay, Y/N. Just stay still for me." The doctor says as he takes off the cap on the needle.
"No!" You kick out and hit his leg.
He barely reacts to it. Merely gives a small wince. "Come on now. Let's calm down," he says.
You're about to kick him again but one of the officers leans down to grab your leg. He curls you up before quickly wrapping himself around your back and holds you in a bear hug. The pressure he applies on your chest hurts so much that you cry out.
The other officer holds your arm out but you flex the muscle as you try to fight him off.
"Here we go." Dr. Sanchez says.
Against your will he puts the needle into your arm and you scream. Slowly he pushes down on the plunger and into you seeps whatever concoction he's made. You're full on crying now but no one comes to help.
Once it's all in the needle is taken out and with it the officers let you go.
You try and fight to stand up but you feel woozy. You're unstable on your feet and you find yourself falling to the ground each time you try standing up. One last try has you crumbling completely to the ground and before you blackout you see Seokjin who was waiting around the corner.
鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠
The first thing you notice is that your head hurts and that you're drooling. You cringe at both feelings. Your head rubs against something soft and you realize that you're no longer cold. Something warm is covering you. A blanket maybe? Has to be.
You grunt as you start to feel more and more of your body coming to life. Your chest hurts so bad and you find that stretching hurts too much even though your body wants to do just that.
You whimper in pain but there's a weird fog in your head. Like you've been asleep for too long. What time was it anyway?
Your eyes slowly open and you begin to realize bit by bit that this setting is familiar. From the smell to the sheets.
You suddenly sit up despite the pain and look around you to see that you're back in Hoseok's room and sitting at the edge of the bed is Hoseok himself.
You gasp before crying and push yourself up against the headboard.
Hoseok stares at you without an expression to give. If it weren't because he blinked you wouldn't even think he were real because of how still he is.
"Hoseok," you cry. "No, please no."
He takes in a deep breath before releasing it and blinks slowly. "It's 11:35 at night. You haven't eaten anything."
Your brows draw together in confusion. Could it really be that late?
You flinch when he stands up but he doesn't react to it. Instead he walks over to your side of the bed and sits down next to you. You note his attention is on a tray on your nightstand. On the tray is a bowl of what looks like to be oatmeal. He grabs the spoon on the side and slowly begins to swirl the food about. When he's done he rests the spoon on the edge of the bowl and looks at you.
"You need to eat," he says.
Your bottom lip trembles in both fear and the need to want to cry more.
"Y/N," he tries again but you shoot him down.
"Fuck you."
There's a slight twitch to his brow. "Don't make this harder than it needs to be."
You sniffle. "Let me go."
"No." The answer is immediate.
"Let me go," you say again. "Where's Yoongi?"
Hoseok frowns. "You don't have to worry about him."
"He's my friend! I need to kno-"
"He's a traitor!"
You flinch back.
Hoseok is standing and nearly looms over you. He sees the way you cower though and it makes him lean back a bit but he sticks by you.
"Yoongi he's," he pauses. "He's at the party. I already forgave him."
You slowly shake your head. "You're lying."
He smiles but it looks more like a sneer. "No. Unlike him I'm not a liar... He's fine. He's at Jimin's party. It's all water under the bridge now."
Could you believe him? You're not sure but you hope he's right. For Yoongi's sake.
You look around you and that feeling of wooziness slowly begins to dissipate. You're starting to feel that this is more a reality than a dream.
"Why," he questions you. "Why did you leave?"
You look at him in disgust. "You know why."
"No actually I don't. You have everything here. You have me yet you left. I thought," he pauses to swallow deeply. "I thought you loved me."
He looks hurt but you don't care. You're not going to lie anymore.
"That was all fake."
He flinches at your words. "You don't mean that." His words come out in a whisper.
Your back straightens as you bristle. "I mean it."
He works his jaw in irritation. "Namjoon warned me-"
"So what about Namjoon?!" You grip the sheets between your clenched fist. "You want to believe everything he says?"
"No I don't want to but he-"
"I don't care! He's a lying sack of shit that isn't even worth my time."
"He's my brother." Hoseok grits out.
You begin to laugh hysterically. "What a fucking brother!"
"What does that mean?"
Your eyes begin to water as you ground out your words. "He's a liar. He's a fake."
"Stop talking about him like that. You don't know Namjoon like I do."
"Oh but I do," you laugh. "Why don't you ask him why I hate him so much, hm? Why I stopped wanting to hang out with him?"
It takes Hoseok a moment before he speaks. "Why Y/N?"
Your hands come up to your face as you cry but you're borderline laughing. You're growing manic.
"Besides telling you how I wanted to escape did he tell you anything more?"
Hoseok slowly shakes his head no.
You're cry laughing as you shake your head too mocking him. "Did he tell you how he made me fall in love with him, hm?"
He realizes what you said to him and it makes him frown. "You're lying."
"I'm lying? I'm lying?!" You're nearly screaming. "Am I lying when I tell you he was fingers deep in me at almost every single one of our encounters? Am I?!"
Hoseok's expression drops into one of surprise and hurt. "What?"
You continue to laugh as tears stream down your face. "And I loved every. Fucking. Minute of it."
Trembling Hoseok walks back from you. His chest begins to rise and fall in what you assume to be an oncoming anxiety attack. It's at this do you realize what it is you said to him. No longer are you smiling. Especially when he runs at you.
You scream as you cover your face but he doesn't hit you. Instead his fist met the wall just above the headboard. When you chance a look at him you see the anger clearly evident on his face but he's also crying.
It's your turn to tremble but it's out of fear. You've never seen him like this before and you're absolutely terrified.
Hoseok draws back slowly as he breathes in and out deeply as he tries to regain his bearings. He hiccups as more tears pour out and he finds himself laughing just as you were before.
"And that's why," he says. "You're never. Ever! Leaving this room again."
"Hoseok," you say. "Hoseok! You're not leaving me in here!" You hurriedly get out of bed to run after him as he goes towards the door but you trip and fall down. "What," you say breathlessly. Looking down at your foot you see that you're shackled to the bed. "Hoseok?!"
Looking back up at him you see him standing by the door. He looks proud of his work especially when he displays the key for what you assume to be your shackle on a chain. He pulled it out of his pocket and hooks it around his neck.
"Now," he says with a sardonic smile. "Rest here and eat your food. I'll go and deal with Namjoon." Walking out he slams the door behind him and leaves you alone in your prison.
You start to scream and bang your fists against the floor. "Hoseok! HOSEOK!" No matter how hard you cry he doesn't come back.
You spend the rest of the night curled up on the floor crying. Your body aches. Your soul aches. It hurts to breathe.
At some point you get up off of the floor and give the shackle an experimental tug. Wrapped around you is cold, hard, metal. How didn't you notice it before?
Your hands check around your foot and you tug and tug on it. You see that the end of it is wrapped around one of the posters of the footboard. You won't be able to get out of this without that stupid key.
You sit on the bed and look at the bowl of oatmeal. Your stomach growls at the sight of it. You hate how it does but you can't help the need to want to eat it. It must be cold by now but you'll attempt to put some of it in your stomach.
Despite being cold it tastes good. It's just the one good thing to happen to you tonight.
When you're halfway through it you start to feel tired. You guess it's the stress from today. It could be the only reason why but your body begins to weigh you down.
No, you think. This is something else.
You flop back onto the bed with your legs hanging off the side. Did Hoseok drug you? Did he put something in the oatmeal?
At the realization of this you whimper and curl in on yourself.
You just want to cry but you don't have the strength to. You just whimper pathetically until you can no longer keep your eyes open and you fall into another deep sleep.
鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠
When you come to your eyes lazily shift around you. You can't find the energy to move so you close your eyes again. You just feel so groggy yet you have the chills.
You feel a hand card through your hair in a comforting way and you already know who it belongs to.
"Hoseok," you say weakly.
"I'm here, baby. I'm here."
He sits up behind you and helps you roll over until you're on your back. It's there do you open your eyes again and he gets to see how out of it you still are.
Your teeth chatter and you wonder why. Whatever the reason might be you just want it to stop.
He hums. "How are you feeling?"
You huff. "Like shit." Your body trembles despite being beneath the covers. "Why am I sh-shaking so much? What did you put in the oatmeal?"
Hoseok runs his hand across your cheek. "It's not what I put in there. You're just going through withdrawal."
You realize after everything that happened yesterday you were left alone without a hit. It makes sense.
You sigh and try to burrow your way further beneath the covers. "Well," you say. "Aren't you going to do something about it?"
His hand stops before he brings it over to rest onto his lap. With his eyes half-lidded resembling a minor glare. "Do you actually think you deserve it?"
You're as frozen as possible despite the shaking as you stare at him.
"Hoseok." What can you say? What can you do? You did try running away but you're back, albeit, against your will. "But I'm back."
He huffs a laugh. "It doesn't change the fact that you betrayed me. In more ways than one."
Your expression is blank because you don't know what to do and he sees this.
"Do I have to paint a picture for you to understand? You ran away after you told me you wouldn't. You lied about loving me and you admitted to me that you fucked my brother."
"I d-didnt fuck him." You lick your lips nervously. "We just did... other things with each other."
"It doesn't change the fact that you did things with him and it won't change the fact that I broke his nose over it."
Your eyes widen in surprise. "Y-You did that?"
He sits up straighter but he's still glaring at you. "Of course I did. Did you actually think that by telling me this I wouldn't do anything? He had you in ways he shouldn't have. So I broke his nose." He pauses and here he looks conflicted. "I honestly wanted to kill him but my brothers held me back so I did the next best thing which was to hurt him. Break something."
To be honest you wish you could have seen that. It serves Namjoon right for hurting you but you also know you had to give up private information about you two that you should have kept quiet about. You were just in hysterics. That would happen to anyone you think. You were so close to escaping then the accident happened. You could have gotten help at the hospital but the doctor betrayed you. Waking up here next to Hoseok just broke you and so now you're here facing withdrawal with a banged up body and still feeling groggy from whatever shit Hoseok put in the oatmeal last night. Anyone would lose their mind over that.
You release a long shaky breath.
Hoseok takes note of it and his expression softens into one of pity. "You're lucky I love you."
Your eyes shift to the side to look at anywhere but him.
No you're not lucky. You're suffering because of him. It's moments like this where you wish you could turn back time and stop yourself from interacting with Hoseok. You moarn your old life.
Hoseok shifts over to grab something off his nightstand. "Y/N."
He demands your attention and when you look at him you do so nervously. He's holding your phone as he gives you an unreadable look.
"Who's Dawn?"
You look off towards the side again.
No you don't want to answer him.
"Y/N," he says in a warning tone.
"It's n-nobody."
"Don't play games with me."
Still, you say nothing.
He sighs deeply before unlocking your phone and swiping it through it.
"Y/N are you on your way," he reads.
You sit up quickly despite the pain and try to snatches the phone from him. He leans back and places a firm hand against your shoulder as he continues to read.
"Is everything okay? My driver said you're still not there. Please tell me you're okay. Y/N?" He drops the phone onto the bed where it lands with a thud before looking at you. "She's the same person who sent you the address. Again, who is Dawn?"
You look down at your lap and you can feel the way the shackle rubs your ankle uncomfortably when you move your legs to try and curl them up.
The shackle is a stark reminder of how trapped you really are now. It's terrifying.
Hoseok sighs before clearing his throat. He doesn't like your silence so he tries to bargain with you.
"If you tell me who Dawn is I'll give you my saliva. I'll even heal the wound on your neck."
Your attention switches over to him in an instant.
You hate how your mind races with the idea of getting high again. To feel him in a way you're used to and all for a name he desires to hear.
You were on your way to Minjeong so she could help you go to rehab. You were supposed to get better. For a moment there you wanted to get better but you don't have that option now. All you have is imprisonment and the chance to get what you want again. Fuck. Life is hard.
You don't want to sell her out but you need to survive and so you apologize to Minjeong in your head and hope that in some way she feels how sorry you are.
"Minjeong," you whisper. "It's Minjeong."
Hoseok's hand slowly slides down your arm until it lands limply on your lap. "Of course it is." There's a mirthless chuckle.
He picks up the phone again and swipes and presses the screen. You wonder what he's doing until he tosses the phone onto his nightstand.
"W-What did you do," you ask
Hoseok raises a brow before getting on his knees. "I told her to leave you alone. Deleted the contact and blocked the number. You won't be allowed your phone for a while but for now I don't want to hear from her. Ever again."
Your eyes water as your bottom lip trembles.
"Don't do that face. You don't deserve to have your phone period but I'm too nice when it comes to you." His hands cup your cheeks as his thumb rubs over your bottom lip. "Open up."
Slowly you do. Once your lips part he procures a bit of his saliva to spit into your mouth. You note he's preferring not to kiss you. He must be really upset.
The spit hits the back or your throat and you swallow and much to your hesitant delight you feel the high once more.
You whine as you're slowly lowered back down onto the bed. Hoseok doesn't say anything but you feel the way he touches you gently. He may be upset but he's treating you nicely.
He noses his way down your neck until he reaches the burn mark on your neck and swipes his tongue over it. He does it a few times until you think it's completely healed but you hear him say how the seat belt has scarred you. Apparently the burn ran deeper than you thought.
You're far gone with the high and there's a small part that resents you for it. You're so out of it that it takes you a second to realize that Hoseok is undoing your shackle. You slowly lift your head up to look at him as he leaves the key in the lock before rubbing your flesh gently.
It's hard to get a read on him as is but even more so with your head buzzing in ecstasy.
He lets go of your leg in favor of scooping you up bridal style and carrying you off towards the bathroom.
"Wha?" You try to ask him what's going on but you can barely make the first word out.
"I'm going to clean you up," he says.
You don't question him further.
When he sits you up on the counter the high slowly starts to leave you. It's not like he gave you much to begin with.
Coming into the bathroom once again Hoseok lies out your clothes on the space next to you. You see that they're pajamas because of course. He doesn't plan on letting you leave his room.
At first you don't accept when he hands you your toothbrush. You just stare at it then at him without an expression to give. He mirros you with his own expressionless look until he raises his brow.
"Either you do it or I do it for you."
With a sigh you grab the toothbrush and get to work.
Afterwards he helps you undress to get into the shower. He hesitates when he sees the big bruise across your chest. His fingers drag across it softly but you brush his hand aside.
"Just help me shower," you mumble.
You don't want him to help you but you know you don't have a choice so you allow him to.
Allow him. It's such a funny way of saying it because again, you don't have a choice. You could fight him if you wanted you guess but you're in too much pain for all of that.
He's gentle with you, minding all of your injuries, but he's thorough. He doesn't stop to kiss you or anything like he normally would. He's just so focused on getting you two clean.
When you're done and dressed he carries you back into his room. You tell him you can walk but he ignores you.
In the room you see there are two trays laid out on your respective nightstands. The maids must have brought your breakfast in.
Hoseok sits you down on the bed and is quick to wrap the shackle around your ankle again. Twisted and locked - he grabs the chain the key hangs off from and brings it around his neck.
"There," he says before jutting his chin towards your tray. "Eat your food."
You look over to your nightstand and see there's another bowl of oatmeal. You frown at the sight of it.
"I'm not eating that."
Hoseok raises his brow at the challenge in your voice. "Yes, you are."
"No, I'm not."
"Y/N don't make things difficu-"
"You drugged me last night. How do you expect me to eat that knowing that you probably drugged it again?"
His jaw flexes as he grits his teeth. "Either you eat it or I force you to. The decision is yours."
Your brows furrow as your eyes widen a bit. "You can't force me to eat."
Hoseok huffs a laugh and walks over to your tray. He grabs something from the opposite side of the bowl that you can't see but when he shows it to you you freeze. It's a capped needle.
"You eat the food and go to sleep or I give you the shot. You choose."
Your eyes begin to slowly water in despair. "This isn't fair."
"You made it unfair when you chose to leave this house."
You grit your teeth as your face begins to crumple. "Why are you doing this to me," you cry. "All I wanted to do was my job. You came into my life and ruined everything."
He doesn't say anything as he watches you fall apart before him.
Your hands come up to cover your eyes as you whimper. "Why? Please just leave me alone."
Your cries seem to mean nothing to him though because he goes back to his demands.
"Eat the bowl of oatmeal and I won't have to give you the shot. Trust me when I say you won't wake up feeling as shitty as you did when you got the shot last time."
As if that makes you want to do it even more, but he's not leaving you with a choice.
You wipe your eyes and reach out for the bowl. He helps you bring the tray over onto the bed where you make the hesitant move to eat the oatmeal. One slow spoonful into the mouth but you can't help the way you cry as you eat it.
Hoseok watches you for a minute before he departs. He heads towards the bathroom where he retrieves a wad of toilet paper. He hands it to you when you eat another spoonful so you can clean your eyes and blow your nose all the while he still has the needle in hand. It's a threat to you and so you go back to eating the oatmeal when you're done cleaning up.
He says nothing as he leaves again to toss out the paper. When he comes back he sits on your side of the bed and waits for you to finish.
You feel so trapped and disgusted right now. Despite the fact that the food is good you eat it tastelessly. It's hard to enjoy yourself when the reality of the things hits you like a truck.
After a few more spoonfuls you place the bowl down.
"Eat more," he says softly.
You shake your head. "Can't." And you're not lying. You're starting to feel sick.
"Fine but if you're not asleep soon you know what's waiting for you."
You hate how he can easily threaten you like this. This isn't love. No matter what he thinks or says.
You glare at him but he doesn't react. Instead he just places your tray onto your nightstand before coming around to eat his food. He also takes the chance to put the needle away in his nightstand drawer.
You're staring down at your lap while he eats. You're not really here right now mentally speaking. It's sad really but this is your new reality. One where you're being isolated completely. At least you had Yoongi before. Hell even Namjoon for a while there but now you have no one. It's just you, Hoseok and this room.
Absent-mindedly your fingers come up to play with the necklace Hoseok had given you. It dances around between your fingers as you wait for the drugs to kick in. You don't think much of it until you start thinking about your conversation with Seokjin at the hospital.
He said it was fate that brought Hoseok to you. For a pessimistic second there you did too but you know that's not what happened. Hoseok found you somehow and you try to think how.
You're so lost in thought that it startles you when you feel his hand on your own.
"Stop," he says softly. "You're going to break it."
He means the necklace as you have it in a death grip.
You release it from your grasp with a sigh and watch as he picks the trays up and takes them out of his room one by one.
Your mind brings you back to your conversation with Seokjin and you can't help yourself in asking Hoseok the question.
"How did you find me?"
He pauses after closing the bedroom door. He stands by it without a word before he walks over to sit by you.
"You know I have my ways," he says.
Your brows furrow in annoyance. "You know Seokjin said it was fate. I call bullshit."
He huffs a laugh. "Maybe it was in some way." Slowly he grows serious as he goes to pick up your lock pendant. "Everything happens for a reason."
You frown at his words not understanding what he means until it slowly dawns upon you.
You go to snatch your necklace but his hand grips your wrist tightly. You wince but you don't let go of the pendant.
"This was a tracker all along," you ask breathlessly. The drugs are starting to kick in.
"To be fair I've only used it once and it was when you ran away."
Fresh tears coat your eyes. "You're a horrible person."
Your grip loosens against your will as you grow more and more tired.
With his help you're slowly lowered onto your back.
"I do what I have to do to protect what we have. I'm not sorry for anything that I've done. I have to ensure that you'll always be with me. No matter what."
His final words blanket you as your eyes slowly draw to a close.
This is it you realize. You're never getting out of here alive.
聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽 鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠
In and out. Day in and day out. Your life is a blur with you not understanding if you're coming or going. The only reason why you know what time it is is because Hoseok tells you, but the days? You wouldn't be able to say for the life of you.
Every single day turns into a strick routine. One where he must ensure that you're locked away.
You don't bother asking about Yoongi anymore because you know he won't tell you. Hoseok claims him and his older brother are on better terms and that's that. As for Namjoon? He'd prefer you stay quiet rather than speak the other man's name so you do. You stay quiet.
Pretending to be a "good girl" as he says you are you're allowed your phone back, but your call history and all contacts are deleted. Except for Hoseok's of course. He says you don't need to talk to anyone else but him so you don't. It's not like you have much of a choice.
You don't care to play any games or whatever. Especially since he's still drugging you. He hasn't had to use the needle on you which you're grateful for and not all of your meals consist of only oatmeal anymore. It's a variety of things now but you still need to eat something smooth or drink something very specific that you have to finish in its entirety. With that in mind you already know it's because it's filled with the knock out drug.
You still get his saliva. That's a given. You actually thought he wouldn't as punishment but you guess keeping you chained to the bed and drugged up was enough for him.
Right now you watch as he's back and forth getting things ready for himself. It's Samhain, as he said, and him and his brothers are going to a meet up of many if not all vampires around the world. It's a time of festivities and a chance to talk with the Alliance about what's been going on.
You asked if you could go but he shot that down immediately.
"The Baeks will be there more than likely."
You know he means Hyun-Woo specifically. Your heart doesn't ache for him anymore but in some ways you still miss him. You don't know how he feels about you now but based off of Hoseok's reaction he doesn't want the risk of something kindling between you two after seeing each other after so long.
The two of you are already bathed and dressed. You in your pajamas and him in a green shirt with puffed sleeves and a loose collar. It shows off much of his chest and is adorned with the key he keeps chained around his neck. His black pants hug his legs tightly and if it weren't because of your situation you would admire his body. You always would if it weren't because of everything he's done to you.
Your hate grows strong for him but you keep it to yourself because if you express it he threatens you with the needle. Suffice to say you're not a fan of needles and so you would rather eat the food he gives you so you can sleep.
Speaking of which you've been given the drug and now you're waiting for it to kick in. Your back is pressed against the headboard as you watch Hoseok put things together.
You huff. "What if I have to pee while you're gone?"
He pauses and raises a brow. "Do you need to now?"
"No. I'm saying what if it happens while you're away. Do you expect me to pee on the bed?"
He grabs his knee high boots and takes them to the bed so he can slip them on. "Well you'll be asleep. If you go now you won't have to worry about peeing on yourself. That and I won't be long. I'll be home before you know it."
You roll your eyes in exasperation. "You can't just lock the door and take off the shackle?"
"There are windows," he says as a matter of fact.
Did he think you'd be stupid enough to jump out the window?
That's the thing though. You would be stupid enough to do that.
He stands up from off the bed and turns to you. He slowly makes his way over and caresses your cheek. You're quick to snap your head off to the side and it makes him sigh.
"Do you feel the medicine yet?"
You nod.
You're not lying. You do and so he helps you slowly slide down until your head is rested on your pillow.
"I won't be long, pretty girl. I promise." He kisses the top of your head and watches you until you slowly drift off to sleep.
When you wake up you realize it was prematurely. You still feel tired and oh so groggy.
"Hoseok," you call out but he's nowhere around.
His bedside lamp is on but you don't think it was that that woke you up. It was something else.
The wind from outside is loud and whistles across the night sky. Maybe it was that but then you hear screaming.
Your heart jumps into your throat as you try to sit up but you can't. You're still too weak from the drug.
There's yelling that's accompanied with the screams of fear. You're wondering what's going on and even try to remove the blankets off of you so you can try and stand up but you realize that yet again you can hardly move because of the drug and, of course, because of the shackle.
You whimper as you try and sit up.
You think if you stay quiet no one will know you're in here. You hope Hoseok locked the door. Maybe if it is the yells won't reach you but they eventually do.
The door is swung open and bangs against the wall. It startles you. Even more so when you see a man with a gun directed straight at you.
Your hands come up in fear as the unknown man glares at you but when his eyes roam over your body and he sees the shackle he hesitates.
"What," he asks breathlessly.
You don't know who he is but you know you're afraid.
"Please," you whimper. "Please don't hurt me."
He drops his hand holding the gun to his side. He can see the way you're having a hard time sitting up and slowly approaches you.
"What are those sick leeches doing to you?" His hand comes up to his forehead in worry. "Fuck. Okay. Okay. I'm going to get you out of here. Okay?"
You realize then that he isn't an enemy but someone here to save you.
He approaches the shackle and tugs hard on it. It barely budges but he's still determined to get you out of here. "Do you know where the key is?"
"He took it with him."
The man doesn't need to know who he is exactly. He just knows it's one of the vampires.
He curses under his breath. He looks at his gun and aims it at the chain making you cry out weakly in fear, but before a shot could be fired someone walks in and they are far from someone you would ever expect help from.
You try dragging yourself back against the headboard but you're too weak. Standing before you with a sick smile on her face is Jiyoo herself. You see that she has a silver fang to replace the one she lost when she was last here.
"Well well," she says. "If it isn't my favorite little rabbit."
You begin to cry.
To this she laughs and it makes the man next to you frown in annoyance.
"You said your cousins would be here," he says. "But all that's here are the servants and this girl. Why did you lie?"
Jiyoo gives a mock look of surprise. "Oh did I say they would be here? Huh. I guess I was wrong."
The man grits his teeth and approaches her with his gun raised. "Don't fuck with me, leech. Where are your cousins?"
Baring her teeth Jiyoo glares at the man. "I'd watch who you're aiming that gun to. You know if it weren't for me you little rebels wouldn't have known how to get pass the gates." She smirks. "And don't forget that only I know where your dear wife and son are being held."
This forces the man to hesitate and slowly lower the gun back down. "So now what," he asks. "What do we do?"
Jiyoo smiles sweetly before grabbing the gun. She looks at it for a moment before aiming it at you and shooting. Two shots.
You can barely understand what just happened because of the adrenaline but you felt them hit you in the abdomen. You look down and with a shaky hand you touch where the blood begins to seep through your clothing.
"What the fuck?!" You can hear the man cry out. "She needed help! Why did you shoot her?"
Jiyoo hands him back the gun as she continues to smile. "We came here to do exactly what I wanted." She sneers. "Let her bleed out."
You whimper as more blood begins to pool out of you.
Jiyoo walks out and although hesitant, the man gives you a pitying look before walking out as well.
You gasp as you cry and it hurts. Not just your stomach but your back. Did the bullets go through? You guess so because your shirt sticks to you from behind from the blood.
What do you do? You're going to die if you don't get help. You turn painfully to your side and reach for your phone Hoseok left on your nightstand.
You feel weak and not just because of the drugs.
You cry weakly as you grab the device but it slips from your hand and onto the floor. "Fuck." Tears blind your eyes as you struggle towards the ground where you crumple up, but you realize that if you don't do something you will die.
You landed next to the phone and so you grab it with what little strength you have. You can't unlock it with your finger print because your hand is bloody so you try to type in the password. You get it wrong the first time so you try again but you get it wrong again.
"Please," you cry. "Please, please, please."
On the third try you get it right and click on the contacts.
You could call 911 but you're not sure if they would be able to find you. Hell, you don't even know the address to this place. Maybe they could track the call but you don't want to waste any time so you go to the only one that's left. Hoseok.
You put the phone on speaker and wait until the phone rings. It takes a second before he picks up and he sounds surprised.
"Y/N? You should be asleep."
"Help," you cry out. "Help."
"Baby what's going on? What's wrong?"
You're starting to go in and out. You know he's asking you a question but you're having a hard time staying awake.
You mumble something into the phone and it makes Hoseok panic.
"What? Baby talk to me."
You try again as you whisper "Jiyoo" before passing out but it's enough to make Hoseok move as he yells that he's on his way.
聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽 鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠
He's never hated someone as he does right now as he yells for the driver to drive faster.
"Hoseok. He can only go so fast." Seokjin says.
Hoseok glares at the oldest like he dares him to say something more.
Tensions are high as the brothers make their way back to their shared home. They were together when Hoseok got the call and ran after him the moment he bolted. They asked if he was okay but he said you needed help.
"Can you tell us again what she said?" Taehyung asks.
Hoseok huffs in annoyance and it's taking all of him not to scream at the driver again. "She said she needed help but before she went quiet she said Jiyoo." He scratches the back of his head in irritation. What could you have meant by that? Is Jiyoo there with you? How?
Seokjin takes out his phone and begins to dial a number. It takes a minute before it goes to voice-mail. He tries again and waits until a familiar voice picks up the phone.
"Mimi," Seokjin says.
"Lord Seokjin!"
Hoseok and the others can hear the young maid as Seokjin puts her on speaker. She sounds out of breath as she tells someone to grab some extra towels.
"Mimi what's going on over there?"
"Any towels! Just grab any," she yells before talking to Seokjin again. "We called 911. They're on their way."
Seokjin sits up straighter when he hears this. "What do you mean? What's going on?"
She sounds frazzled but she tries her best to explain. "The rebels. They broke into the house. They destroyed a bunch of things."
Hoseok snatches Seokjin's phone to which the oldest growls in annoyance.
"Mimi this is Hoseok. Is Jiyoo there?"
"Thank you," she quietly says before talking to Hoseok. "S-She was. She lead the rebels into the house but she's gone now."
"Do you know how Y/N is?"
There's a slight hesitation on her end but Hoseok says her name in a firm manner.
"The ambulance are on their way. She - She's been shot. She's bleeding out."
A cold feeling takes over Hoseok's body. You've been... shot? What?
Before he can say anything Taehyung yells for the driver to go faster.
"We're already here, my Lord." The driver says and he's right because they turn the corner and reach their block.
Before anyone could stop him Hoseok gives Seokjin back his phone and runs out of the moving car. He can hear his brothers scream his name but he's not worried about them right now.
He trips a little when he steps out but he runs straight for the open gate.
Hoseok has run before. Plenty of times but he thinks this is the fastest he's ever gone.
When he gets inside the house he runs past the help that call to him. He runs past them and the broken vases and pictures that litter the floor now. He barrels through the halls until he reaches his room where he smells all the blood. Your blood.
"Y/N," he cries out. "Y/N no, no, no, no!"
He sees the way Mimi presses towels onto your stomach but he knows it's not enough. Not with the amount of blood you've shed. From the bed to the floor and over everyone's hands. Your lips are turning blue and he can hear the way your heart beat is slowing. It's making him panic.
A minute or so after he hears his brothers run into the room. He can't take his eyes off of you as he just cries but he knows it's Namjoon, Taehyung and Yoongi just by the sounds of their breathing.
The eldest of the four comes around and sees what Hoseok sees. He sees how you've lost too much blood and something needs to be done.
"How long ago did you guys call for her help?"
Mimi shakes her head. "It's been a few minutes. 8-10 minutes at best."
Hoseok closes his eyes as tears pool out of them. He curls up around your head and kisses your forehead and pleads for you to hold on. "Please, please, please," he begs.
He knows if help doesn't come fast enough that you will die. If not in the ambulance then at the hospital. Something has to give. If he doesn't do something now to help you'll...
His eyes snap open and he sits up to look at his brother. "Namjoon! Namjoon you have to help. Only you can change her. Please." He brings his hands together and rubs them. "Please please change her. I'll do anything for you. Just please!"
The other vampire looks taken aback. He's never seen his brother beg before and he sees that it doesn't suit him, but Hoseok is right. Only he can change you.
As punishment he should just let you die. After you sold the two of you out there's been a huge strain in his and Hoseok's relationship. Even more so than Yoongi's and Hoseok's relationship. He managed to forgive the oldest but with him? It's been hard, but now Hoseok is on his knees begging for your life. Begging Namjoon for your life. He hates it but he realizes that he loves Hoseok too much to let you die so he walks over and moves the maids to the side and gets on his knees.
Your blood is everywhere except this one part of your neck. Over your scarred neck he finds a spot and leans in to sink his teeth into you like he's done before, but this time it's for a different reason. With the intent to change you he sinks his teeth into you hard. Even his blunt teeth dig into your flesh and he releases the venom needed to change you. Like a snake it leaks from him and into your system. When he thinks it's enough he pulls back.
Hoseok is quick to take you into his arms once his brother is done. He looks over your still face and prays you'll turn. That they're not too late.
Everyone waits with baited breath and before he knows it your heart stops. The air is still as the vampires listen in to a heart beat that doesn't come back. Hoseok cries as he holds you close.
You couldn't die on him. No you just couldn't. This wasn't how things were supposed to end.
His heart is broken. Shattered completely. The love of his life gone. Just like that.
He draws you in closer to him and rests his forehead against your own.
"Come back," he says. "Please come back."
He distantly hears the noise of the paramedics making their way down the hall. The sound of their walkie talkies going off as their feet carry them over. He hears their hearts beat聽 - a cacophony of them mixed with his brothers and his own. They're so loud in his ears but something is off. There's a new sound. It's light as it slowly begins to pace just the slightest bit faster.
"Hoseok." Taehyung says. He hears it too.
Hoseok pulls back to look at you and he watches the way your eyes stir beneath your lids.
"Her wounds are healing."
Yoongi's words click in Hoseok's head and he checks your neck to see Namjoon's bite is changing into unmarred flesh. He takes the chance to lift up your shirt and sees your bullet wounds are healing as well. He gives off a sound that's a mixture of a cry and a sigh of relief.
"What's going on here?"
He hears a paramedic say but he's more enthralled with the way your eyes open and the deep breath you take.
You're awake. You're alive.
When you look around you you do so in mild fear. Your last memories being Jiyoo and her shooting you. If that's the case how are you alive and oh so hungry?
Your ears are ringing as you see Namjoon talking to the paramedics. When the cops come in with Seokjin in tow. When you look at the maids near you who are crying in what seems to be relief. When you look up towards Hoseok who's crying yet smiles.
"Wha?" You can barely make the word out.
"It's okay." Hoseok says. "Just here. You must be hungry."
He pulls his shirt to the side and you stare at his flesh. There's an ache in your gums that you know you can alleviate by biting down onto something and you do when Hoseok leans further down over you.
Your teeth meet his neck and you bite him and take what you can. Your eyes close as you drink and breathe heavily through your nose.
It doesn't click in your head what it is you're doing until clarity begins to dawn over you. Your eyes open and you retract your teeth before pushing Hoseok away.
"What," you ask. "What's going on?"
Your eyes are glossy as you look at every face staring back at you. Their hearts beating so loud in your ears. You can hear every breath these people take and it's startling you.
"It's okay." Hoseok says. "You're okay."
You shake your head. "Jiyoo-"
"Is being taken care of."
You all look towards Seokjin.
"Apparently some of the rebels stayed behind to confess their crime. Don't know why but they did. But they outed Jiyoo's possible location. So that's being handled."
Hoseok looks back at you and smiles. His eyes are red as is the tip of his nose. He's been crying you note.
You smell blood. All over you. From your wounds, but when you lift your shirt you see nothing.
"I'm confused," you say. Your hands are all over your torso looking for the wounds that are clearly no longer there.
"It's okay." Hoseok grabs your hands. "You're okay."
You shake your head.
No you should be dead. With all of the blood you see here you shouldn't be alive. How did...
You look at Hoseok's neck that's been marred by your teeth. The sounds around you sound like they're being multiplied by one another and your heart. Your nervous but it beats slow.
When the realization that something has been done to you hits you you look at Hoseok with big round eyes.
"What did you do?"
He smiles. "You've been saved.
And now you'll be mine forever."
129 notes View notes
ana-rose1 8 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 52
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 8,123
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 52 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Mention of Necrophilia, Spit, Drama
3, 2, 1
You've been counting down the days left until Jimin's birthday. It's officially now with it being midnight on October 13th. You were counting down the seconds in a nervous manner. If anyone realized it they didn't say. They being Hoseok, Seokjin, and Yoongi. You're all together because they're getting ready to knock on Jimin's door with a birthday cake in hand.
"Knock for me." Seokjin says as he holds the cake.
Yoongi goes around him to knock on the door but there's no answer. "We know you're in there, Jimin," he says.
You hear the sound of something falling over followed by a curse. It takes a second before the door opens but it's only a smidgen. From this angle though you can tell he's shirtless and he looks annoyed.
Before he can say anything though Seokjin and Hoseok start singing happy birthday. You and Yoongi keep quiet but the latter has a smile on his face.
What was once annoyance turns into a more pleasant look as Jimin smiles at his brothers. Whatever plagued him before means nothing now as his brothers send well wishes his way.
"You're getting old Jimin." Seokjin laughs. "What are you going to do about that?"
Jimin huffs a laugh. "You're one to talk."
Before Seokjin can defend himself you overhear Taehyung as he sneaks up behind you.
"You should have told me you got him a cake."
You all turn around to see Taehyung has a small cake he had prepared as well. Your lips part in surprise but Seokjin just laughs.
"The more the merrier."
Everyone stands around with smiles on their faces Jimin included even though you can see he looks like he wants this is to quickly end. Hoseok catches on to it so he huffs a laugh.
"I can tell your busy. If it weren't obvious by the smell already. So we'll leave you alone."
Your brows furrow and you wonder what he means by that.
Jimin chuckles looking back for a moment. "I just got her in a few minutes ago so I'll be a while."
Your face slowly drops at the realization of what he meant by that.
Jimin has one of his girls over... You feel sick. A cold feeling takes over you and spreads from head to toe. You find yourself rooted in your spot but you have the urge to want to run away.
How could he do this? How could his brothers just accept this? None of it makes sense to you and you feel like you're failing the girl by not stopping Jimin. But what can you do against a family of vampires? What could you ever do?
You look for the bravery you lack and find that even if you say something it would mean nothing to anyone around you. Yoongi included.
You have to get out of this house.
"Well we'll see you later then." Seokjin says. "We'll start preparing everything around noon, yeah?"
Jimin nods his head. "See you then."
From there he closes his door as you shut your eyes in defeat.
There's a hand on your shoulder and you look to Hoseok who smiles at you like nothing is wrong. You want to slap his hand away and leave but you keep your hands to yourself.
"We should put the cakes away." Seokjin says. "We can have them later."
Taehyung hums. "I'm sure he wouldn't care if I take a bite."
"Probably not now that he's in a better mood."
Your teeth clench in irritation. The more they talk about Jimin while completely ignoring the elephant in the room pisses you off.
"Jungkook is not going to be happy but what can you do?" Seokjin shrugs. "Come with me Taehyung. Let's put these away."
The young vampire nods your way with a smile you can't return before following after his eldest brother. Which leaves just you, Hoseok, and Yoongi.
There's a moment where you stand by Jimin's door awkwardly knowing what he must be doing in there. Thankfully the two vampires move out of earshot towards Yoongi's room.
Yoongi sighs before crossing his arms and leaning against the wall by his door. "Are you still upset with him," he asks.
He brings up the incident three days ago after Jimin and Jungkook were attacked. Hoseok was pretty pissed over the idea of Jimin still wanting to have his birthday party at the underground club. They'll more than likely be vulnerable to any attacks the rebels might want to do and it's the reason Hoseok was adamant they not do it his brother's way.
Hoseok tilts his head to the side with a shrug. "Yes and no but I can't do much about it. He's an adult."
Yoongi nods. "We'll keep an eye out to make sure nothing bad happens. Plus, there will be security in and around the area."
Grunting Hoseok shrugs again.
After singing him happy birthday you figure he's not as upset anymore but he's just a worried older brother. Despite how disgusting this family is you do note that they're very protective of each other and care alot.
"Y/N will you be going?" Yoongi asks.
Your brows raise in mild surprise. "Me?"
You look at Hoseok and he smiles.
"Yeah I have an outfit planned for her already." He draws you into him and draws his attention towards you. "It's cute."
You smile and lean in to kiss him when his eyes look down to your lips. It's a soft one that lasts a little too long. You only pull away when you hear a low whistle.
"Cute."
Turning around you see Namjoon who smirks at you with his hands in his pockets.
Your nostrils flare in annoyance and you find you have to look away to avoid his face. When you do you lock eyes with Yoongi who raises a brow at you. You don't know if it's because of the kiss you shared with Hoseok or because he noticed Namjoon getting under your skin but he stares at you in a knowing manner.
As if he hadn't just bothered you Namjoon looks at his brothers with a question on his tongue.
"Did you tell Jimin happy birthday?"
The two of them nod.
"Yep." Yoongi uncrosses his arms. "If you plan on doing it I'd rather wait on that."
"Why is that?"
Hoseok chuckles. "Well with his punishment over he's taking advantage of the situation."
"Ah," Namjoon says with a small laugh. "I'll tell him later today then."
You don't want to really but you risk the chance of looking at him. He's still talking to his brothers but you know he can feel your gaze on him.
Why are you hurting yourself by doing this? Looking at him as if he'll show you that he was wrong and that he actually cared for you. Like he'll take you from Hoseok's arms and apologize. You hate yourself for having these thoughts.
Namjoon could care less about you. He may act otherwise in front of his brothers but behind closed doors you're no one to him. If anything you're just someone he can mock. That's all.
"Y/N?"
You turn your head to Hoseok who calls for you.
"Did you hear what I said?"
You draw a blank and you know it shows on your face.
"I'm sorry." You shake your head. "What did you say?"
Hoseok smiles at you as if you weren't just staring at Namjoon like your life dependant on it.
"I was telling Namjoon sorry you haven't been hanging out with him. It's just we've been so busy with each other. Isn't that right?"
There's something in Hoseok's tone that makes it sound like he's being smug. You don't know what is going on between him and Namjoon to make him sound this way but you suspect it has something to do with the thing Namjoon and Seokjin keep bothering him about.
You don't want to be a part of whatever it is they've been talking about but you have a feeling that it does have something to do with you. So to avoid any problems you smile and lean into Hoseok's side.
"Yeah," you say. "We've been busy."
Namjoon has a small smile on his lips but his brow arches in interest. "You don't say."
The way he stares at you makes you uncomfortable. His little smile screams he knows too much and is willing to tell all. It makes you grit your teeth in anxiety. You have to look away first because you think if you don't he'll take your stare as a challenge.
Yoongi seems to realize what's happening because when you look at him his brows raise high. "Well," he says. "If you guys are done I have something I want to show Y/N."
Hoseok makes a questioning sound. "What is it?"
"It's a new track I made and I want her opinion."
"Why don't you ever let any of us hear your works in progress?"
You hear the pout in Hoseok's voice and sure enough when you look at him there it is.
"Because I don't." Yoongi says before waving you over. "You guys leave. This is for her ears only."
"Wait wait!" Hoseok calls out.
"I'll bring her back." Yoongi drones before he takes you into his room and slams the door shut.
The light is on in his room with the TV on. He'd been watching it before Seokjin, Hoseok and you came to get him to wish Jimin a happy birthday.
He doesn't lead you further into the room instead the two of you stand by the door without Yoongi saying a word. You're about to ask him what's wrong until he brings a finger to his lips to silence you. You close your mouth and watch as he leans close to the door listening and waiting until he pulls back and looks at you.
"They left. It sounded like they were headed towards Hoseok's room."
You give a small "Oh" as you look around. "What track is it you wanted me to hear?"
"We need to talk," he says.
Your brows draw together. "About?"
He huffs and crosses his arms. "About you and Hoseok."
You figure you must look clueless because he continues on.
"What are you up to? I thought you wanted to escape."
"I do." Your voice raises a bit and with a hand he motions for you to lower it. "What makes you think I don't want to?"
"You're acting like you're into him. That kiss you gave him just a few minutes ago? That seemed a little too real to me. And the way you answered Namjoon? Something is up."
You worry your hands between each other and shrug. "I thought if I made Hoseok think that I'm falling in love with him he'd trust me more. Trust me enough to leave me in the house alone so that it makes running away easier for me."
Realization dawns upon Yoongi and he gives you an astonished look. "You really thought this through."
You nod. "You and Minjeong have been doing most of the work. I thought I should help in some way too."
Yoongi nods then nods to himself again. "It'll make things easier when you play sick later on today. He just might trust you enough to leave you alone."
"I hope so," you say. "Otherwise I wouldn't know what else to do."
"If push comes to shove we'll have to wait for another opportunity. I don't know when that would be is the problem."
Frowning you hug yourself. "I don't want to think about it. Let's just hope this works out."
Yoongi hums. "Have you thought about it? How you're going to fake being sick?"
Your brows raise for a second as you sigh. "I'm probably going to fake a stomach ache with nausea. I'll act dizzy so he'll let me lie down."
"That just might work." He licks his lips before looking towards his door and it looks like he wants to say something more but he doesn't.
"Everything okay?"
He looks back at you and shrugs. "It's nothing you have to worry about."
"You can talk to me. If you want."
He stares at you for a moment without an expression to give. He looks like he's shutting down on you. It makes you worry a little.
"Hoseok is going to be a wreck when you're gone," he says before looking down towards the floor.
Your brows furrow at his comment.
You imagine Hoseok will be but you don't care, but you know this is Yoongi's brother. Despite all of his brothers' flaws he loves them. A lot.
Yoongi takes the chance to look at you again and sees the worry in your eyes. "Don't worry. I'm still getting you out of here. It's the least any of us could do for you."
You give him a barely there smile but it's enough to make him smile back.
"Thank you," you say.
He hums a confirmation. "Have you heard from Minjeong?"
"I have actually. I was going to tell you the moment we left so I could show you where the meet up location will be."
"She sent you an address?"
"Yeah. I checked to see how far it is and it's 40 minutes away. She thought it would be best you weren't gone for too long so the guy she's sending will do most of the driving."
"Okay." Yoongi nods. "That sounds good. Text me the address when you have the chance. If you're not able to then that's fine. I'll get it from you later. I'm going to need your phone anyway."
You frown. "For what?"
"You know you can't keep it with you. Hoseok will find a way to track you and that's one of the easiest ways to do it."
"Oh."
"Yeah. Leave it with me and I'll get rid of it."
You didn't think about that. Now it makes you wonder if Hoseok has a tracker on you. No, if he did he would have said something the day you went to the bank. He would have seen that and said something, right? Especially because you lied to him about it.
You don't know with Hoseok. He could very well be keeping track of you or maybe he trusts his brothers enough when you're with them. Could be. You don't think he'd stay quiet for that long without saying something about it.
Your worries over that diminish a bit.
But he'll definitely try to track you once he realizes you're gone. Whenever that will be. You hope you're already with Minjeong's driver making your way to her by then.
"I think I've kept you away from him long enough," he says. "Go to him before he comes banging on my door."
You sigh a little but you know he's right. So you give a small "Okay" before making your way around him.
"See you later."
Yoongi grunts.
Once you step out and the door is shut behind you you stare down the hall and make your way over to Hoseok. You actually see him standing by his door with Namjoon still by his side. They stare at each other without saying a word but you note Hoseok's stare looks heated. Clearly he looks pissed while his brother gives him a loaded look.
As you draw closer Hoseok snaps his sights over to you. Before you can even think about saying anything he jerks his head towards the door.
"Get inside."
You hesitate a moment realizing he might be upset with you. You don't know what for but for a moment you suspect that it either has to do with the fact that you were with Yoongi for too long after his brother blew him off or it has something to do with Namjoon. Without a second to waste though you open the bedroom door and slip inside.
Hoseok quickly shuts the door behind you and you think about leaning your ear to listen in but you go against that thought only because you don't want to get caught.
You head over to your side of the bed and sit down on the edge and just stare. Waiting. Your thumbs twiddle together as you fight the urge to wring your hands.
It takes Hoseok a few minutes more before he comes into the room. He doesn't look as upset but his eyes are directed towards you. You feel your heart rate go up as you stare at him. He doesn't move from his place choosing instead to lean his back against the door. You feel unnerved with the way he looks at you. So much so that you try and ease the tension being put out with a question.
"You okay?"
Hoseok inhales deeply before releasing it out into a sigh. "I don't know," he says.
Your brows come together for a moment as confusion laces your features.
What should you do? What should you say? Something is up and you don't know how to deal with it, but you try and ask him another question.
"Is there anything I can do to help you?"
To this expression morphs into one of slight pain before he masks it with an unreadable look.
This doesn't make you feel comfortable. Not in the slightest bit.
You know you have to diffuse the tension somehow so you ask yet another question although hesitantly.
"C-Can I hug you?"
Hoseok's body seems to slowly deflate. He'd been tense before but now he looks like he's trying to relax.
With open arms he guides you into a hug when you stand up from the bed.
Holding you close he breathes in your scent deeply. You don't see the way he closes his eyes as he squeezes you. The hug is tight but not uncomfortable. Your arms are wrapped around his middle as you go to burrow your face into his neck.
"Talk to me," you say. "Please don't lock me out."
You just want to know what's wrong for your own benefit. To see if there's anything you can say or do to defend yourself if need be.
Hoseok sighs before kissing the top of your head. "I just need you to promise me you will never leave me."
You draw back to look at him in mild surprise and something else. Fear.
Namjoon must have told him something. He had to have said something. Did he tell Hoseok how you want to escape? Jesus Christ Namjoon. What have you done?
You shake your head softly with your eyes begin to water. You know you have to say something before Hoseok suspects you.
"I will never leave you," you say. Before you can stop yourself a tear slips out. It's not out of strong desire for him but because you're afraid. You still try to convince him though. "I promise you that."
Either your words or the tear makes something move within Hoseok because he wipes your eyes and shushes you gently as more tears begin to spring forward.
"Don't cry, baby. Please don't cry. I just wanted to make sure you wouldn't leave me."
Your bottom lip trembles as you try to keep the urge to cry at bay. "You believe me, right?"
Hoseok grabs your face gently with his two hands and cups your cheeks. He doesn't say anything at first. He just looks and looks at you. He's trying to guess if you're lying to him or not.
When you part your lips to say his name he kisses you suddenly. Deeply. You reciprocate and kiss him back with all you have. All you can give and you hope that he loves it. Hope he can feel what you're trying to give to him.
He takes and takes before he has to pull back to allow you two to breathe. His eyes open to look at you as you do him with his thumbs softly brushing over your cheeks.
"I love you," he says. "So much. I don't think I could ever live without you."
You lean in to kiss his lips but you don't deepen it. Pulling back you bring your hand up to his cheek and mimic the movements of his thumbs with your own.
You better make him believe, you think to yourself.
"I love you, Hoseok." Your brows draw together in desperation. "I love you."
His eyes shimmer beneath the lights in his room. Along with it comes a smile that stretches across his face in adoration of you. He must believe in you because he pecks your lips with his own.
"Okay."
"Okay," you ask.
He nods.
"Okay then." You smile.
And that was a close call. Besides breaking your heart Namjoon is trying to end you. If you could find him and slap him you would but you don't want to put Hoseok on edge again.
You should have never confided in Namjoon. Gods how could you have been so stupid in doing that?
You have to let Yoongi know that Namjoon knows something is up. Either he knows or he doesn't and he's just simply warning Hoseok about the inevitable.
This has to be the thing Hoseok told you not to worry about. The thing Namjoon and Seokjin have been bothering him about. If you knew these two would be on your ass you would have never said anything to Namjoon. Hell you would have never given a shit about the man in the first place.
Sweet words from his lips was all it took for you. Roses have thorns. Men with pretty faces like him are no better.
Hoseok doesn't seem to notice how on edge you are because he just smiles at you. You do your best to smile back and apparently it's enough for him.
He pulls away from you and invites you to bed. What the two of you were doing before you had to leave to wish Jimin a happy birthday was watching a movie. Nothing super special. It was just something to fill the air while you two relaxed into each other's arms. He's really been into just holding you and closing his eyes ever since you expressed interest in him. You're all he's ever wanted so you expect nothing less now that he thinks you love him.
Later on food is brought upstairs to you two as per usual and you wonder if the reason why Namjoon said something is because you're seemingly putting a divide between Hoseok and his brothers. All Hoseok wants to do is spend time with you. He hasn't made room for family besides leaving to wish Jimin a happy birthday. It would explain why Namjoon decided to say something to his brother. He had plenty of times to do so before and hadn't but now it's different.
You think you might have bitten off more than you could chew with this trickery of yours. You weren't expecting for this to happen at all but now that you're in the middle of it you have no choice but to deal with it. At least until you're out of here.
As the time grows later, you haven't had the chance to tell Yoongi what you found out about. Hoseok hasn't allowed you much space tonight. It's a bit frustrating but you'll let him know in person. That's if everything works out.
At some point you and Hoseok wash up for bed and the closer you get to waking up and starting your day again the more your anxiety starts to pile up.
It's hard for you to maintain a regular heart rate and Hoseok asks if you're okay as he leans over in bed to look at you.
You nod your head. "Yeah just a little anxious."
He frowns. "About what, my love?"
Shrugging your shoulders you settle your head onto your pillow more as you try and get comfortable. "I don't know but I just am."
Hoseok hums. "Well, if it makes you feel any better I can give you what you want. Maybe it'll help in relaxing you."
You know what he means so you nod again before licking your lips in anticipation.
He smiles as he leans ever more closer to you and kisses you softly.
Like usual these days it starts off soft and slow. Like you're not in a hurry to get your high but you are. You just pretend to not be so impatient while you wait for him to part his lips so he can give you what you want.
When he finally does you feel bliss at the contact of your tongues. Your hand grips the front of his shirt and pull him closer to you. He allows you to maneuver him however you want as he gives you what you feel like you deserve. After putting up with everything from him yes you deserve this and you're going to miss it so much.
You're honestly a little afraid of your future without this high. Recovery is going to be terrifying and you're always going to want to relapse because it's just that good, but you'll try your best because the best is what you can give even if it feels like it's not enough. Yoongi and Minjeong seem to have faith that you going to a rehab center will be enough so you'll go along with their belief.
Speaking of the centers, you haven't called them yet because of time constraints so you'll either do it on the way over to Minjeong's or at her place once you're settled in. Then you'll go on from there.
Hoseok hums as he pulls away to stare at you. You slowly close your eyes as the high continues to wash over you.
You'll worry about everything else later on when you're not on top of the world. For now you'll just enjoy what you're feeling at the moment.
You feel the way Hoseok pecks a kiss over and over on your lips. It feels soothing almost and because where you're at at the moment you can't help but to smile. Hoseok chuckles a little at the sight of it before brushing his fingers over your cheek.
"You're too cute you know that?"
You can barely formulate a response but he doesn't seem to mind. He's just happy to have you here with him.
"This might help you sleep so open your mouth. I'll give you more."
Your lips part as you open your eyes a little. You watch the way he procures more spit before letting it slowly dribble down into your awaiting mouth. You take what he gives you and when it's all settled in on your tongue you close your lips and swallow.
It's not the first time he's done this for you. Give you more so that you can feel him even more in you. The feeling is euphoric and gods. You really are going to miss this. Hoseok has you spoiled but staying behind for this isn't worth the obsession he has over you. Especially when the obsession is from someone you can never forgive for destroying your life.
You'll take what you can get for now. Afterwards it's all in the hands of the gods.
聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽聽 鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠鉁炩湠
Waking up feels like a doozy. You honestly feel so good after a restful night of sleep. You feel so alert over everything around you including the way Hoseok kisses the back of your neck over and over in soft pecks. It's what woke you up in the first place and now that you're up the feeling of sleep completely leaves you.
You're about to stretch and turn over to face him but you're hit with a sudden thought. Today is the day you leave. Today is the day you're acting is going to be put to the test. So you stop in place and give the most pathetic whine.
Hoseok hums at the sound you make before resting a hand to your chest to roll you over onto your back. At the movement your brows furrow as your eyes squeeze shut.
"You okay, baby," he asks.
You peek through one eye at him before bringing a hand to your stomach. "Don't feel so good."
"Is that so?"
You nod your head.
He cups your cheek and gives a sound of sympathy. "What are you feeling?"
You try to shift over to your side to face him but you wince. "I feel nauseous and my stomach is cramping."
Hoseok sits up and crosses his legs all the while looking down at you. "How bad?"
You grunt.
"Come here," he says as he tries to sit you up along with him.
It's here that along with his help do your eyes open the slightest bit bigger as you try to gain your bearings.
"Oh," you say.
"What's wrong?" He looks a little worried and you figure the plan is working.
"I feel dizzy."
"Okay," he says. "Okay. Do you need anything? What do you need?"
You shake your head and wince at the movement. "I just need to lie down."
As you're trying to lie back down he stops you with a string of no's.
"You need to wash up, baby."
You whine. "Hoseok please let me lie down."
"If it's that bad then no. I need you to wash up with me and if I have to take you to the hospital after then we'll do that."
"No hospital," you cry out pathetically.
"Y/N. You don't have anymore medicine from the last visit. You're going to probably need more."
Your head drops down to rest on his shoulder. "Hoseok please. No hospital. I just want to lay down."
He sighs deeply and lets you rest against him like this. His hand rubs up and down your back soothingly as he tries to quell the sickness within you.
"If you don't want to go to the hospital then fine but you need to wash up at least. It may not feel like it now but you might feel a little better after."
You whine again but nod your head. "Okay."
"Okay? Good good. Let me take care of you, baby."
You don't say anything besides giving a groan as he maneuvers you around so he can carry you to the bathroom. Your legs are wrapped around his middle with his hands keeping you upright.
When he gets to the bathroom he has you sit on the counter as he hurriedly grabs everything.
Even with him out of sight you continue acting. You're too afraid he'll catch you if you're not so you rub your stomach and sway side to side with your eyes closed.
"I almost have everything, baby. Here."
You open your eyes to see he's handing you your toothbrush.
"Start brushing your teeth while I finish up."
With a sigh you grab it and the toothpaste next to you and get to work.
You try to be fast yet diligent while you brush your teeth. The faster you are the faster you'll have this shower and the faster you can lie down alone before you can call Yoongi to get you.
It's with this thought that you accidentally go too far back as you speedily brush that you hit the back of your throat. It's by complete accident honestly but you produce a gagging sound that has Hoseok rushing to the bathroom.
"Are you okay?" There's a look of worry on his face.
You spit into the sink and groan.
You weren't expecting that to happen but you have to admit that you're grateful because as far as Hoseok knows you're gagging because you're sick. Not because you hit the back of your throat.
He sighs as he rubs your thigh. "Let's finish getting ready then I'll help you lie down."
He's quick to brush his teeth as well although more carefully compared to you. When you both are done he turns on the shower and helps you get in once it's warm enough.
Having him bathe you is nothing new to you but you feel hyper aware of his touches. Nothing bad but you guess it's because you're a little nervous. No. Not a little nervous. A lot nervous. Any wrong move on your part could blow this whole plan up.
You take in a deep breath and release it into a shaky sigh.
"We're almost done, baby. Don't worry."
You give off a sound that's a mixture between a whine and a hum. It just makes Hoseok work a little faster in cleaning you both up.
When you're done he takes care of you even further. Drying you up, doing your skincare, putting on lotion and more. He makes sure that when he dresses you up it's in something comfortable saying he'll put on the outfit he's chosen for the party later.
After he gets ready he helps you to bed where you sigh comfortably.
His lips pout as he looks at you. The look is filled with pity. Normally you'd hate it but you're letting it fuel you so you can act your way out of this.
He goes to lie down next to you and brushes his fingers across the side of your face.
"We should go to the hospital."
You close your eyes and shake your head. "Please Hoseok. I just want to rest here in bed."
He sighs but doesn't fight you on it.
He continues to caress you for a bit more until there's a knock on his door. Without waiting for an answer Yoongi walks in and raises his brow at his brother.
"Seokjin wanted me to check and see if you were awake. You guys need to pick up the cake for tonight."
Hoseok shakes his head. "I can't leave. Y/N isn't feeling good."
You freeze in place.
He isn't going to leave? No that's not a part of the plan. He has to go.
His brother hums. "What's wrong?"
"She's been nauseous and dizzy. I've been telling her she should let me take her to the hospital but she doesn't want to."
"Well you can't force her to."
Silence grows without the two saying anything more.
"I'll be fine," you say. "I just need some rest."
"And I'll stay with you until you feel better."
"But Seokjin is expecting yo-"
"You're more important to me," he interrupts.
This was not a part of the plan at all. Hoseok needs to leave otherwise you can't escape.
"Just leave her be, Hoseok." Yoongi says. "The pickup time for the cake is soon and you're the one who ordered it so they'll be expecting you."
You see the way Hoseok glares at his brother. "I can't leave Y/N alone."
"Do you not trust her?"
Hoseok looks a little taken aback by his brother's words. Did he not trust you? To be honest you wouldn't trust yourself either but after all the hard work you put in these past two weeks you were expecting to see a positive reaction from him leaving you alone. Instead he goes on to stare at you almost as if he were conflicted.
"Hoseok," you call to him. "Just let me lie here for a bit. Go and help Seokjin. I'll wait right here for you."
His brows draw together as he goes to bite his bottom lip. He is feeling conflicted. You can tell with the way he looks at you so unsure.
Yoongi doesn't say anything more but he watches the two of you. You know he's expecting you to convince his younger brother so this all falls on you.
You grab Hoseok's hand and kiss it. "I promise I'll be here when you come back and I promise that if I'm not better by the time you are I'll go to the hospital."
Hoseok releases his bottom lip before lacing your fingers together. "I," he starts. "It's not that I don't trust you it's just..."
He doesn't trust you. You know that's what he actually wants to say. It hurts you knowing this but not because you love him but because this meant that after everything you said and did with him it wasn't enough. It won't stop you from at least trying.
"What do I have to do to convince you?"
He licks his lips nervously before looking up towards his brother. "Will you stay with her?"
You look towards Yoongi who shakes his head. "I can't. I have to prep my equipment over at the club."
Hoseok shuts his eyes as if he were in pain.
"If my word matters though," Yoongi says. "I think you can trust her."
His eyes open slowly to look down at you. You offer a sorry looking smile and it makes him smile back.
"I'll be here. I promise."
You don't know what he sees in your eyes but whatever it is makes him lean forward to kiss you. You kiss him back as you hold onto his hand. Something akin to desperation is being seeped into you as he presses his lips against your own. It takes you whining for him to pull back before he sits up straight and releases your hand.
"I trust you," he says.
Relief is flooded within you and it shows with a smile you can't help but to make.
"I won't be gone for long. Just whatever you do stay put."
You want to jump for joy but you remain in place.
To be honest you know he doesn't trust you. Especially after that first escape attempt. It's why he looks at you as if you were about to disappear after a blink of his eyes but you worked way too hard these two weeks. You lacquered him up in love and acceptance to the point that Namjoon and Seokjin tried getting involved. So long as those two don't say or do anything against you today you should be fine.
"I promise I'll be here when you get back," you say.
Hoseok sighs deeply but he nods. "You better be."
You sense the underlying threat despite him saying it in a wistful manner.
It doesn't stop you from smiling though you make it look strained.
Hoseok stands up in search of his wallet and when he gets it he comes over to you again to give you a kiss. He really doesn't look like he wants to leave and you figure he's thinking about backing out of this deal but something stops him.
"I'll see you in a bit," he says.
You hum with a smile.
His smile barely reaches his eyes.
After one last long look he stands up and walks towards Yoongi.
"You said you're going to the club," he asks his brother.
Yoongi nods. "I have to finish gathering my things first and then I'll head out there."
The conversation continues even after you hear the door close behind them. Their voices are muffled and you take the chance to grab your phone. You unlock it and quickly search for Minjeong's contact and look over the address she had sent you. You highlight and copy it and quickly send it off to Yoongi before taking the risk and calling Minjeong.
Your heart beats painfully against your chest as the phone rings and rings. You're not sure if you should stick around and wait. The risk of having her call you back when Hoseok is around is too high so you think about shooting her a text to forget about you calling her. That's until she picks up.
"Y/N? Are you on your way?" She sounds breathless in an excited way.
"No no. Not yet. I was just calling to see if your driver is there already."
"Yes! Yes he is. Where are you right now?"
You roll over onto your side so you can stare at the door. "I'm still in the house. I'm waiting for Yoongi to come get me."
"So Hoseok left you alone?"
"He did. It took some time to convince him but he's on his way out." You lick your lips. "I'll be out of here soon enough."
"Good," she says. "Call me when you're on your way over okay?"
"I will."
The two of you exchange goodbyes and you're back to the silence.
Your thumbs twiddle together and you think if now is the time to pack your things then it's the right time.
You slip out of bed and quickly make your way into the closet. You find your bag that you came here with and open it up. You know you can't bring everything with you but you grab the essentials as well as some clothes and shoes. Your folding is sloppy but you don't care. You're just grabbing what you can and tossing it into the bag you have lied out on the floor.
At some point there's a knock on the door that makes you freeze. There's another knock and you're about to grab the bag to shove under the bed to hide it but you hear Yoongi call your name.
You head over to the door and open it.
His brows raise when he sees you. "Ready?"
"Y-Yeah. Let me grab my bag and put on my shoes."
"Do it quick. We don't have a lot of time."
You nod your head and run back to the closet to grab your things. Once your shoes are on you grab the bag off of the floor and head back towards Yoongi.
"Do you have everything?"
"Yes I do."
"Then let's go."
You're gentle when you shut the door behind you but swift in the way you follow behind Yoongi. He doesn't pause to stop for you but you manage to catch up and power walk side by side.
You make your way downstairs too afraid to speak up. You feel like if you do Hoseok will be summoned.
You're so nervous. You know Yoongi can hear the way your heart beats erratically but you can't help it.
Yoongi's car keys jingle in his hand as he leads you towards the garage. "Hurry," he says. "Taehyung and Jungkook are still here."
Without another moment to waste you nearly run with him the moment you enter the garage.
He unlocks his car doors where you toss your bag onto the backseat floor seeing as Yoongi's equipment is on the seats before sitting up front. He's quick himself before he turns on the car and starts heading out. The garage door is slow to open as you put on your seat belt and it's with every agonizing second do you pray you can get out of here. Once you're passed the security gate you release a shaky breath.
Yoongi is messing around with his phone in his other hand as he drives. "You texted me the address, right?"
"Yeah." You nod.
He's looking through his texts until he finds your message and opens it up. Quickly he clicks on the highlighted address and waits for it to pop up on the map.
"Here," he says. "Put it up for me."
You take his phone and attach it to the dash pressing start for the directions to be heard through his speakers.
"Do you think we have enough time to be out of here," you ask.
Yoongi purses his lips. "Hoseok wasn't so sure about leaving you alone. He was too nervous so he's more than likely already on the way back to the house."
"What about the cake?"
He shrugs. "There are some things Hoseok holds higher up on his priority list. You definitely rank on top compared to a cake."
Your brows furrow as you worry your hands between each other.
"It'll be okay." Yoongi says. "We'll make it out of here on time."
There's a problem though.
"I think Namjoon might have told Hoseok something."
Yoongi's brows furrow. "What do you mean?"
"Last night Hoseok grew worried over me leaving him. It was after Namjoon talked to him." You pause as you swallow. "Namjoon and Seokjin have been bothering Hoseok a lot as of late and I think it's because of me."
Yoongi sighs. "Of course they would."
Silence follows after his words but it's an unnerving one so you try and fill it.
"This is a bad idea isn't it. Me leaving?"
Grunting Yoongi shakes his head. "Don't worry about it. Maybe he said something maybe he didn't. Either way it's a little too late to worry about that now. Just think positive."
All you can muster is a small "Okay" as he drives off.
You let him focus on the turns he takes to reach Minjeong's driver. There's no other sound but that and your heart beat in your ears. It's so distracting that you have a hard time relaxing. It's a 40 minute drive to this meet up spot and you're barely 15 minutes in. The drive is so nerve-wracking even more so when your phone goes off.
You jump at the sound before picking it up to see something that makes your heart plummet into the depths of your stomach.
"It's Hoseok," you say.
Your hands are shaking as your breathing picks up.
"Ignore it." Yoongi says firmly. "Let it ring."
And you do just that. You let it ring and ring until it stops, but then it starts again. Again and again until it comes to a stop the fifth time.
You think it might be over until Yoongi's phone starts ringing. You gasp when you see Hoseok's name pop up on the screen. You look between the phone and Yoongi who's in no rush to answer.
"Keep quiet," he says to you.
You nod even though he can't see it and just when you think the call would end he answers it.
"What's u-"
"Where is she?!" Hoseok cuts Yoongi off with a guttural growl.
It sends your heart rate flying as your body begins to tremble.
"Where's who?" Yoongi sounds calm and you honestly don't know how he does it.
"Yoongi don't fuck with me! Where is Y/N?!"
The eldest sighs. "How would I know? I'm in the process of moving things to the club."
Hoseok lets out a loud groan. "One of you knows where she is and I'm betting on it being you."
"Hoseok slow down." You can hear Seokjin say.
You forgot he's with Hoseok.
"I don't know what you want me to tell you, Hobi. But I don't know where she is."
"Bullshit! Tell me where the fuck she is."
"She's probably in the car with him." Seokjin says.
Your eyes widen. How could he have known?
"Y/N? Y/N! Why did you run away? You promised you would be home!"
You look over at Yoongi who brings a finger to his lips.
"Hoseok she isn't here with me."
A scream tears through the mad vampire's throat. He's absolutely enraged and you're terrified.
"She's probably headed towards that address you found. Just keep driving."
Your expression drops into one of sudden fear. You feel your body grow cold from head to toe. As if someone had bathed you in ice.
Hoseok and Seokjin know about the address? You trusted he wouldn't check your phone. After everything you worked hard on you thought he would trust you enough not to do that.
You're about to cry out but Yoongi's hand slams against your mouth. You whimper at the feel of his hand suddenly hitting you but you keep quiet.
The GPS tells him to take a right at that moment but he continues on forward. He mumbles a curse as he continues to ignore the directions.
"Hoseok I can help you look for her just please give me a minute."
"I never thought you would betray me like this." Hoseok cries. "How could you?!"
Yoongi says nothing. He puts both hands on the wheel and releases a shaky breath.
"Hoseok please slow down." Seokjin begs his brother but it seems to fall on deaf ears because he tries to coax him to calm down further. "We'll find her don't worry."
"Yoongi please. I am begging you. Turn back. If you do I won't hurt you."
The second eldest vampire comes to a stop at a red light and waits impatiently for it to change. His fingers tap against the steering wheel hurriedly and it feels like forever before it finally turns green.
"Hoseok!" Seokjin yells in what you presume to be fear.
As Yoongi starts to drive you see a car come barreling through the intersection.
"Yoongi!" Your scream tears through your throat.
It feels raw as you cry out until you're silenced when the other car hits you.
76 notes View notes
ana-rose1 8 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 51
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 5,963
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 51 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Mention of Necrophilia
Prev | Next
It's been almost two weeks since both you and Hoseok spent time together at the Fall festival. The temperature is a little chillier and Jimin's birthday is right around the corner.
Speaking of Jimin his punishment has been lifted much to Jungkook's disappointment. He can bring his girls back home. Despite this change he hasn't yet for whatever reason but to say he was happy is an understatement. Seokjin said this is his birthday present from him and all that did was make Jimin laugh joyously.
Knowing you were going to be under the same roof as a dead girl just made you feel sick but you had little right to say what can and can't be done under the Bangtan clan's roof.
Another thing happening is how much closer you and Hoseok are getting. It's all fake on your part really but what Hoseok doesn't know won't hurt him.
He's known to be a hard worker but he's been skipping out a little so he can lie curled up in bed with you. If not there then on the couch in his study. It's like you're in the honeymoon phase of your relationship because everything you do now leaves him feeling absolutely in love and it appears like you are too.
Like right now. You're in his bed with him holding each other close. You already washed up for the day but you put your pajamas back on so you can stay in bed. Breakfast was brought up for you and despite feeling embarrassed about it you let him feed you and in a tender expression of "love" you wiped his lip covered in jam with your thumb before bringing it into your mouth to taste. He smiled in a love induced daze and helped you finish off your meals.
He has an arm around you with his hand slowly massaging the back of your head right now. Your eyes are closed but you feel him breathe beneath your gentle touch. Your fingers run up and down his back and if it weren't because he didn't want to ruin what you have going on right now you're sure he would have taken his shirt off so he could feel closer to you.
His lips run softly across your own. The feeling is grounding you. Letting you know that what's happening here and now is real. If it weren't because of the truth you think you could sleep soundly like this. Even if it's just for a few minutes.
It's just you and Hoseok. Nothing and no one else.
"I love you," he whispers.
You pucker your lips to kiss his own and that's enough of a response for him.
It's oddly relaxing when you don't think about it. When you don't think about the reason you're doing this. When you don't think on how it's Hoseok you're doing this with. It's like you're on a different plane and you can live with that but only temporarily of course. You have to remind yourself that.
Hoseok's fingers stop moving so he can cup the back of your head as he leans in to kiss you again. It's soft and soundless.
"I want to be with you like this forever."
You open your eyes a little to see his are still closed. He wants to bask in this warmth you're providing emotionally and you're willing to give until you can't anymore, but you'll think about the latter part another time. For now you're just existing and in the best way you can.
You close your eyes again with a hum. If it weren't because you have the sudden urge to pee then maybe you would stay like this forever.
"I have to use the bathroom."
There's a moment of silence before Hoseok sighs. The two of you open your eyes and you see the dopey smile he has on.
"Sorry," you say.
"You don't need to apologize." He kisses you. "Just as long as you come back to me."
You mirror his smile with one of your own.
There's no need for a reply because the answer is obvious.
Getting up from the bed you rush over to the bathroom to do what you need to do. When you're done you take a quick glimpse of yourself in the mirror. You're not smiling. Far from it. You look devoid of all emotion. You practice a smile that looks foreign on your face but it doesn't worry you because when you're in front of Hoseok you can pretend pretty well.
Drying your hands on the hand towels you give yourself a minute to prepare your mind. You've been playing pretend for a couple of days now. It comes easy yet at the same time it's exhausting. Hoseok doesn't suspect a thing or at least you don't think he does. He's absolutely over the moon with your change of attitude towards him. No one says anything against it because it's mostly just been you and Hoseok so there's no one to object. The two of you have been having your meals alone in his bedroom leaving no one to have a say in a relationship they're not privy to. This level of isolation is not what you expected but it gives you a chance to set Hoseok up in a way that you'd like. He's hanging off of every thing you say and every touch you make without someone to call you out on your bullshit. It's perfect.
You bare your teeth in a mock smile before heading back into Hoseok's room where he awaits you on the bed. He hasn't moved much from his position. He's angled somewhat on his back with his phone in hand. He's absorbed into whatever he's looking at. So much so that when you crawl back into his arms he doesn't immediately react to your touch.
You wrap your arms and leg around him bringing him close to you. From this angle with just a turn of your head you can see what he's looking at. It's a text but you don't get to see who it's from or what it says because he presses the power button to lock it and places it down behind him.
He's silent and doesn't hug you back. It's a difference in attitude from before and so when you look at him your brows draw together in curious concern.
"You okay," you ask.
Hoseok looks down at you without an emotion to express but his arms come around you.
"Yeah," he says.
You frown and it makes a small smile form on his lips.
"I promise I'm okay. Just some work stuff."
"Oh." You rest your face against the space between his shoulder and neck. "You haven't really worked these past couple of days. I hope I'm not the reason why."
He detects the way you jest and it makes him laugh. "No not at all. I'm having way too much fun being with you."
You roll your eyes. "I doubt us laying around with each other constitutes as fun, Hoseok."
"Well you and I have very different ideas of fun then." He kisses the top of your head and holds you close. "I love being like this with you. It means the world to me."
You guess after having been anything but nice to be around for the majority of your stay here being like this with one another would be considered enjoyable.
You sigh into his neck before feeling the way he peppers small kisses onto the top of your head. You let him and close your eyes to the feel of it.
Hoseok hums and for a second it seems like he wants to say something. You can feel the way he holds his breath for a moment each time and the way his fingers tap against your back. You're about to tell him to just say it but he beats you to it.
"There's nothing I wouldn't do for you. You know that right?"
Your response is immediate. "I know."
"And there's nothing you wouldn't do for me?"
Your eyes slowly open.
Is this a test? You can say you feel the same way but you don't want to push it. It was just recent that you started expressing yourself this way towards him. You don't want him to suspect that you're lying but the longer you stay quiet the more you're starting to reveal to him that you actually don't care or maybe that you're just hesitant? Thankfully he says something for you.
"It's probably going to take some time to feel this way," he says. "But you're already half way there."
You press your lips against his neck and whisper. "I'm sorry."
"Don't be. You're doing great so far."
He holds you tightly and you just hold him back. There's not much else you can say or do right now.
Time passes by with the two of you like this. Just like the other days before. It's at some point that you think he might have fallen asleep and you're close behind him. You don't know what time it is and you're too afraid to check your phone lest you wake Hoseok up so you just let things be as they are without question. You're settling for a light sleep when there's a sudden loud knock against the door that startles both you and Hoseok. You turn to see Seokjin as he barrels through and he looks both worried and upset.
"Seokjin what the fuck?" Hoseok growls. He's lying protectively over you as if his brother's sudden appearance will bring you harm.
"Sorry to interrupt whatever it is you're doing but we have a problem." The eldest looks pissed and you can only imagine what made him this way. "Jimin and Jungkook were attacked."
Hoseok abruptly sits up. "What?"
"They're downstairs. They can tell you the rest but get your ass up now. This is serious."
Without question Hoseok stands. You watch as he looks for his house slippers and you find yourself following after him.
What did Seokjin mean that his brothers were attacked? You feel your heart racing in suspense at what could have happened. Nothing makes sense at the moment but you're quick to put on your own slippers and follow after Hoseok and Seokjin who takes the lead.
They're quick on their feet but they maintain a certain speed that you can easily follow. Whether that's a conscious decision or not you appreciate it. Hurriedly though you make your way over to the playroom where you see all the brothers together. Jimin is standing and watching Taehyung pace back and forth behind the couch. The rest are seated. Once the three of you are there though they direct their attention over to you.
"What happened?" Hoseok demands. His eyes look between Jimin and the youngest who he notices has a cut across his cheek. "What the fuck is this," he curses when he draws closer to Jungkook.
"It's a cut." Jungkook says and if it weren't for Jimin you suspect Hoseok would have a word for his brother's obvious answer.
"He can't heal it."
Everyone looks at Jimin. Even you who looks on in disbelief.
"What do you mean he can't heal it?" Hoseok asks.
Jimin shrugs. "Whatever this person used it's making it hard for Jungkook to heal his wound."
You shake your head in mild shock. "But wait. What happened?"
It's the first time in a long time that Jimin doesn't look at you like you're scum. He's about to say something but he's interrupted by the sound of a chair breaking against the floor when Taehyung grabs it and smashes it. You jump in fear and watch as Seokjin walks over to him to calm him down.
"This isn't the time." You hear him mutter. His hands are placed over Taehyung's shoulders and he inhales and exhales slowly and waits for Taehyung to follow after him. It's taking the young vampire time to calm down but he's trying.
Jimin doesn't wait for him though because he looks between you and Hoseok and answers.
"Jungkook and I were out near the strip. Things were fine one moment and the next a riot breaks out. We don't know how it started or where they came from but people started breaking car windows and storefronts. We were so absorbed with what was happening that it took us a second to realize someone tried sneaking up on us to attack Jungkook. He managed to get his face but I grabbed the guy and tossed him to the floor." He licks his lips before gritting his teeth. "We were rushed backed to the limo but not without sustaining damage. The back window is broken."
"Who gives a fuck about the window!" Taehyung yells. "Jungkook is hurt."
"It's okay." Jungkook says.
"No it's not!"
"Taehyung." Yoongi's voice is low but firm. He stands up and walks over to his brother and looks him dead in the eyes. "Give me your hand."
It looks like Taehyung wants to deny him but he ultimately doesn't. He reaches his hand out and lets Yoongi take it all the while Seokjin keeps a hold on his shoulder. The youngest of the three closes his eyes but you see the way his jaw works in anger.
"Do you have an idea of what caused the riot?" Namjoon asks.
Jimin shrugs but Jungkook answers.
"I searched online on what could have caused it while we waited for you all to get here. It's suspected that the people who did this are a part of the groups who've been starting the revolts around the area."
The rebellions. You forgot about that. Could it have been them? It makes you wonder for a moment.
"It would explain why they went straight after Jungkook then."
Your brows furrow at Namjoon's words.
You remember when it was first mentioned back at the Baek household. It was the reason why Seokjin, Jungkook, and Hoseok had come over in the first place.
These rebels have it out for noblemen. They don't like them and have been getting together to rise against the system. You find it a bit worrying. Though you've come in contact with Lords and Ladies you could do without there are kind vampires like Yoongi. You think that if it were him that was attacked you'd have a more visceral response.
"What do we do then if that's the case?" Jimin asks.
There's a moment of silence as everyone looks between each other.
"It seems like we're going to have to bring the Alliance into this."
You're actually surprised by Seokjin's words because wasn't it him that told your former Masters to let the situation go? But now that it's hitting close to home you figure he'd have a change of heart.
"And what do you think they'll do?" Jimin questions.
Once Taehyung is calm Seokjin removes his hand from his shoulder. "Well with the Baeks more than likely on our side we can convince them to put a change in the law. It'll make the rebels lose their shit but the Alliance can provide protection as well."
"Well whatever protection they can provide probably won't be enough if the rebels are using something a vampire can't naturally heal from." Jimin reminds everyone of Jungkook's wound.
The youngest looks off in the distance like he's not a part of the conversation but you figure he is listening in.
Namjoon shakes his head. "We can at least try Seokjin's way. With father's help there's no way the Alliance wouldn't listen."
How much power does their father hold you wonder. And you don't know who the Alliance are but your guess is that they're all powerful vampires. Something that surely has the rebels feeling rabid.
Hoseok scratches his head for a second before dropping his hand down by his side. He looks like he's at a loss for words but you're no better.
You look at the cut on Jungkook's face. It doesn't look that deep but still. Knowing he can't heal it on his own must mean that it might scar and he'll forever have the reminder that someone attacked him. Jungkook doesn't seem to care. You don't think he actually does because that's just who he is but you wonder if there's just the slightest bit of resentment he feels towards the attacker. You don't think you'll ever know.
"You know what this means, right?" Hoseok asks. Everyone looks at him in question. "It means we're not going out for Jimin's birthday."
Immediately he's hit with defiance.
"Oh come on!" Jimin stomps his foot as if he were a child.
"Jimin-"
"That's not fair Hoseok! I've been wanting this for so long."
"What matters more to you? A birthday party or your life?"
The short vampire sucks his teeth in irritation as Hoseok moves his hands as he talks.
"You said it yourself. The Alliance might not be able to protect us properly knowing these people have something that can harm us. How will we fair by ourselves? Hm?"
"And that means we should live our lives in fear?"
"That's not what I said, Jimin."
"Well you might as well say it!"
Hoseok rubs his temple as if he were getting a headache. "Anyone else willing to give their two cents on this?"
You look at each of the brothers who choose to stay quiet. Even the anger seems to have been quelled within Taehyung. No one wants to say a word and you sure as hell won't. Not if you want to keep the peace between you, Hoseok, and Jimin.
Just as you think no one else will say a word Yoongi does.
"Let him have his party."
Hoseok's head snaps towards the quiet vampire and he looks on in disbelief. "Are you serious right now?"
Yoongi's hand is still held in Taehyung's as he goes to lean against the back of the couch. He shrugs his shoulders without a care to how it makes his brother feel. "We'll keep our eyes out but let's not make the rebels feel like they're winning."
Hoseok goes back to rubbing his temple and it looks like he wants to fight back but he huffs. "Whatever. Have your party. See if I care." He turns around and grabs your hand so you two can leave.
"So what? Does that mean you're not going?" Jimin questions angrily.
"I didn't say I'm not going even though it's a stupid idea."
Jimin hollows his cheeks and bites down as anger flares within him.
"Enough fighting. We should be supporting each other right now."
Seokjin is right but you still remain quiet.
"I guess I'll be making the call to father unless someone else wants to do it." Namjoon looks around but no one makes the effort to raise their hand so he hums. "I'll get right to that then."
He stands and passes by you and Hoseok. He doesn't look your way and you suspect that if things weren't serious right now he would have done something to piss you off. Unless he's over it and doesn't care to mess with you. You don't know what hurts more him toying with you for so long or him making it clear that he never gave a shit about you. Just thinking about it makes your heart ache so you decide to ignore the pain by holding on to Hoseok's hand even tighter. You need to ground yourself to avoid getting lost in your emotions and if that means you have to use Hoseok then you will.
Hoseok squeezes your hand back before taking you out of the room.
Conversation picks up again after you two leave but it sounds to be a little more lighthearted. It doesn't change the fact that your mind is buzzing with the fact that what happened with Jimin and Jungkook actually happened. Just the idea of it makes you feel a little anxious.
You remember the day you went out with Namjoon, Taehyung, and Jimin. You remember how that one guy flipped out and threw his drink at you guys. To think something much worse was going to happen some time later into the future. You doubt that all that guy wanted to do is hurt Jungkook. Either he failed in completing his job or he was sending a message. Either way you received the warning and it has everyone on edge.
When you get back to Hoseok's room he sighs. You look at him and he looks drained.
"Hey," you say. "You okay?"
He looks at you for a moment before drawing you in close to him. "Yeah. I just... I'm worried. First the stalking and now this. I'm losing my mind right now."
"I figured." You wrap your arms around him. "That was a lot to take in."
Drawing his eyes closed in frustration he rants. "Why can't Jimin just think for once? Jungkook got hurt and by a weapon we don't know about." He looks off towards the side. "He can have his party here if he wants but no he wants it at a stupid club he wouldn't shut up about."
You know what he's talking about. It was through a brief conversation you and Hoseok had a few days ago. Jimin has been going out of his way to let everyone he knows know he would be celebrating his birthday at an underground club. Now that you think about it you think maybe him letting everyone know where he was going to be for his birthday wasn't a good idea. But you don't mention that to Hoseok otherwise he might storm back down and fight with Jimin over it. Not that you necessarily care about the two fighting but you just don't want to deal with the hassle of being dragged back and forth.
Hoseok looks at you and he does so with a look you'd describe as heart wrenching if it actually did anything for you.
"And I don't know why Yoongi was on Jimin's side. Out of all of us he's the one who actually thinks things through and Jimin would have gone with what I said if only Yoongi had agreed with me."
You purse your lips and wait until he's done with his rant. "If I knew how to make things better for you I would."
To this his expression softens and he looks at you with love. "I know, baby."
You rub his back comfortingly.
The rest of the night you spend together alone again. Hoseok doesn't bring up the situation anymore but you know it's bothering him. You try your best to keep him calm and it works for the most part. Sometimes he sighs like he's tired and you scratch his head to soothe him. When eating it's no different. You just rub his hand soothingly and distract him with food.
As it gets later into the night when about this time you get ready for bed you check your phone. Hoseok is in the bathroom so you take the chance and see you received a message from Yoongi. It was hours ago that he sent this.
Yoongi: Did you get in contact with Minjeong?
Yoongi: I have an idea of when you can leave.
You sit up in bed with your heart racing a bit. Quickly you type out a message.
You: I did. She gave me the numbers for two rehab centers. They want to talk to me but I haven't been able to because I've been stuck with Hoseok.
You: But tell me. What do you have planned?
You bite your lip nervously as you wait for a reply.
You weren't expecting this at all and your brain is going through scenarios on how you'll be able to leave. None make sense nor do you see working out so you wait with bated breath on what the answer might be.
Yoongi: Jimin's birthday party. Many of us are going to be back and forth in preparation for the party Hoseok included. He may be upset with Jimin right now but he'll be willing to help his brother out especially since this is the first time the party will be planned out by all of us. That's what makes this day more special to Jimin.
Yoongi: I want you to fake being sick though.
You frown.
You're about to ask him how this will work in your favor but you stop when Hoseok calls out to you.
"Baby~" he croons.
You look up to see him come out of the bathroom with a face mask on.
"What," you ask.
He smiles as much as he can beneath the wet cloth and waves around a packet. "Go wash your face. I want to put this on you." He walks over and tosses the packet with a face mask inside on your lap. "Let's have some self-care time with each other."
Oh. You weren't expecting that.
You want to deny him and continue texting Yoongi but you know you don't have an option right now. Especially if you want to keep playing nice with Hoseok. So you nod with a small "Okay" before locking your phone and lying it down on your nightstand.
You hope he won't check it. You're never aware of when he does it but you know he does. Maybe more so before when you were always against him.
You stand up and go do as he says and hope he won't invade your privacy tonight.
You're quick when you wash your face with your mind still stuck on Yoongi's message. How will you fake being sick help in your escape? It's a question only he can answer.
Coming out of the bathroom you see Hoseok is on his phone. You do a double take to make sure it isn't yours but you see that your phone is still where you left it.
He doesn't acknowledge your presence. Instead he looks annoyed. You can see the way the mask creases between his brows. You're careful as you make your way over to sit on the bed and it's only then does he look at you. He directs the look of annoyance towards you and it makes you frown.
"You okay," you ask tentatively.
He purses his lips as he looks at you before he gives a barely there smile.
"You've been very good for me haven't you?"
You have a mild look of surprise on but you nod.
Hoseok leans up and stretches out his hand for you to grab. You're hesitant to take it but when you do he pulls you forward and helps you lie down. Your head rests against your pillow and you watch as he takes apart the packet to take the mask out. He doesn't say anything but you still see the way he looks annoyed. Not so much as before but it's still there.
The mask is cool against your skin when he puts it on. He takes the time to stretch it across your face so that it covers every inch of skin. When he's done he stands to throw away the empty packet and returns to you though this time he seems to be in better spirits.
That's weird. You're used to never getting a read on Hoseok so seeing him looking the way he does and the way it switches quickly into something else is new to you. Just the thought of it makes your fingers twiddle together in nervousness.
Hoseok comes back to lie down next to you. He's perched on his arm with a hand supporting his head. "I usually let the mask sit for more than the required time so we'll be like this for a little while."
You shrug. "That's okay."
He smiles as much as he can beneath the mask before grabbing your hands. "Why do you look so nervous, baby?"
His thumb soothes over the back of your hand as he pries them apart.
You shrug again. "Nothing."
"Don't lie to me." He doesn't sound threatening but you can't help but to feel a little threatened.
"It's just... you seemed upset with me for a second there."
His brows draw together as if he's thinking on what you meant before his lips part to give a small "Ah" in response.
"I wasn't upset with you," he says. He shakes his head a little. "Namjoon has been bothering me for a bit with some stupid shit. He dragged Seokjin into it and now he won't shut up about it either."
Your hands are about to worry between each other again but his hand keeps you from doing it.
What could the two of them be bothering Hoseok about? You worry it has something to do with you.
"Is it something bad," you question.
There's a moment of silence. It does something to your nerves but he says nothing before smiling down at you.
"It's nothing for you to worry about."
You don't feel comforted by his words. It just felt like he was deflecting. Clearly it's something bad that it's annoying him this much. You don't know what it could be. You don't trust Namjoon nor Seokjin. Especially the former. Weeks ago when you all shared the dining table you suspected that Seokjin might be in the know about you and Namjoon. You wouldn't be surprised but it worries you because if he's letting Seokjin know then it's only a matter of time before Hoseok does. Your safety is hanging in the balance. It won't matter what Yoongi's plan is because once Hoseok knows it's over for you.
Leaning back to grab his phone Hoseok checks the time. "It's late but do you want to watch some TV while we wait on the masks?"
Trying to ignore the feeling of nervousness you nod your head.
He doesn't say anything more on the matter of his brothers so you try not to think about it yourself. It's not worth getting sick over if he's not worried about it. You think you'll know once Hoseok does so for now you'll keep acting like nothing happened between you and Namjoon.
The TV comes to life and Hoseok lets you choose what to watch. You settle on something you know he likes and let yourself relax in bed next to him.
You think again on Yoongi's message to you. You're still stuck on how you faking being sick is going to help you out. You would love to see what else he had to say but you're going to have to wait until Hoseok is knocked out for you to be able to read his message.
You also need to get in contact with the rehab centers. If it weren't because you were always stuck with Hoseok you would have spoken to them. Working on trust with Hoseok means you've given up your time for him. You're wondering when he'll trust you enough to leave you alone. You hope that it's soon.
When the time is up for your masks Hoseok lets you know. He removes them and goes to toss them out in the bathroom trash. Coming out of the bathroom he stretches with a yawn you can't help but to mimic. He smiles when you do and hops into bed.
"Are you tired," he asks.
To be honest you're not but you yawned because of how contagious it is. He chuckles when you say this and hands you the remote.
"You can keep the TV on if you want but I'm going to try and sleep."
"Okay."
He leans in to kiss you long and soft before turning off the bedside lamp and curling up behind you. His arm wraps around your middle as you turn on your side to let him hold you close.
You lower the volume on the TV but you don't dare move for your phone. You have to be sure that he's asleep before you do.
Shows come and go as it takes some time before you hear the soft snores come from Hoseok. You crane your head back to get a good look at him and see he's relaxed. Just to be sure you call out his name softly but he doesn't react. Without a second to waste you grab your phone and search for Yoongi's message. You see that he's written more and pick up where you left off.
Yoongi: I want you to fake being sick though.
Yoongi: If you do we might be able to have Hoseok leave you home alone for a moment while everyone is gone for the time being. I'll stay behind though with my own excuse. It's a flimsy plan but I don't know when we'll have a chance like this again.
Yoongi: I'll need you to get in contact with Minjeong to let her know that way she can send someone over to meet up with us. Tell her it's for Jimin's birthday but to send someone early on in the day that way we can meet before the actual party starts.
To be honest you're not a fan of the plan. Like he said it's too flimsy. This might not work at all but he's right. When are you going to have a moment like this again? People will be in and out in preparation for Jimin's party including Hoseok. That's your chance to leave. But you still have questions.
You: But what are you going to do? What's your excuse going to be? Won't Jimin expect you to go too? And do you actually think Hoseok will believe I'm sick?
You: It's not that I don't trust you but you said it yourself. This plan is flimsy.
You: I'm scared Yoongi...
You watch and wait to see the three dots pop up on screen. You think they might not come but Yoongi proves you wrong. He's still awake and types back to you.
Yoongi: We can always try another time if you don't think this will work but just remember that I'm not sure when an opportunity like this will come again.
You close your eyes in defeat. He's right. Who knows when the time will come again for you to be able to escape. You honestly want to cry but you keep it together. You have to unless you want to wake Hoseok up.
Opening your eyes you take a shaky breath and type out your response.
You: Okay. You're right. Let's do this.
Yoongi: Write to Minjeong. We only have 3 more days to go.
With a sigh you leave the message at that and switch over to Minjeong's contact information. You start a new chat and write to her about everything Yoongi told you. You doubt that she's awake so you don't expect a response tonight.
You feel bad. Maybe it's because so much is happening at once. The stalking, the riots, Jimin and Jungkook's attack, the escape plan - it's too much. But if Yoongi thinks this is the best course of action then you'll take it.
You look back at Hoseok who's sound asleep. He looks peaceful despite everything. Despite whatever it is Seokjin and Namjoon are going on about and whatever that is you wonder if you want to know or not. You just hope that it doesn't put a wrench in yours and Yoongi's plan.
For these next three days you better put your work to the test. You've laid down the foundation of your supposed love for Hoseok and now it's time to test it. Will he show trust in you? Will it be enough to leave you alone? Well you guess you're about to find out.
68 notes View notes
ana-rose1 9 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 50
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 7,017
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 50 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Dub-Con-ish, Masturbation, Fingering, Smut, Biting, Blood
Prev | Next
Going home with Hoseok is a quiet ride but his hand is on your lap holding your own. Your thumb brushes over his skin tenderly and you can see from the corner of your eye how he melts at the touch.
This is your life right now and you can't complain about it if you know what's good for you. Staying quiet is for the best.
On the way over he gets a call from Seokjin asking where the two of you were out of curiosity he says. The conversation quickly takes a turn though when Hoseok mentions that he has to talk to all of his brothers about something important. About Jiyoo. Seokjin doesn't question him on it but the eldest says he'll gather everyone up in the playroom to talk. As soon as he hangs up Hoseok grips your hand tighter.
"You okay," you ask.
He hums. "Yeah I just dread having to talk about her."
"Do you think she's planning on something?"
"She's stupid enough to try. I wouldn't put it past her."
You purse your lips as you think about his cousin.
It's been a little while since you last saw Jiyoo. You were glad she was out of your life but she always manages to sneak back in. First at the Baeks' then again at Hoseok's and now she's sending people on her behalf. She must still be pissed about losing her fang. It's the only reason you can think of. Hoseok said she's never stalked him and his brothers before. Then again there's a first for everything.
Hoseok seems to notice you're lost in thought because he squeezes your hand.
"It's going to be okay, Y/N. I'll make sure of it."
You say nothing but you hope he's right.
Pulling up into the garage when you finally reach his home you let go of Hoseok's hand to unbuckle yourself. You imagine things are going to be tense once Hoseok lets everyone know what's going on. You don't want to be around for it but you don't have much of choice because your captor drags you along with him. His hold on you isn't tight but he's making it clear he wants you with him.
You hear talking in the distance. The person sounds like Seokjin and he's telling his brothers something about their business but then he stops when Hoseok rounds the doorway with you.
Everyone looks at the two of you almost expectantly though they must know by now this meeting has something to do with their cousin.
"Well," Seokjin starts. "What happened?"
Hoseok sighs. "On our way out I noticed someone following us. I confronted him and he told me he was doing it for Jiyoo. I don't know why she would bother doing that but I bet it's for nothing good."
That's a concise way of saying it. He confronted the guy but in a violent way though you guess if they were to know that tidbit they wouldn't even bat an eye to it.
"I should've knocked her other fang out. Maybe then she would have gotten the message that she's not wanted here." Taehyung speaks through gritted teeth.
Your brows furrow and you're about to say something but Namjoon beats you to it.
"Maybe that's why she's doing this. She has to be pissed you broke her fang. That and something else."
"That something else is what we need to find out." Seokjin says. "If she's going to be a detriment to us or our business then we need to stop her."
"Should we call dad?" Jungkook asks.
Jimin sucks his teeth. "Why should we need to?"
The youngest shrugs. "He's the one that's all about family or whatever. Maybe if we tell him he'll set her straight."
Yoongi hums. "I don't think it's necessary to bring father into this. At least not yet."
Just the idea of their father getting involved - the same man who got them into the business early - makes you feel uncomfortable, but then you think on something. Namjoon told you their father started them early but like with everything else was that a lie?
You look down towards the floor with eyes that widen a fraction in the realization that he probably did lie to you about it. Maybe their father isn't the enemy. It's just been his sons all along.
Licking your lips you take in a shaky breath. You won't think about this right now. Their father isn't really a part of your business. Either way he must have known about Minjeong and what she went through. He paid her family off to stay quiet so he's still a bad person in your eyes.
Your thoughts are interrupted when Namjoon speaks again.
"Let calling father be the last resort. Just keep an eye out whenever you come and go from this house and never go alone. Not that we can't handle ourselves alone but it's better to be together just in case Jiyoo's lackeys try something."
"Do you think they will try something?" Jungkook asks. This time he seems a bit interested in what his brother has to say.
Namjoon shrugs. "I don't know them but I know Jiyoo. It's better we stay safe this way."
There are a collection of sighs around you. Whether it's because they don't like this plan or the idea of dealing with their cousin again makes them feel tired - either way they're not happy.
"Well," Jimin starts. "If that's all I would like to wash up. It's been a long day."
"Yes please. I can't stand the smell of death."
Jimin rolls his eyes at Jungkook but remains quiet as he steps out of the playroom.
"I guess that's the end of this meeting." Taehyung states.
Hoseok hums. "Sorry to put a damper on everyone's mood but it had to be talked about."
Seokjin shakes his head. "There's no reason to apologize. It was best you say something instead of staying quiet and the possibility of something bad happening because of it." He pauses a moment before he looks at you. "How are you Y/N? I'm sure you must have been frightened."
You shrug your shoulders as everyone looks at you. Their attention on you makes you feel a little uncomfortable but you know they're just curious.
"I'm fine."
"You don't have to lie to us. I imagine the idea of being stalked didn't sit right with you."
Your eyes zero in on Seokjin as he says this. You feel your eyes water and a sneer wanting to take place.
How dare he? After everything Hoseok has put you through. From the very beginning and how he himself enabled that behavior in his brother back in your former home. You feel disgusted with him. Annoyed.
It's hard to read his expression but you know he's not stupid. He knows the implications behind his words.
"She seemed more worried about me than she did him." Hoseok says. He clears the tense air with his words that make both Seokjin's and Namjoon's brows raise.
"Was she now?" Namjoon asks though there's a hint of something else besides piqued curiousity.
Hoseok doesn't answer him. Instead he brings you in close to hug you into his side.
"Well I'm sure you had a long day." Seokjin says. "Why don't you two clean up and we'll see you later?"
Hoseok kisses your temple and hums. "We just might do that."
You give Seokjin one last long look to which he smiles. You don't even bother looking at Namjoon because you're honestly a little afraid to see what he'll throw your way.
Without much else to say Hoseok takes you out of the room and up to his own. Behind the closed door you go to remove your shoes but he stops you. Kneeling down Hoseok unties your laces and gently removes your shoes from off your feet. He goes to do the same with his own and takes them to the closet. You're still standing by the doorway when he comes back out. He smiles as he makes his way back towards you. Your fingers nervously pick at your purse and he stops you once he's within distance to reach you.
"You look nervous," he says. "Why?"
You shrug your shoulders. "Don't know."
You do actually know. With you pretending you actually care for him you don't know what to expect from him at this point. It's not like you haven't done things beyond kissing him before but this feels new to you. His reactions towards you now will be different.
He cups your face and leans in to place a kiss on your lips. It's soft and he does it again and again.
"I don't want you nervous around me," he whispers against your lips. "Just show me the girl that was worried about me earlier."
When your tongue darts out to lick your lips it touches his own lips in a quick swipe. His eyes grow heavy at the feel of it before he swipes his own tongue across the seam of yours.
"You're so beautiful. You know that?"
You hum in response but you know you should say more. To say something that'll make him puddy in your hands.
"You make me feel beautiful." You run your lips softly against his own. "You make me feel a lot of things."
"Good things I hope?"
"Mhmm. Very good." Your hand slips down until you reach the waist band of his pants where they tug at the fabric lightly.
He practically melts at your words and even more so at the feel of you touching him. You're about to take it a step further but he pulls away to go sit on the bed.
"Come here," he says as he pats his thigh.
You hesitate a moment - unsure of what he wants - but you listen to him and go to sit on his lap.
Your legs hang off the side of him as you get comfortable in his hold and an arm wraps around his shoulders. You're intent is to keep him close and so is his as he brings both arms around your middle.
"Can I ask you something?"
Your eyes briefly flicker to his lips as he asks the question. You're not sure if you should accept but you bite the bullet and nod.
"When did it all change for you?"
Your brows furrow in confusion. "When did what change?"
He tilts his head to look at your face better. "When did you start falling for me?"
You try to school your features but you are surprised. He might take it as something innocent but for you you're not confident in coming up with a good enough answer.
What can you say? What should you say? You clench your hands into fists for a moment to ward off the shakes. Staring off towards the floor you think on it. You know he expects an answer and you know you have to give it to him. So you shrug.
"I don't know when exactly but I know it started off slow." You nibble your bottom lip as you still look towards the floor. "Waking up with you each time I began to feel something. I didn't know what it was at first but the more days that passed the more I realized I didn't want to live without you."
Silence fills the air and you're too afraid to look at Hoseok. Your heart gallops within your chest and it seems like it won't calm down despite the fact that you try to relax. Your breathing is even but with every pulse of it it feels like it's trying to claw its way up your throat. You swallow deeply but it's a hand to your chest that gets it to slow down.
Your eyes draw over to Hoseok who has his hand placed over your heart. His thumb rubs soothing circles over your clothed chest and when you get a good look at him you see that he smiles. He blinks slowly as he takes you in. His smile looks dreamy and it soon parts to show his teeth as it grows wider.
"I knew it would take time," he says. "But now that we're here I'm just over the moon about it." He pats your chest gently. "Whatever you feel in here I feel it too. If you could hear the way my heart beats for you you'll see it's no different from yours. Every beat. Every pulse in my veins - it's all for you."
Your eyes jump from each of his eyes to his nose then to his mouth. You look him all over and for a brief moment you feel bad for making him think you're falling for him but you have to remind yourself that you have to do this. You have to if you want him to trust you more. Trust you enough to leave you alone.
You're unsure of what to say so instead you lean in and kiss him. Your lips are light against his but he reciprocates your affection with his own. He pushes back until he presses even harder against you and you have no choice but to push back lest he swallow you whole with his love.
He pulls back a little to take in a deep breath and rubs his nose against your own.
"I want you," he says.
Before you could think otherwise you speak. "I want you too."
Pulling you in for another kiss Hoseok molds his lips against your own but he doesn't deepen it. His tongue stays behind his teeth and yours begs for an entrance. He moans at the feel at the wet appendage but he doesn't let up.
He pulls back for a moment to let the two of you breathe before he tugs at your shirt.
"Take it off. Take everything off."
Your eyes open in small surprise but you think you know where this is going. Keep it up and you'll get your high so you stand up and begin to undress for him.
He doesn't fall behind as he stands up to rid himself of his own clothes. By the time you're naked he's sat down on the bed again but more towards the middle of the bed. He's semi-hard but he makes no move to touch himself.
He curls his index in a come hither motion inviting you to straddle him and you do. Once you're on his lap you kiss him again with your tongue seeking entrance to his mouth again but he doesn't budge despite the moan he lets out.
"Baby," he says as he pulls away to rest back onto his elbows. "I want to try something."
Your brows furrow. "What?"
He smiles at the small pout you have. "I want to have sex with you but without the high."
You freeze.
Without the high? No. There's no way. You can't. The last time you did it without the high was when he ate you out and you had to think about Namjoon to be able to come. Namjoon is out of the picture now so who are you supposed to think about? How will you be able to do this?
You know he can sense your hesitation. He sees it on your face.
"Hey," he says. "Let's give it a try, yeah?"
Your hands worry between each other. You're clearly nervous but he won't have that. He stops your hands with one of his own before leaning all the way on his back.
"It's going to be okay. And if anything I promise to give it to you after."
He'll give you the high after? You're a sucker for his saliva because you nod albeit hesitantly. If you still get it then it's a win. You just have to be brave enough to have sex with him without the high. You can do this, you think.
You're resting on his thighs and you separate your hands from his to rest them on his stomach. You clear your throat and look down at his cock. He isn't fully hard yet and you realize it's up to you to help him get there. You lick your lips then and reach out to touch him but he stops you. You briefly think he's going to change his mind about the high but that's far from what he wants.
"Touch yourself for me."
You blink a few times as his words register in your head. It's not like you've never touched yourself before but doing it in front of another person feels a little weird to you. Just the idea of it has your face growing warm in embarrassment.
Hoseok smiles at you. "Do this for me and I promise you'll have what you want by the end of all this."
His words come off gentle but they have a hold over you. A strong one that has you gulping.
"Okay," you say. "Okay."
Your hand goes to slide across your thigh and draws closer to where he wants you. Your heart hammers painfully in your chest even more so when your fingers find your clit. At this Hoseok sits up on his elbows to watch you.
You carefully roll the pearl beneath your two fingers but you feel nothing. It makes you feel awkward and you sigh as you remove your fingers from yourself.
"I'm sorry," you say.
Hoseok's hand comes up and rubs your arm. "It's okay. Take your time."
He really wants you to do this and gods you really want that stupid high. If it weren't because you're trying to make him think you're falling in love you would curse him out. You can't risk losing that high either so you bring your hand to your core again and close your eyes. Your fingers find your clit again and you rub it with a little more purpose this time. You imagine that you're alone. No you can't think about Namjoon like last time for obvious reasons. There's no one else you can think of so imagining that you are alone is for the best.
You feel a little bit of your arousal drip out and you take that chance to reach for it and bring it back up to your clit so that there's an easier glide. You sigh at the feeling though it's a shaky one.
Your fingers slip and slide between your entrance and your clit. You're trying to work yourself up. More and more of your arousal drips out and it's enough to focus most of your pleasure through your pearl. It feels nice. To the point that your lips part and a small moan comes from between them.
In response Hoseok moans as well and it throws you off a bit considering you're imagining yourself to be alone. It makes your movements stutter a bit.
"Finger yourself," he says. "But whatever you do don't come."
Your eyes squeeze shut even more as your nostrils flare. You want to come but on your own terms but you figure he won't play nice if you do. You briefly wonder what your punishment will be if you disobey him. No high is the first thought that comes to mind so you decide you'll play nice yourself.
Your two fingers fall away from your clit and find your hole instead. You tease the area around it before slipping one digit in and then the other when you drag the first one out. With every push and pull your fingers go in deeper and deeper until they're completely soaked in your slick.
Your back arches slightly when you rub the roof of your sex in search of your sweet spot and something akin to a sigh and moan fall from your lips.
"Fuck." Hoseok curses under his breath.
Your eyes are closed but you feel him move when he goes to grip himself. His knuckles lightly brush against the back of your hand with every tug and you find yourself shaking the slightest bit at the feel of it.
You spread your legs further apart as you try to dig in deeper. You whimper and whine and find yourself moving your hips the slightest bit back and forth as you try and find some friction for your clit, but it's not enough.
"You look so sexy like this," he croons.
"Hoseok."
You want to tell him to shut up but you're trying to be good and you're trying to focus on your own pleasure. He takes you saying his name as something else though because he doesn't reprimand you.
Your fingers are working overtime and despite how good it feels you don't think you can come unless you're using both your hands. You know Hoseok said not to but you crave it.
Bringing your other hand up you slip it down to your bundle of nerves and roll it around. Your head jerks back at the feeling and you swear you grow wetter. The sounds coming from your sex are absolutely obscene but you don't care.
With every pump and every rub you're coming closer and closer to the edge. You're so close and it shows with the way you're panting into the air. Goosebumps litter your body and there. Right there. It's coming. Your mouth hangs open as you gasp again and again until your hands are ripped off of you with your hole clenching around nothing.
You release a cry at the loss of your impending orgasm - tears trying to form in your eyes. You open them to look at Hoseok who holds on to your wrists tightly. Despite his grip he doesn't look upset with you.
"You were close," he states.
You whine in irritation but nod your head.
"I told you not to come didn't I?"
"I didn't get to," you bite.
A sharp sting hits your ass. Hoseok briefly lets go of your wrist to spank you and it makes you gasp in surprise. He's never done that to you before and it shows in your expression.
"Watch your tone or you don't get to come at all." He's rough with his words but his hand soothes the skin where he spanked you.
You pout and it's enough to make him sit up so he can kiss you.
"I'm sorry," he says before he kisses you again.
Maybe he's not used to you fighting him during sex because when you're high you're under his spell and he can do whatever he wants to you without a problem. Still it caught you off guard.
He places another kiss on your lips before leaning back down onto his elbows with a sigh. "I wouldn't mind seeing you touch yourself more but I need to be inside of you. Now."
You look down to see his cock stands at full attention. When you carefully reach out to touch it it twitches.
"No teasing, pretty girl."
"I wasn't planning to."
He huffs a small laugh. "Good."
You're about to touch him again but he has other plans. He takes your hand that had been inside of you and brings your fingers into his mouth. He licks the digits and sucks on them lightly while keeping eye contact. The sight actually makes you grow warm beneath your skin. You clear your throat and look off to the side but you don't miss the way he smirks.
When he's done he nips the tip of your finger. "Are you going to fuck me now or what?"
Your eyes widen the slightest bit at his words but you try to not let your surprise show. Instead you lick your lips and try to send a cool look his way. "I should be asking you that."
The edges of Hoseok's lips curl up.
He lies his head down on the mattress before placing his hands behind your thighs to urge you forward.
"Ride me," he says.
This is where your lack of confidence really shows.
Hoseok usually takes control. That's just how things are between you two. It's why Namjoon had to teach you how to please him. Despite the acrid taste left behind when thinking of the other vampire you can't help but to think of what you both did with each other. You actually thought about doing the same to Hoseok just now but he has different plans in mind. One you're not sure you can perfectly execute.
You purse your lips and look at Hoseok's chest. You're drawn closer to him when he helps settle you directly over his cock. It twitches again now that it feels the heat that radiates from your core but you make no move to put it in.
Hoseok's thumb rubs circles over your hip as he seems to have noticed something is wrong.
"Talk to me, baby. What's going on in that head of yours?"
You chance a look his way and shrug. "You know I've never done this before."
It takes him a second to realize that you're not talking about sex in general but riding him instead.
He hums when it hits him. "There's a first for everything. I can guide you through it though."
Your fingers try to twiddle together but he stops you with a gentle hand.
"It's going to be okay. Just follow my lead."
The things you're willing to do just to make things easier for you to escape. You'd roll your eyes and shake your head over it but you want to avoid suspicion so you grab his cock and aim it towards your entrance with you then slowly dropping down. When he enters you your eyes close. You take in the pleasure with a shaky breath and with a bite to your bottom lip.
This feels different to when you're high and having sex with him. There's this sense of freedom you didn't have before but that doesn't dull the pleasure. You feel good to be honest but you know it will be even better to have the high.
When you reach the hilt your walls flutter around him. He groans at the feeling and grips your hips tighter.
You feel so full. You always do when it comes to Hoseok but you're not about to admit that to him.
"Good," he asks.
It takes you a second to nod and you swear you hear him sigh in relief.
"Alright. You can put your hands on my chest for support." He guides them to his chest just as he said before placing his hands back on your hips.
He applies pressure with his fingers and you feel how he's trying to lift you up. You go along with his movements with the two of you moaning at the drag of your walls over his cock.
"Just like that, pretty girl."
You lower yourself back on him.
"You can squeeze around me every time you come up. Makes it feel good."
You do as he says and watch as he grits his teeth in pleasure.
"You're doing so good, baby. Just keep doing what you're doing. If you get tired let me know."
It feels good you gave to admit. You're doing all the work whereas Hoseok normally would. You're not complaining though. Knowing what you can do with your body makes you feel powerful. Knowing you can make Hoseok bend before you makes you feel powerful.
You take the chance to move a little faster and his fingers dig further into your flesh. You're sure to have bruises once this is over but it's the furthest concern from your mind. You're enjoying this too much.
Your legs spread further apart so you can feel him deeper and your breasts bounce with every movement. He eyes them like a man starved as his eyes turn ice blue. You think this is the fastest you've seen them change.
Nothing stops you from continuing on until you start to feel a little tired. It shows in the way your rhythm starts to come undone making you whine.
"Tired," he asks.
You nod your head as you begin to grind into him. This new angle has you parting your lips to release some of the most salacious of moans. Your clit drags across his pelvis and your walls squeeze harder around him.
"Hm. Feel good?"
"Yeah," you sigh.
Rocking your hips like this leaves you feeling intoxicated. You note Hoseok doesn't seem as enraptured like before but he seems content watching you pleasure yourself.
You let out a moan and then a gasp. You can feel it. You're getting closer and you let him know.
"I'm close!"
"Yeah?" His hands reach down to grab your ass. "Keeping going, baby."
Not a second do you waste. Your hips move faster and faster as your walls begin to flutter. Your lips are parted in a silent moan and before either of you could say something more you come.
A high pitched whine leaves you as your legs begin to shake a little. Your hands that are on his chest curl into fists as your eyes squeeze shut. Your hips keep moving as you ride your orgasm out as Hoseok groans for every pulse around his cock.
For a second there you swear you are high but you know better than that. The orgasm was just that good.
Hoseok gives you a second to breathe before he shifts beneath you. You open your eyes to see he's planted his feet onto the bed. His hands find your hips again as he smiles.
"You had your fun," he says. "My turn now."
He easily lifts you up and holds you there before fucking into you fast and hard. You let out a mixture of a surprised noise and moan before falling over. Your hands quickly go to support yourself up by landing on the bed by either side of his head.
"Hoseok!"
You feel sensitive but it doesn't hurt. This feeling is so so good much to your delectation. He's going fast and hard and you can't help all the noises you make.
"Touch yourself for me."
It's not a plea but a demand.
Your fingers come down to rub figure eights on your clit causing you to clench and unclench around him.
"Fuck baby I'm close."
You can't bring yourself to answer him outright so you just moan out loud.
Honestly you're close too. For the second time tonight you feel yourself focusing on what you're feeling - concentrating hard on your impending orgasm. Your mouth hangs open as you draw closer and closer and even closer until the band snaps and you're coming yet again.
Hoseok growls at the feeling before finally he tumbles in after you. His hips jerk forward sloppily as he paints your walls white. Both of you feel euphoria and it's without hesitation does he bring you down to bite your neck.
You flinch with a hiss. Without the high to distract you you feel the way his fangs pierce your flesh. It's something you haven't felt in a long time and honestly you could have gone without it, but you let Hoseok take what he needs because there's something you want in exchange.
After having his fill he pulls back and swipes his tongue over the wound. He's panting into your neck from the over exertion and you find you're doing the same thing.
His hand rubs your back gently as he tries to regain himself. After a moment he tries to angle his face towards you.
"Did I hurt you?"
You nod and sit up. "A little bit."
A frown mars his face at your admission. "I'm sorry about that."
You don't take his apology seriously. Instead you sit up and touch your neck lightly. You can feel where he bit you but it's already scabbing over. It's healing fast at least.
Hoseok sits up so that he's face to face with you. "How did it feel?"
Your brows furrow. "How does what feel? The bite?"
He shakes his head with a small smile. "I meant the sex. Did you enjoy it without the high?"
"Oh."
You wiggle around and it causes him to hiss.
"What," you ask hurriedly.
He closes his eyes for moment in what looks like pain before he looks at you.
He huffs a laugh. "Sensitive."
Right. He's still inside of you.
You look down and slowly make your way off of his softening cock that's covered in his cum. A little bit of it dribbles out of you but you place your hand over your mound to keep it from falling onto the bed.
"We should clean up," you say.
You're about to stand up but Hoseok grabs your arm. The action makes you look up at him questioningly and you see that he's pouting a little but he masks the look quickly.
"You didn't answer my question," he says.
What was it again? Oh right. Sex without the high. How did you like it?
"It was good."
You weren't lying. It actually was. Do you prefer it with the high? Of course yeah, but it wasn't bad without it.
"Yeah?" He smiles as his shoulders drop like he was relieved.
Smiling back you nod. You remember you have a role to play so even if you didn't like it you have to pretend that you did, but thankfully you don't have to lie. Lying isn't the best skill you have anyway.
He leans in to loudly kiss your lips. "Well now we know."
Gods he's beaming. Never did you think you can make him happier than what he is now. When he stands up with you he walks around with the biggest smile on. Even more so when you accidentally bump into him. He's just so happy and you hope to keep him that way until the very end.
When the two of you go to shower he takes the time to dote on you. He's treating you like a delicate flower and you let him. When it's his turn he's about to wash himself but you ask if you can do it. Your question clearly catches him off guard but with a heart shaped smile he hands you his soap and lets you do as you please. You're gentle with him as he stares at you lovingly.
Getting ready for the rest of the night the two of you dress up in your pajamas because you doubt you'd have to leave the house for anything tonight. You did what you did earlier and then it hits you.
"We forgot the pumpkins in the car."
Hoseok's brows furrow for a moment before he laughs. "We did. We can go get them now."
The idea of walking after what the two of you did doesn't sound appealing to you so it's with an embarrassed look do you admit to him that walking isn't an ideal thing for you to do right now.
Hoseok laughs out loud and you go to smack his arm.
"It's not funny," you grumble.
"No actually it is."
You huff in irritation to which he just smiles.
"Sorry, baby." He kisses your forehead. "Rest up here. I'll grab the pumpkins."
You hum with a sigh as you take your seat on the bed. He gives you one last look with a wink before leaving the room.
Looking up at the ceiling you flop onto your back. That was something. You realize making Hoseok think you're falling in love with him won't be so hard. You just have to not be so obvious that you're faking it and you think you're doing a good job in not screwing yourself over so far. He's absolutely smitten with you. No. He's absolutely in love with you. It's scary when you think about it so you try not to.
You wonder how Yoongi and Minjeong would feel about your plan. They'll understand you're sure.
Speaking of Minjeong... Where is your phone? You need an answer from her about the rehab centers.
You get up and search for the device that's still in your pocket on the floor. You decide that you'll clean up the clothes that are strewn about and toss them into the hamper as well. Once you're done you unlock your phone and are surprised to see that you have a new message and it's from Minjeong! It's recent and you hurriedly go to access it. When you do you read what she has to say.
She greets you and tells you exactly what you've been waiting for. There are two centers near her that have openings. One of them is a little bit farther away from where she lives but they have good reviews and have live-in quarters. She discussed with them your situation without flat out giving up too much information. They promise patient confidentiality and would like to speak with you since you're of age. Minjeong stated that at the moment, because of your situation, it's hard but she'll have you contact them if possible.
The other one doesn't have live-in quarters but she says you can stay with her if need be. Despite this she says they're just as good as the other one.
Two phone numbers are attached and she tells you the name of each center and which one of them has the live-in quarters. The rest is up to you now.
You sigh after reading all of that. At least you have options right now and it's very kind of her to let you stay with her if need be. But you'd much prefer to not do that. You don't want to be a burden. Now you have to have a chance to call these places. Obviously Hoseok can't be around so you wonder how are you going to do this. Can you wait long enough until he trusts you enough to leave you alone? Can you, under the guise of wanting to spend time with him, wait until you're alone with Yoongi to call these centers? That sounds like the easier option. You just have to let Yoongi know what's up. You can text him for that. You're about to until the door is opened and in comes Hoseok. You're startled and it shows because he giggles with an apology on the tip of his tongue.
"Sorry, my love." He has a big smile on his face. "I wanted to hurry and show you something."
Your brows furrow. "Show me what?"
He turns his back towards you and bends one knee down. "Hop on."
"Wait," you lock your phone. "What are you doing?"
"I want to show you something but you can't walk so..."
Your face flushes with heat. "Hoseok."
He chuckles. "Come on. I want to show you the pumpkins."
He's not going to let up so you place your phone down on your nightstand. Afterwards you stand up and lean over on top of Hoseok. You wrap your arms around his neck and with a hold on your thighs he scoops you up and stands with you on his back.
"Can't you just tell me what's going on," you ask as he carries you out of the room.
"It's more fun if we do this together."
You don't know what he's talking about but you stay quiet until you reach the downstairs. The front door is open and you see a servant with something in his hands. He bows towards you and Hoseok and with a smile he presents to you a lighter and two little candles.
Your pumpkins are sitting by the doorway with the tops off and you realize what it is he wants to do.
Placing you down to stand outside Hoseok grabs the lighter and candles to hand one to you.
"Put it in your pumpkin," he says.
You grab the candle and bend over to place it into the pumpkin you carved. Hoseok mimics you with his own pumpkin and with a flick of the lighter he lights his candle up.
"Here," he says. "Be careful."
You take the lighter from him and do as he did. Once your candle is lit you stand to your full height along with Hoseok and smile. Staring back at you are two carved pumpkins that shine bright under the darkening sky. You can't help but to huff a laugh to which Hoseok joins you.
"Cute, right," he asks.
You hum. "Cute."
His arm comes to wrap around your shoulders and holds you close to his side.
This is so domestic but you don't complain.
For a brief moment you forget about Minjeong and her message but when it comes back to you it sobers you up.
You're going to break Hoseok's heart the day you leave. That's a fact you come down to every time you think about escaping. You wonder how that's going to play out. Will he scream? Will he cry? Will he get angry? Whatever the result may be you just know you can't be around to see it because you're honestly a bit scared to see these reactions from him.
Any lick of a smile falls off from your face.
You worry about Yoongi. You hope Hoseok never finds out that it was him who helped you - helped Minjeong. You hope that the day you get clean you'll be able to talk to him again and that nothing bad happens to him. You'll never be able to forgive yourself if something bad happens to him.
Hoseok kisses the side of your face and whispers in your ear. "You've been really good for me. How about we head upstairs and I give you what you deserve?"
Immediately you know what he means and like an obedient dog you nod your head and wait for him to grab your hand to lead you away so you can get what you want. What you deserve.
You've really fallen off the deep end. Hopefully with this change coming you'll be able to crawl out of this pit of hell.
64 notes View notes
ana-rose1 9 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 49
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 7,871
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 49 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession
Prev | Next
When you least expect it you're surrounded by music equipment. From instruments to speakers and what Yoongi calls MIDI. That thing you remember Yoongi having in his room with all the square buttons is apparently called MIDI. He tells you this when you point it out and he says he just might get a new one. In actuality he was here because he wanted new speakers but he can't help but to splurge whenever he sees something new that catches his eye.
You're afraid to touch anything especially after seeing the price tags on most of these things. Not that you can't afford it but it physically hurts you to even think about spending your money on any of this. It's not a part of your interest anyway and you're glad it's not because the cheapest thing you saw so far costs $199.
Yoongi doesn't mind the prices though especially for a pair of speakers that he immediately went for the moment he saw them. You guess these are the ones he was looking for. They seem relatively small but when you look at the price your eyes nearly bulge out.
"1,699," you nearly yell in the shop.
Yoongi just hums as he turns it to check out the back.
It seems your voice caught the attention to one of the store owners because he comes by with a smile.
"Anything I can help you with?"
Yoongi turns his head to look at the man and nods. "Can I test these out?"
When the realization of who it is that's here touching his speakers hits the man's face breaks into a smile. "Ah, Lord Yoongi. Yes! Of course we can test these out."
He takes out his phone and disconnects it from the bluetooth system playing music throughout the store and connects them to the speakers before you. EDM starts rumbling through the speakers and the shop owner takes the time to explain what the features include.
"The NSS60 harnesses metamaterial absorption technology so it absorbs 99% of unwanted noise and produces a purer and more natural sound."
"I know." Yoongi says as he uses the small dial in the back to raise the volume.
You don't think he meant to be rude but it catches the store owner off guard. After listening to the music more he nods with an "Okay" forcing the other man to turn off the music.
"I'll take it."
You know he can afford it but hearing Yoongi say that makes you sweat a little. All those numbers on the price tag are staring back at you menacingly and it takes the store owner talking for you to look away.
"What color would you like?"
"Black." Without hesitation. "You can take it up front. There's still something else I want to look at."
The box filled with the speakers is taken away and you follow after Yoongi who was already making his way towards the section with the MIDIs.
He browses in silence touching everything with his eyes. He only brings his hand out to test the feel of the equipment and if he doesn't like the feel of it he jumps to the next best thing. There's an all black one that catches his attention and he reads what it comes with while you check out the price. It's $99 and you feel like it's the only relatively cheap item around here, but alas Yoongi ignores it for something else.
Eventually he doesn't find anything else that catches his attention though you know he would have liked to get a new MIDI.
"Sorry you didn't find one you like," you say.
He just shrugs as he heads towards the front. "It would have been nice but I was mostly here for the speakers."
He doesn't look the least bit disappointed. In fact there's something about him that makes you smile. There's more pep in his step as he hurriedly makes his way towards his awaiting speakers. He may not do it here in front of these strangers but you guess if you ask him about the new equipment he'll start talking his head off in excitement.
"All good?" The man up front asks.
Yoongi nods and pulls out his wallet in preparation to pay.
When the store owner rings up the final amount which includes tax your stomach swirls in discomfort. Having hobbies is expensive you surmise. Even more so when you make it into a job.
Yoongi is quick to grab the big box and he carries it without a problem out of the door you hold open for him. With one hand he quickly unlocks the car door and sets the box down next to Jimin's jewelry box.
You're standing next to your side of the car with your arms crossed looking at him and it's only when he shuts the door does he look at you.
"What," he asks.
Your smile grows and you try your best to contain it lest he thinks you're going crazy.
"What?" There's a bit of strain when he says that word again.
"Nothing you just seem happy is all."
His eyes shift from left to right as his cheeks grow rosy. Scratching the back of his head he clears his throat and moves around you to get to his side.
"Just get in the car."
You huff a laugh as you get in but you can see the smile on his lips as he opens his door.
You put on your seat belt as does he before starting the car. You don't know what else he has planned but you doubt it's anything to do with the outside anymore. You haven't forgotten the fact that he's a vampire and being out in the sun must be killing him. Not to mention Hoseok is waiting for you back home. Just the thought of that makes you frown but you know it's just something you have to deal with. At least for the time being.
"So," Yoongi starts. "When we get back - all that happened is that we went to the jeweler's and the music shop, yeah?"
"I know."
He hums and the sound is followed by a short pause.
"Thank you. Yoongi."
The vampire gives you a quick look then back. "Don't thank me just yet. The day you leave is when you can thank me."
You smile though it barely reaches your eyes. Then a thought hits you. "Will I be able to stay in contact with you?"
Yoongi's brows raise as he inhales deeply. You think he's going to say no but he surprises you.
"After you're treated you can text me. I want you to be able to tell me when you're finally clean."
You wish you didn't have to get clean but you're running out of options here. So you just nod and smile.
"Okay."
"Okay," he says.
The ride back to his home isn't long. You enjoy every minute of freedom with Yoongi until he brings the car around to reverse into the garage. If he noticed that you have grown quiet he doesn't say but you guess he must already know about how you're feeling right now.
You're looking out the window coming face to face with the familiar setting around you and there's not much you can do about it.
Yoongi turns off the car and sits still for a moment looking out his dashboard window. Nothing is said between you two until he sighs.
"Remember what I said."
"I know," you say.
You turn your head and look at him as he nods. You don't know if it was to you or himself.
You can't help but wonder if he's nervous about the whole deal. Just because he's helped someone before doesn't mean it gets any easier.
"Alright," he says. "Let's go."
The two of you leave the car and he has you hold on to Jimin's gift while he carries the box of speakers inside. You follow after him into the house and without a word he has you come up with him to his study. It's the first time you've been in here so when he has you open the door for him you can't help but to look around.
Much like his room, almost everything is black. You also note his desk is rigged up with equipment you saw back at the music shop. It looks far more like a studio than it does a study.
He sighs as he places the box down onto the couch pressed up against the wall. When he turns around he stretches out his hand for the jewelry box and you hand it to him.
"It's nice in here," you say.
Yoongi hums. "It's a bit of a mess but okay."
You huff a laugh. It really isn't a mess but he's adamant in saying it is. You'll let him have his win.
The smile you have on your face drops a little and it's here you know he can read your mood. He doesn't have to be Taehyung to know something is wrong with you.
"Make sure to text Minjeong if you don't hear from her by tomorrow night." The words come out in a hushed tone.
You nod your head. "I will."
He purses his lips before placing the jewelry box on his desk. "Let's get you to Hoseok. I'm sure he's on edge waiting for you."
The corner of your lip lifts up into a half smile that's directed at him and not the fact that his brother is indeed waiting on you.
He stretches out his hand to lead you out of the open door and down the hall to Hoseok's study. When you get there he knocks on the door twice but opens it without waiting for his brother to tell him to come in.
Hoseok is sat in his chair facing the door with a smile on his face. "You're back," he says and you swear you hear a sigh of relief come from him.
"I told you I would bring her back safe and sound."
Yoongi's words makes Hoseok's smile widen and he can't help but to chuckle.
"That you did." He stretches his arm out. "Come here, baby."
You give Yoongi a look - a small smile - before walking towards Hoseok. Once you're within his grasps he pulls you onto his lap and wraps his arms around your middle. Small kisses are made against your cheek then your neck and he stops when Yoongi talks to him.
"Traffic isn't that bad today so if you want to take her out do it before it hits."
"Will do." Hoseok replies.
Yoongi waves at you then bidding you goodbye but you know it's just for now so you wave back. He closes the door softly behind him leaving you to Hoseok who goes back to kissing your cheek.
"I missed you," he says.
You only hum in response because if you tell him the truth you know he'll make you regret it. That and you've decided to take things up a notch. You're going to lean into his touch more often and initiate whatever contact you can with him. You need Hoseok to lower his guard. All so he can trust you more - trust in leaving you alone more often. Until a solid plan is made between Minjeong and Yoongi then when he least expects it you'll be gone. So without hesitation you lean your head against his shoulder.
You know it catches him off guard because he stiffens but you know it's not out of discomfort. He's trying to gauge you and see what your intentions are. Hoseok isn't stupid. He knows you don't love him but you'll try and make him believe you're on your way there.
"You okay, my love," he asks.
You nod your head.
"Everything okay between you and Yoongi?"
You nod again. "I just," you pause. Play coy. "It's nothing."
Hoseok leans back in his chair with you still in his arms. His thumb brushes against your clothed hip but you feel it all the same.
"Tell me," he says. "I want no secrets between us. You know this."
You make a face he can't see but it's all acting. "Forget about it," you say as you lean straight up. "It's stupid and embarrassing."
Hoseok's grip on you tightens leaving you stuck on his lap. You're waiting for the right moment to say this.
"Y/N look at me."
You do so hesitantly and you see he has a small frown on his face.
"Let me in. Tell me. I'm sure it's neither of those things you said."
You sigh and look off towards the side. It takes you a second to respond but when you do you grumble the answer out fast.
"Imissedyou."
He grows quiet. You chance a look at his face and you see a look of surprise. Puppy dog eyes with slightly parted lips. He's clearly shocked by your answer.
You hate how he looks at you so you sigh as you try to stand up but he doesn't let you.
"You missed me," he asks. His words are soft almost as if he's afraid of scaring you off now that the words are out.
You have to remind yourself that you're doing this for yourself so you nod. What comes next is one of his hands leaving your middle to cup your face as he leans in to kiss your lips.
The kiss is soft - gentle as they mold together with your own. When he pulls back to look at you he smiles like a man in love.
"I missed you too."
And to make it all the more believable you smile though it barely reaches your eyes.
He goes to pat your leg with his hand that cupped your cheek and urges you to move off his lap.
"I can finish work another time. There's something I want to do with you."
Your brow raises in mild interest. "What is it?"
"The Fall festival. They started a little early this year and I've been eyeing it for a bit. Today the weather isn't too bad so I thought might as well."
Your brows draw together. "What's that about?"
He smiles. "It's a neat little event that takes place around this time of year every year. There's games we can play, things to see and buy if we want. We can paint our faces and even do some pumpkin carving. There's a lot to do is what I'm saying."
"Oh. That sounds nice."
Hoseok turns off his computer and stands up with a smile still on his face. "It is. Let me just go and grab my wallet from upstairs. Come with me. Tell me about what you and Yoongi did today."
You follow after him as he leaves the room and grab his hand when he offers it to you.
"Not much. We picked up Jimin's present and went to get Yoongi his new speakers."
"Yeah? You were out for a while so I thought you might have done something else."
You hum.
You can't let him know what else you did so you lie. "We were just enjoying the scenery. The leaves are changing colors."
"Ah," he says as you enter the bedroom where he lets your hand go. "The trees are really pretty this time of year so I get it. We can check that out more at the festival."
Once he has his wallet the two of you make your way down to grab his keys then out into the garage. From there he makes sure you both have everything before you head out.
On the road, Hoseok turns on the radio and searches for a station. It takes a minute until he finds one and has it play on low. It's just something to fill the air whenever you two stay quiet.
He stretches out his hand for you to grab and you take it. He brings yours up to his lips and kisses them softly.
"I think you'll love the festival," he says.
The only way this could be ruined for you is knowing you're going with Hoseok but you're not going to let that bother you. You can't let it bother you if you're trying to sweep him off his feet with your actions.
"I'm sure I will."
You catch him smiling.
"I've went once or twice before with my brothers. Taehyung loves it and so does Namjoon. Jungkook won't admit it but when we were making pottery he was really quiet and focused on what he was doing. Whenever he gives his all like that it's because he's enjoying himself."
"Oh." It's all you can say. Especially after he dropped Namjoon's name on you.
It seems like Hoseok isn't finished though because he hums before speaking.
"Can I ask you a question?"
You look at him then back towards the front. His hold on you is neither loose nor tight and he keeps a neutral look on his face. What did he want to know?
"Sure," you say.
"Why haven't you been wanting to hang out with Namjoon as of late?"
You stop breathing for a second with your heart skipping a beat. You lick your lips nervously but you try to remain calm to avoid Hoseok picking up on anything.
"I'm just asking," he says. "I don't mind having you with me it's just you normally would hang out with him than be with me."
And he's right but that's all changed. Being reminded as to why you're not with Namjoon anymore hurts. You don't have the urge to cry but what can you cry when at just the thought of him you feel empty?
"Y/N?"
Sighing you look off out your window as you try to come up with a reason. It takes you a second until you find one.
"I've just been wanting to be with you," you say. "It's been a while since I've had this... feeling of wanting to be with you."
The radio fills the silence that comes. You don't know if what you said was right? Would he believe you? You can barely believe yourself. You think you might have laid it on a little thick and now you're just waiting for him to tell you that he knows you're lying.
Hoseok lets go of your hand and you look at him to see he's pulling off towards the side of a curb. You look around thinking you might have arrived to the festival but you see nothing that would indicate that. Nothing and no one is here.
"Hoseok," you call to him.
"Stay here," he says.
Your brows draw together in confusion and you watch in horror when he gets out of the car and approaches another a few feet behind and punches the driver's side glass in.
"Hoseok," you yell. You get out of the car and run after him just as he rips a man out from the other car. "Hoseok what are you doing? Stop!"
He ignores you choosing instead to interrogate the man.
"Who sent you? Why were you following me?"
You freeze in your spot. This man was following you? Wait, what?
"He was following us," you ask.
Hoseok grits his teeth. "I noticed him from the moment we left home." He directs his words to the man now. "Tell me who sent you and I won't break your arm."
"I'm sorry!" The man says. "I'm sorry it was a mistake!"
"Wrong answer."
Hoseok turns the man around slamming him into the car and twists his arm behind him. The man screams in pain.
"Wait, wait, wait! Don't do it! I'll tell you!"
Hoseok doesn't let up on his hold but he refrains from breaking the other man's arm. You're still worried though despite now knowing he'd been following you.
"Tell me." Hoseok demands.
"It was your cousin who sent me. I'm sorry!"
His cousin? He didn't mean...
Releasing him, Hoseok stands back and sends a glower at the man.
"I'll let you go," he says. "But you better tell her to back off otherwise she'd be losing her other fang."
The man vehemently nods and bows at Hoseok's feet.
"I will! I swear I will."
A sharp tsk comes from Hoseok before he snarls.
It's hard to swallow especially when your stomach twists and turns in a nervous-induced pain. It takes you a second to move but when you do you grab Hoseok's arm and tug on him.
"Hoseok let's go. Please. Before anyone sees us."
It's at the feel of your touch does his expression lessen from pure anger into one of annoyance and it's directed at the man.
"Get up and go," he says. "Before I change my mind."
The man whose side of the face you notice has scratches no doubt from the glass that shattered nods again and hurriedly stands to jump in his running car and both you and Hoseok wait until he's gone.
Your grip on Hoseok's arm is strong and it's after a moment of heavy breathing does he calm down and looks at you.
"I told you to stay in the car."
"I was scared!"
"Still."
You shake his arm. "Hoseok you punched that guy's window in without telling me what was going on. How was I supposed to react?"
He has an unreadable expression on as you continue to go off.
"You can't expect me to sit back and act like nothing was happening." You grab his hand he used to punch the glass. "Your knuckles are bruised and bleeding! Hoseok-"
Your tirade is cut short when his lips press up against your own. You let go of his hand to grip his shirt with both hands and whimper at the amount of pressure he's applying to your lips.
Pulling back Hoseok releases a breath as you release a shaky one.
"You were worried about me," he asks.
It did sure seem like that. You were more worried about the man Hoseok was willing to hurt despite knowing now that he was following you. That aside you know Hoseok would have broken his arm. When he's angry he's capable of a lot of things, but you won't say any of that. Not if you want to keep the peace so you nod.
"Yeah," you say.
His expression softens even more into a delicate smile. You look into each other's eyes without anything to say before he pulls back a little to look down at his bruised knuckles. The wounds don't look as fresh and the bruises are starting to look green. He was healing.
"You don't have to worry about me," he says.
"But still... Don't do something like that again. Please?"
Hoseok looks at you and when he sees how adamant you are he sighs yet smiles.
"Anything for you."
You find yourself smiling back and realize that pretending to fall for him comes easier than expected.
With his healing hand he rests it over your shoulder to guide you back towards the car. Once inside you sigh and lean back in the seat.
"Everything good?" Hoseok asks.
To be honest no. The man who was following you said he was doing this for Hoseok's cousin. The only person you can think of is Jiyoo because Hoseok mentioned her losing her other fang if she didn't back off. It had to be her right?
"Y/N?"
You look at him and give him a weary smile. "It's just the guy. He mentioned your cousin. Does he mean...?"
Hoseok hums. "Yeah it's her. I don't have any other cousins but her."
You frown as he begins to drive. "Why would she send someone like that after us?"
He shrugs as he takes a turn. "To be honest she's probably still pissed after everything that happened. I'm surprised she didn't send someone in sooner."
"Does she normally do things like this?"
"To stalk us?" He shakes his head. "No. Never. If she wanted information she'll go in and get it herself so this is new."
You still have a frown on your face at the mention of this. Jiyoo sending someone to spy on you guys makes you feel sick. You don't know what she's after for her to do this you just know that you don't like it one bit.
"Should we warn your brothers?"
Hoseok hums. "I will but let's have some fun first. I don't want this to ruin our time together. If anything, they're just as observant as me so if there is someone around they'll notice it."
You don't say anything as he drives a few minutes more before pulling up into a parking spot. In the distance you see people. They're everywhere and they seem to be in good spirits.
"Ready?" Hoseok asks.
You nod with a hum.
"I'm sure you'll like it so come on. Let's go."
After turning off the car he steps out with you in tow. When you meet in front of the car he grabs your hand and leads you towards the people who are going back and forth enjoying their time. Their chatter grows louder the closer you get and there's even music playing throughout the area. You don't know what to look at first so your attention flip flops between anything and everything.
Hoseok leads you on taking you to wherever his heart desires. When you notice where he's taking you your brows perk up. There are a bunch of straw bales stacked on top of each other so high you can't see where the end is. It's reminiscent of the maze back at Hoseok's and when you check the sign next to it it says 'Welcome to the Straw Bale Maze.'
"Let's go." Hoseok says with a smile. "Let's see what's at the end of this."
He drags you along until it's just the two of you together. You can hear the squealing of children as they make their way through in the distance no doubt with their parents laughing.
"To be honest," you say. "I can barely remember how to get through the maze back at yours so I doubt I'll be able to lead us out of this one."
Hoseok laughs. "Don't worry. They always switch up the maze every year so this is new to me too."
He laces your fingers together and pulls you along into walls and walls of the maze. There were times where you were making progress and other times where you couldn't help but laugh along with Hoseok as you would come to a dead end. He'd tell you that it was okay and push on until you two reached the very end where there was a grand tree that stood up tall with beautiful orange, yellow, and red leaves. Many were on the floor already scattered about and people were taking pictures beneath the tree.
You were watching a family of four posing for pictures. They would do a different face or stand in a different position than they were before until five shots later they were called over by a man in a booth. He shows them on a screen their pictures and at a nod of approval they wait until their pictures are printed out on a little strip and given to them. One for each parent.
"Come on." Hoseok says. "It's our turn."
You walk up to the tree and stand in front of it confused at what to do. Hoseok stands behind you and wraps his arms around your middle and kisses the side of your head.
"A cute couple." The man in the booth says. "Show us how cute you can get!"
"Smile." Hoseok whispers and when you do a picture is taken.
For the next pose Hoseok comes around and has you step directly in front of him - your sides facing the man. He presses his forehead against your own and you close your eyes just as he does. At the sound of the click you open your eyes and before you had a chance to properly react Hoseok kisses you. Another click. But he doesn't let up. This time he rests his hand behind your neck and leans in until your back is arched and a hand is placed there as well. You're expecting him to deepen the kiss and so you part your lips the slightest bit but the high never comes becomes he pulls back after another click.
You're a little disappointed but you try to not let it show. Of course he couldn't give you what you wanted in front of all these people. You begrudgingly accept it and you have to remind yourself that you're doing this for yourself. You're playing along with him so that when the time is right you can leave without him on your back so you do what he does and laugh like two people disgustingly in love. Click.
"Alright!" The man says. "Let's see what we got here."
Hoseok lets go of you and urges you forward with him. When you reach the booth you see the monitor and you see through the eyes of another how you and Hoseok look. You can't deny it. Hoseok is handsome. Heartbreakingly so. You never considered yourself to be ugly but standing next to him you can't help but wonder for a moment what he sees in you. The man claims you both look cute but you also wonder if he's just saying that because it's his Lord whose pictures he was taking. Either way, you say nothing as two strips of pictures are printed out like a film and handed to you both.
"Enjoy the rest of your time here." The man says and you nod at him as Hoseok smiles.
He stares at the picture lovingly before handing it to you. "Put it in your purse. I don't want to ruin it by folding it."
You take it and along with yours you place it into your bag you had with you since you went out with Yoongi. Afterwards, he grabs your hand and leads you towards the exit on the side but before you leave a young woman at the fence pulls off the tray two apples covered in peanuts and a thick brown glaze that holds them together.
"Here you go," she chirps. "Enjoy the rest of your day."
The two of you grab your respective ones and leave to join the crowd again.
"What is this," you ask.
Hoseok raises a brow at this and you're about to remind him about your sheltered former life but he just smiles.
"Candy apples. They're apples covered in caramel and peanuts. It's really good."
You give yours a sniff and you can smell how sweet it is. With a tentative bite you give it a taste before your eyes widen in surprise.
"Do you like it?"
You nod your head after having another bite. Hoseok laughs before having a bite of his own as he continues leading you to another place.
You enjoy the burst of flavor. The combination of the sweet apple and caramel with the slight salty taste of the peanuts. Neither of the three flavors are too overpowering and you find your finishing yours before Hoseok finishes his own.
When you're done you toss your sticks into a bin and head off in the direction Hoseok takes you.
The next place he takes you is to a fire pit where people are making s'mores. He asks you if you ever had it before but he isn't surprised when you say no. He explains what it consist of and so when you have it you enjoy it to the fullest.
Hoseok is taking you to enjoy many firsts. From foods, drinks, playing games like roll the pumpkin, toss the corn. He encourages you to bob for apples but you refuse. Especially since he took you to get your face painted.
The majority of people who have their face painted are children but he was adamant that you do it. To heal your inner child he said even though you don't mind the fact that you've never done these things before as a kid. The artist did a great job though and Hoseok insisted on taking a picture of the both of you to keep as memories.
To be honest, you were enjoying yourself. Even when it came to dancing. You told Hoseok no that you would not dance with him but he persuaded you. He said you didn't have to actually know how to dance. Swaying side to side was good enough so that's what you did. You swayed side to side to the soft music along with many others. Most being couples. If you noticed people had their eyes on you you didn't say. You were too busy having your eyes closed as he had his with your head resting on his chest. You could hear the faint sound of his heart beat and along with the music it lulled you into a sense of security. One you never thought you would have with Jung Hoseok himself. It's the giddiness after doing so many fun things you told yourself. Pretending to love Hoseok isn't hard but you do have to admit that you were having fun.
When the music comes to an end and something more upbeat starts you open your eyes and pull away from him. He lets you as he looks down at you and smiles.
"See," he says. "It wasn't that bad."
You give a small smile.
He takes you by the hand and walks through the crowd that formed when they noticed it was Lord Hoseok with his lovely lady. Neither of you two acknowledge it. Instead he takes you far away towards an area with round tables and chairs around them. You read the sign and see that it says 'Pumpkin Carving' and you see a little image of a jack-o-lantern staring back at you. Now this you really wanted to do. Maybe Hoseok is right about wanting to heal your inner child because this caught your attention the moment you saw it.
Hoseok pulls you along with him as you come to a barn like building that houses pumpkins upon pumpkins. Two women man the station and accept payment for the pumpkins that are chosen. Hoseok does the same and you don't miss the way the women stare at him with something in their eyes, but you know he wouldn't pay them any mind so long as he considered you the love of his life.
"Come on," he says. "Let's choose our pumpkins."
You walk into the barn and search the area for a pumpkin that catches your attention. You don't want anything too big nor too small so when you find the one you want you're quick to take it. Hoseok chooses one that's slightly bigger than yours and before coming to a table he digs out of the bucket near the front carving knives as well as a marker and rubbing alcohol and a cloth from right next to it.
Your pumpkins land with a light thud on the table you choose before you look at everyone else who's doing this. You see the way they draw on the pumpkin with a marker and from there, with the carving knives, they cut their way through. The alcohol and cloth you see is to rub away any marks left behind from the marker that were not cut away.
"You have an idea of what you want to make?" Hoseok asks.
"Honestly no. I've never done this before so doing the basic sounds good enough to me."
He smiles. "Basic is always a good choice."
You watch as he draws the face he wants before handing off the marker to you. You mimic him and choose something simple. Something you've seen in movies and TV shows. When it comes time for carving you realize what a chore it is. Cutting off the top to gut the pumpkin and leaving it bare alone is work in of itself. Hoseok is about to ask you if you've ever had roasted pumpkin seeds but stops himself. When you ask him what's up he tells you and you admit that you actually have. He's happy to know this and brings up how he'll make sure to tell the servants to have some made sometime this season.
Your hands feel gross covered in the pumpkin innards but you wipe them on the cloth once you're done. It's here now that both you and Hoseok start to cut away at the shapes you drew. It's almost a cathartic feeling. You don't know how to explain it but it just feels that way to you.
Spending time like this with Hoseok is different but nice. He sees it as doing something nice with his partner while you see it as doing something fun for yourself. Though you know you wouldn't be here right now if it weren't because of him. An annoying reminder. But there wasn't any time for those thoughts. Remember: you're supposed to pretend to fall in love with him.
With every slice and pull your jack-o-lantern is coming together. Your lines aren't the straightest but you can easily tell what it is. Hoseok's skilled hand though, as he's done this before, easily makes it come to life. When the two of you are done you sit down on the chair and stare at your pumpkin with a smile.
"You like it?"
You look up at Hoseok and nod with that same smile on your face. "It was fun."
A heart shaped smile takes over his lips as he readies the cloth and alcohol.
He wipes away the black lines left behind from what he drew and takes the time to do the same with your pumpkin. You look at him as he does this and for a moment you feel sad. Sad because now more than ever Hoseok looks like any other person just trying to do their best. A date wanting to impress. A man with emotions that claims that he cares. But that's all been ruined a long time ago. It hasn't really been that long since you've been with him but it feels like it. Every single day you've spent with him since the moment you two first met. It feels like forever ago and along with that forever comes disdain to overshadow everything. It's sad really but you can't make this better with him. Not even if you tried to actually fall in love with him. That ship has sailed a long time ago.
"There." Hoseok says.
He draws you out of your thoughts and you see that both yours and his pumpkins look clean. They smile at you and you smile back.
"We can put these in the car now and come back to do other things if you want."
You look around you to see what else you would like to do but you are hit with a chill. You have long sleeves on but nothing else to cover up with. It's starting to get dark you note and along with that comes chilly nights. It felt good out when the sun was at its highest but now not so much.
Your eyes draw over to a booth that sells funnel cakes. It's caught your attention before back when you had your face painted. So you point it out.
"How about we put the pumpkins away then we come back for that?"
You hum. "Okay."
"Okay," he says with a smile.
The two of you carry your freshly carved pumpkins back to the car. There are more cars in the lot than there were earlier and that's saying something because this place was already packed as is. Another chill hits you and you tremble a little. Your bones feel like they're trying to rattle and you have to clear your throat a little to try and pretend like the chilly night isn't bothering you. Hoseok does catch on to it though because he asks if you're okay and you shrug.
"Just a little chilly tonight but I'm fine."
His brows draw together. "Are you sure? We can leave now if you want."
"But what about the funnel cake?"
You both reach the car where you stand close to him as he unlocks it. He places both yours and his pumpkins in the back seat before closing the door. After his hands are free he turns to you and hugs you close to him.
"I don't want you to feel uncomfortable though." He kisses your forehead. "How about this: you stay in the car and I'll go get the funnel cake. Does that sound good?"
There wasn't much else you wanted to do besides get that so you nod your head.
"Good," he says. "Hop in the car then. I'll be right back."
"Wait."
He stops what he's doing and you know you're going to be laying it on thick here but you stand on your tiptoes and kiss his lips. It doesn't last for too long but it still snatches both of your breaths away. His eyes look heavy with affection and you think you see a hint of lust.
"Don't take too long, okay?"
He bites his lip to try and contain his smile. "Okay."
You let him go to hop into the car. His eyes follow after you and it's when you're safe inside does he lock the doors and heads off to get you your funnel cake.
When he's a reasonable distance away you sigh. When you get the go from Minjeong on where you'll be staying you'll finally be at peace. Even more so when you're actually gone from this stupid place.
You tongue your cheek as you look at everyone in the distance. They're so happy and unsuspecting. The devil makes his way through them and they haven't got a clue to who he really is. It's sickening really but you have to get it together. If you want to make it out you just have to.
You know what's to follow when you get back home. You'll be glued to his side and he'll more than likely want to see how far your "affection" goes. This is as new to him as it is to you. Sex and all of that is nothing new but coming from a participant who would normally fight back and now they aren't? Because they are possibly falling in love? Finally? Yeah he's going to want to explore more of this. You're not a great actress but you figure in his blind love for you that he'll overlook that. You just have to learn not to push it too much otherwise you'll look suspicious. For every step you take and every action you make you have to learn to take it easy. Take it slow because it's not like you fell for him overnight. No, it has to be like you're starting to feel something and you're slowly expressing that to him. Act self-concious over your feelings and show that to him. Maybe then he'll believe you.
You hope this plan works as best as the next. There's not much else you can figure out to do on your end besides stay quiet about everything, but you have to help in some way. You've already given up your body to Hoseok though that's a long story. What's to say you can't give it up completely? Willingly. At least for now.
You see Hoseok making his way back to the car with a plate of funnel cake with him. He looks so unsuspecting but you can't bring yourself to feel bad. Not entirely at least.
He unlocks the car and hops in, turning it on to warm things up a little before handing you the plate. You can smell the treat and take a piece off so you can taste it. You make a sound of approval making Hoseok smile.
"It's good, right?"
"Mhmm. I don't know what I expected but I like it."
He reaches over to grab a piece for himself.
You hum. "You ruined me, you know."
Hoseok looks at you with brows drawn together. "What?"
Licking your lips you swallow the food in your mouth. "I'm going to want this all the time now."
At the realization of what you meant he breaks into a smile and giggles.
"Anything for you, my love. You ask for it and I'll provide."
"Do you know how to cook," you ask.
He nods. "I do actually. Despite having servants my mother wanted to teach me. She said if for whatever reason I need to eat and no one is available then I can take care of myself." He shrugs. "Just one of many things she taught me."
"That's nice."
"Do you know how to cook?"
"I do but I never did it much. My expertise was in cleaning and taking care of the garden so despite being taught how to I never really cooked."
Hoseok leans back a bit to look at you but he does so with a small smile. "Well I can always cook for you. For us. I don't mind."
You smile back at him though it's a little awkward.
He continues to stare and lets you finish off the funnel cake. You offered it to him but he said no. That he was fine. The staring is unnerving though and so when you shift your eyes towards him you give a look of discomfort.
"Are you going to keep staring at me?"
Hoseok chuckles. "Sorry it's just... Nevermind."
You bring the plate down to your lap and frown. "Tell me."
He shakes his head. "It's nothing major. It's just that you look beautiful and I wonder how I got so lucky in having you to myself."
There he goes. Saying sweet nothings you can't relate to. But you push that aside. You have a role to play.
You look off towards the side bashful and mumble "I could say the same thing."
He heard it and you imagine it makes his heart flutter because his hand comes up to the back of your neck and he pulls you in for a kiss.
You're careful to not let the crumbs on the plate fall over onto the floor but you reciprocate the kiss. Your lips slotting perfectly with each other. You want to deepen it but Hoseok pulls back leaving you disappointed once again today because it's like he's dangling the high above your head.
He smiles at you. "You taste like funnel cake."
You laugh. "Yeah I wonder why."
He chuckles and leans back to extend his hand towards you. "You done?"
You hum in agreement and watch as he grabs the empty plate and leaves to toss it out.
You relax your shoulders. You don't know when you grew so tense but you have to change that. The idea of that makes you sigh.
You started this, you think. Might as well see it to the end.
76 notes View notes
ana-rose1 9 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 48
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 7,883
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 48 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession
Prev | Next
It's been a couple of days where it's mostly just been you and Hoseok. The next day after the first night Hoseok and some of his brothers went to restock was awkward to say the least. Of course Namjoon was there during breakfast and you didn't dare look at him lest you'd feel your heart break all over again. If anyone at the table could hear the way your heart was beating they didn't say and you appreciate that.
That same day all the brothers needed to go to finish restocking. Hoseok told you it can take anywhere from two to four days but they worked hard to make sure it was just two days. Since there was no one there to watch over you Hoseok brought you to the warehouse where work took place. You felt intimidated by it all and wanted nothing to do with it but you had no choice.
You were sat in a room with all of the brothers doing work. It was bizarre seeing them collect their saliva but what was even more bizarre was how much of it they could produce without needing to refresh their mouths. It was non stop and then you realized how they could easily stock up within a few days. Just vials upon vials of it.
You made the mistake at one point of looking at all the guys including Namjoon who winked at you. It soured your mood. Taehyung picked up on it you know because he asked if you were okay. You had to lie and say you were under everyone's, especially Hoseok's, watchful eye.
You were glad when they were done. Not only were you bored but you hated it in the warehouse because it was a reminder of where you were at in life with Hoseok keeping you under his thumb with just a kiss of his lips.
Now a few days later you lie in bed with Hoseok curled up around you. Just another day where you wake up in his arms after spending your nights with him in bed.
You haven't heard from Minjeong and you haven't made the effort to text her. You believed she was busy and that she'll find the time for you soon enough. When that was you weren't sure but you hoped it would be soon.
As for Hoseok, he slowly stirs to life no doubt after feeling you move as you try and get comfortable. His arm around your waist pulls you closer to him as he stretches his legs behind you. Little by little he comes to before you feel him push your hair to the side so he can kiss the back of your neck.
"Morning, baby."
You don't say anything but you sigh as you stretch yourself.
He hums when you're done and holds you close to his chest.
Silence fills the room while Hoseok presses his lips gently over and over on your neck and shoulder. Neither of you are in a hurry to get up but for different reasons. Him because he's enjoying this and you because you just want to hide away in bed. That killing blow Namjoon landed on you really did a number on your heart. Hoseok has asked you before if you were okay. He can tell something is wrong but you don't dare tell him. You're worried Yoongi's words will come true about Hoseok locking you away in this very room. You're afraid you'll be a drugged up mess like Minjeong and you don't want that. You doubt the drugs he used on Minjeong are anything like his saliva and the idea of you being stuck in his room uselessly doesn't strike you well.
Hoseok's kisses slowly grow from gentle to open mouthed and you can feel him marking you with his teeth. It makes you flinch a little but it shortly comes to an end when there's a knock on the door.
Hoseok sighs. "Come in."
The door opens to reveal Yoongi who doesn't shy away from yours and Hoseok's forms curled up in bed.
"Get up," he says. "We're going shopping."
You guess he's talking to Hoseok but when he directs his sights onto you your brows furrow.
"We're as in who?" Hoseok asks.
"Me and Y/N."
The vampire behind you sits up on one arm as his other keeps you close.
"Wait, wait, wait," he says. "You and Y/N are going shopping? Where? And what about me? What's going on?"
Yoongi cocks his hip out as he settles his weight onto one leg and crosses his arms. "You owe me after ruining our movie night. This is how I want you to make up for it."
Hoseok grumbles something under his breath. You figure Yoongi catches on to it because he raises a brow.
"You didn't even ask if I would be okay with it. What if I had plans with her today?"
"Do you have plans?" Yoongi asks.
Hoseok huffs. "Not entirely, but still."
Standing up straight Yoongi looks you over for a moment before looking back at his brother.
"Just give us today. I promise I'll bring her back safe and sound."
You turn to see Hoseok has a frown on his face. He doesn't look the least bit pleased. He didn't have an issue with you going out with his other brothers before so you wouldn't expect him to have a problem now. It doesn't change the fact that he looks annoyed.
This will be the first time you hang out with Yoongi outside of the house and you find yourself wanting for this to happen. To be honest, besides just waking up and feeling a little tired you were kind of hoping to spend the rest of your day in bed but now with Yoongi here you're willing to step out for him.
You look at the older of the two and see as he gives you an unreadable look. Clearly Hoseok and him are brothers because they oftentimes have this look and you have a hard time guessing what it means.
Biting your lip you turn in place to stare up at Hoseok and tug on the front of his shirt. He looks down at you at the feel of it with his brows furrowed in question.
"Can I," you ask. "I promise I'll be back."
Your voice is soft and the sound of it seems to soothe him a little because his features soften a bit. Still though, he bites his bottom lip nervously and you watch as the blood beneath the petal grows constricted.
"If it bothers you that much we can try another time." Yoongi says. "I just don't know when I'll find the time and energy to do it again."
Hoseok gives his brother a quick unreadable look before looking down at you and sighing.
"Just gives us a minute to get ready. And I want breakfast in her before you take her."
You look at Yoongi and he shrugs. "Fine by me. Just bring your purse with you, Y/N." He nods your way before stepping out leaving you alone with Hoseok once again.
Hoseok is still staring at you and so when you look at him again you're less than startled. His eyes roam over your face and you find yourself staring back.
He sighs again and closes his eyes. He seems to be fighting with himself about something but you don't know what. You have an inkling it has something to do with Yoongi but what exactly about his brother you're not sure so you ask.
"What's wrong?"
He opens his eyes to look at you and gives you a small smile. "I'm just a little worried."
"About?"
He licks his lips before kissing your own. "I was hoping you'd stay with me today."
Your brows furrow by the slightest bit. "Is that something to be worried about?"
Chuckling he shakes his head. "No I - It's nothing serious I just..." He frowns and pouts. "Don't let this be the last time I see you."
You don't know how to take that. The day will come where you will leave and Hoseok will have to deal with it. His words actually make you nervous because you know it won't be easy but with the help of Minjeong and Yoongi you'll have to fight. You'll have to try.
You don't want to think about this right now and you don't want Hoseok suspecting a thing so you do something that you might regret later on but hope he takes it the right way.
Leaning up you kiss him quickly before lying your head back down. "It won't be."
A dopey smile warms his face before he leans down to kiss you. His lips move slowly over yours and for a second that you think he'll deepen it he pulls back with a heart shaped smile.
"Let's get ready."
You hum and follow after him when he stands up. It's in the bathroom where he readies the water temperature, the two of you already undressed with your mouths washed, does he speak to you.
"Rarely does Yoongi want to go out shopping. He usually does that online. I'm assuming he's either getting something for Jimin's birthday or for himself that he can't wait on and decided to string you along." He looks back at you and reaches a hand out for you to take. "I'll be waiting for you here. I'll be working but I'll come off early so we can do something nice between us after."
You nod your head. "I'm sure it won't take long."
Hoseok pulls you in to the shower with him and lets you get wet first so he wash your hair. "I hope not."
Despite how nervous he was earlier Hoseok now seems to be in better spirits. You guess it has something to do with the kiss you gave him. It's not your usual tactic of defense but he liked it and that's all that matters. It gets the man to calm down and set him into a mood where you know he won't be bothering you and Yoongi.
When the two of you are ready you both head down to the dining room where Seokjin and Namjoon are waiting with Yoongi as well. Your eyes avoid Namjoon but you nod your head in greeting when Seokjin says your name.
"Can you believe this," he says. "Yoongi is joining us this morning. What a pleasant surprise."
Hoseok sits you down before taking his own seat. "Him and Y/N are heading out somewhere today."
"Oh?" Seokjin's curiosity is laced in that one word. "Where to?"
"Wouldn't you like to know." Yoongi doesn't pose it as a question.
"Actually I would like to know." Seokjin leans over to rest his chin onto his open hand.
You look at Yoongi who tugs down on his long sleeves after they were rolled up to his elbows. He pushes his plate away and takes a sip of his drink before putting it down. He's in no rush to answer his brother.
"I'm sure it's something for Jimin." Hoseok says.
"Either that or he's going to run away with Y/N."
All eyes draw over to Namjoon who eyes you. He smirks when he catches your sights and even more so when you flex your jaw.
"Why would you say that?" Hoseok sounds annoyed. His hand reaches yours and holds on to it tight leaving you without a choice to grab anything.
Namjoon shrugs. His smirk simmers into something else. "It's just a joke is all."
"Well it's not funny."
"Far from it." Your lips move to agree with Hoseok and it seems that you speaking to him just makes Namjoon's smile grow wider.
"Sorry," he says followed by the word "princess" being mouthed towards you.
It makes you grit your teeth in annoyance before looking down at the empty space before you.
Those words were the first time in a while since you last spoke to him. You've been quiet or ignoring him for the most part and if anyone showed interest as to why they didn't show it. You're actually surprised Seokjin didn't shove his nose into your business and tried to dig up the reason why you've been so quiet when it came to his brother. Either he didn't care which you hardly believed or... he might know something you don't.
You look at the oldest and catch him watching you. His eyes are studying your every move as if he's waiting for something to happen. Your eyes widen the slightest bit at the idea that Namjoon must have told him something but all it does is make Seokjin smile around the lip of his glass as he brings it up to his lips to drink.
"Well if it matters to any of you I had Jimin fitted for a set of rings a while back. They should be ready for pickup and I'm going to present them to him for his birthday. That and there's some music equipment in stock that I want to check out." Yoongi doesn't sound the least bit interested in letting anyone know of his plans but he says it to ease the tension in the room. "I just invited Y/N over to make up for our movie night Hoseok walked in on."
"That's nice of you." Seokjin says.
"More like the movie night I "ruined."" Hoseok says with air quotes. "Your words not mine."
Yoongi shrugs as you're presented your breakfast.
Hoseok releases your hand then to allow you to grab your utensils and begin eating. Your fingers ache after having been held tightly in his and you find you have to flex them a little so you can regain some feeling into them.
"Y/N really has become a fixture in this family." Seokjin says after another sip of his drink. "It's nice to have her. Even nicer that Hoseok permits her presence around us."
Hoseok chews a little before speaking around his breakfast. "I don't see why not. None of you have ever made me feel threatened when it comes to her."
"Hm. If you say so."
Your eyes zero in on Seokjin who tries to act nonchalant though you know something else is wrong.
Your fork vibrates against your plate as your hand begins to shake. It takes a hand to your thigh to calm you down but you realize it's not Hoseok.
You look down at it briefly to see that it's Yoongi's. He squeezes you and lets you go after a second. He did it to comfort you you realize and it hits you that he has an idea that's similar to yours. Seokjin knows something.
You lick your lips and risk the chance of looking at Namjoon. He isn't looking your way - his view preferably on his plate of food. You wonder if he had the balls to tell Seokjin about you two. You doubt it but at the same time with the eldest's attitude you realize that he must have told him something.
It's hard for you to eat then and Hoseok seems to notice.
"Where's your appetite, baby? You need to eat."
Your eyes flicker over to him momentarily and back to your plate. "I know it's just taking me some time."
"Eat as much as you can. I don't want you leaving without a full stomach."
You swallow deeply before going for another mouthful.
Hoseok still doesn't know anything and you don't plan for that to change any time soon. If Namjoon wants to spill on everything after you leave that's on him but not when you're still here and vulnerable.
Despite the need to stop you eat. Both because you want Hoseok off your back about it and because you were hungry before Seokjin and Namjoon opened their mouths. It takes you a bit but you manage to eat almost all of it.
Yoongi is waiting patiently by your side while scrolling through his phone. When you lie your utensils down his head turns towards you with an eyebrow perked.
"Done," he asks.
You hum around the food in your mouth before swallowing. "Yeah."
Hoseok is still eating but he turns towards you with a small frown. "Drink your juice."
You take the glass without question and drink as much as possible. When you're done he looks a little more appeased.
"Are you ready to go?" Yoongi asks as he begins to stand up.
Nodding your head you look at Hoseok who grabs your arm. His eyes bare weight to them as he looks over your face.
"Be careful," he says. "And have fun." He pulls you in close to him so he can kiss you.
The kiss is short but he leaves his mark on you all the same. Reminding you and everyone around you that you're owned by him. It tastes bitter to you but you say nothing.
You join Yoongi who stands by the door and walk out with him from the dining room without a word.
He continues to stay in silence as he walks you through the halls. Even when he grabs a set of keys from the front and takes you to the garage.
You're a little excited nonetheless to be leaving the house and with Yoongi at that. You've grown close to the quiet vampire who you know if given the chance will talk your head off when he finds something he likes. You don't mind it though. Both sides of Yoongi are sweet to you.
Once in the garage he unlocks his car letting the both of you in. The interior is black and sleek with the windows tinted and it hides you away from prying eyes.
He turns on the car once you're both settled and when he opens the garage door and then the gate he begins to talk.
"What's your bank called?"
Your brows furrow for a moment before they raise up your forehead. "KC Bank. Why?"
He brings his phone up and hands it to you. "Type it in. We're heading over there first."
You take his phone and enter it into the search bar and see a list of locations. The closest one though makes you frown though because it's 45 minutes away.
"Uh," you start. "The closest is 45 minutes."
"That's fine." He points to the phone holder set up on the dashboard. "Start up the GPS and put it here."
You do just that before nibbling your lips in silent thought.
He wants to head to your bank? Is this about the escape plan? You ask him just that and he hums.
"We're going to get your money out. It's best you use cash. We don't want anyone to track you if you use your card. Hoseok may not know you have your account still but if he gets an idea it won't stop him from asking the Baeks about it and I doubt they'd be willing to withhold the information from my brother."
Ah, you think. He's smart. You didn't really think about that. You did plan on taking money out but if an ATM can keep track of your use of it you wouldn't want that to happen.
"You might have to pay people under the table to keep quiet about your location as well."
You look at him with mild confusion. "For what?"
He makes a right to head off an exit that leads onto a highway. "My brother isn't an idiot. He'd figure out someone is hiding you but you need people to keep quiet. Pay them what you can off the record in cash and they won't have to worry about the taxes that come with doing things the legal way. That'll keep them quiet."
You stay quiet as you take all the information in.
It's like Yoongi either has done this before or he's done his research. You don't know what he helped do for Minjeong besides help her leave. She comes from a well-off family so you figure they helped her. So maybe all of this he's explaining is just for you. He looked it up to help you out.
"Has Minjeong texted you?"
You shake your head though he can't see it. "I haven't heard from her for a few days."
"Hm. She's probably just busy looking for a rehab for you. Once she has an answer let me know."
"Okay."
You're worried to be honest. What if the plan falls through? Even with Yoongi and Minjeong doing all of this how will you get out? You doubt Yoongi is going to drive all the way out to Minjeong to help you escape. Yeah. That makes you wonder.
"How am I going to get out," you ask.
"What do you mean?"
"I mean how am I going to get to Minjeong? She lives so far away."
Yoongi switches lanes as he continues to listen to both you and the GPS. When he gets around a couple of cars he answers you.
"We'll have her send a driver out and have them meet us at a specified location."
"Is that what you did for Minjeong? If so how did you get someone to get her out? Unless you drove her yourself?"
He shakes his head. "It's not that hard to get in contact with noblemen. Especially if you're one too. I sent a plea out to the Lees and they sent someone. I drove two hours out to meet them and they handled the rest."
"What about the servants? How did you get her out without getting caught?"
"Turns out Seokjin isn't the only one who can make bribes."
Wow, you think. This is a lot but you feel assured by Yoongi's words. He's really thought this through. How lucky are you to have him in your life? What would you have done without him? You would have just had your shitty original plan that you were too afraid to commit to. Yoongi is really coming through for you and going against his brother at that. The idea of it all still makes you nervous but at least you have someone to help back you up.
The rest of your time in the car together is met with conversation regarding other things. He seemed to notice you were growing shaky with your thoughts still swimming around the what-ifs regarding this plan and so he changed the topic for your sake. You appreciated it and when you least expected it you reach the bank.
You look at the building and take a deep breath in to hold. When it feels like you're calming down you release it. Okay. This is it.
"You ready?" Yoongi asks.
"Yeah."
"Then let's go."
The both of you unbuckle and exit out of the car. You go to stand in front of the car and wait for Yoongi who goes to grab something from the back seat. You wonder what it is and when he rounds to the front locking his car doors your brow raises at the large seemingly empty duffle bag he's holding.
He doesn't look at you but he can tell you have a question on the tip of your tongue.
"For the money," he says.
"Ah."
He looks around and when he deems it safe the two of you enter the building.
There aren't a lot of people here which is great. You're able to walk straight to the front desk where Yoongi handles everything.
"What can I help you with, my Lord." The lady at the front welcomes him with a smile.
"I need to withdraw money. Is there anyone that can help me with that?"
"Of course someone can help with that."
All three of your attention is brought to an older woman who walks up to the desk. She smiles as she clasps her hands together in front of her. She looks happy to see Yoongi and you wonder if it's because she's a fan or someone who knows she can get something out of him.
"Lead the way." Yoongi says and her smile grows wider.
"Follow me then."
The two of you follow after the woman through a door that leads to a hall. It's short and with a quick left you enter a room that's decorated with personal items.
"I'm Dorothy Wane." The woman says as she closes the door behind you. "You said you needed to withdraw money, correct?"
"Yes." Yoongi agrees.
"Can I ask why you couldn't use the ATM?"
She points to the chairs in front of her desk asking for you to sit while she takes her seat behind it.
"We're taking all the money out."
"Ah," she says. Her wide smile simmers down to a smaller one. "I can help with that then." She begins to type something into her computer before directing her attention to Yoongi again. "I'm going to need some information from you."
Yoongi nods to you. "It's her account."
Dorothy's eyes widen the slightest bit as she looks at you. Not in a way to say she was surprised but it's done in mild interest.
"I'm going to need some information from you, sweetie."
"Okay," you say softly. "But just know my account was started by my former employers. I hope that won't be a problem?" You worry your hands between each other.
"Her former employers are the Baeks."
You look at Yoongi then back at Dorothy with a nod.
The older woman raises a brow before placing her hands on the desk away from her keyboard.
"If that's the case I'm going to need them to be here."
Your brows draw together in worry.
"I'm sorry but that's not a possibility." Yoongi rests the bag on the floor before him.
"I'm sorry but I can't help you."
You quickly look at Yoongi but he doesn't seem the least bit concerned. He leans back a bit in his chair and crosses his legs with an elbow resting on the arm of the chair. He's silent for a moment as he watches Dorothy and she watches him though after a moment she starts to grow uncomfortable under his stare.
"What's more important to you," he questions. "The rules or your job?"
Whatever remained of a smile on her face slips away in one quick motion. "I beg your pardon?"
Yoongi's eyebrow ticks up in a way that in of itself it states "You heard me."
She looks between you two and you try your best to keep a neutral look on your face.
You see her breathing pick up a little as she shakes her head. "I'm not answering this-"
"You have no choice." Yoongi interrupts. "I'll make sure you never do."
Dorothy's eyes water a little as her lips open and close like a fish out of water. "If people find out I helped you besides the fact that I shouldn't I could lose my job."
"Who's to say you won't lose it now because I said so?"
Your stomach turns uncomfortably at Yoongi's words. He wouldn't get this woman fired, right? Though you know why he's doing it it doesn't change the discomfort that you feel.
Dorothy looks down at her hands on the table that shake. She turns them into fists to keep her cool. She knows that with Yoongi's power she could lose everything. Even if she does things right. Her bottom lip trembles before she swallows deeply and purses her lips to get them to stop trembling. You're starting to feel bad for her and you're about to tell Yoongi to let it go when she speaks out loud.
"If I help you, I need you to help me."
"And what would you need help with?"
She doesn't look confident in herself at all but she tries to play it cool. "If you want your money then you'll have to pay me for it."
"What," you begin to ask incredulously but Yoongi holds a hand up towards you to get you to stay quiet.
"Money isn't a problem," he says. "The question is will you do it and will you keep quiet about it?"
Her brow raises in interest. "There are cameras here, you know?"
"Nothing a quick wipe can't do for that. I'm sure the security guard on watch wouldn't mind to be paid on the side either."
She seems to ponder on his requests for a moment. You look at her as she looks to the side avoiding your gaze and you can practically see the thoughts flitting through her head. Yoongi doesn't rush her and you remain quiet until she looks over to Yoongi then you.
"Tell me what you have and we'll make a deal."
Yoongi looks at you as you do him. He waves his hand at you with a nod.
"Go on. Show her."
Without a minute to waste you take out your phone and access your bank account. When the app loads after logging in you're face to face with the amount and you show it to her.
"It's $80,396," you say. "It's all I have."
Dorothy's face visibly brightens at the numbers staring back at her. A small smile grows on her lips as she leans back in her seat.
"Well?" Yoongi asks.
The woman parts her lips after licking them. "How much will you give me?"
Yoongi stares her down as he tries to come up with an answer. Either that or he's gauging what her reaction might be after his offer.
"$5,000."
"$20,000," she counters.
"Five."
She sucks her teeth a little. "$15,000."
"Five and you get to keep your job."
She seems to have forgotten that her job was on the line here. She huffs but she knows she doesn't have a choice.
"What about the security guard?"
Yoongi rests his other elbow on the other arm of the chair and steeples his fingers. "That's up to you. It's coming out of your cut."
Her lips part in an indignant surprise. You could tell she wants to fight on this but Yoongi isn't giving her much of a choice. Her job still hangs in the balance.
She looks off towards the side as she mulls this through. She's going to be risking a lot for you. If it weren't for the money would it all be worth it?
"I need an answer-"
"I'll do it," she interrupts Yoongi with a firm voice.
Your eyes widen as you look between her and Yoongi. "Really?"
Dorothy nods but nibbles her bottom lip in small worry. Like she just made a deal with the devil but was it a fair deal to begin with?
She accesses her computer again and tries to remain calm as she talks to you. "I should be able to access your account despite the Baeks being unavailable. I just need your resident registration number but first I need for you to scan your card through there." She points to a small machine at the end of the desk. It has a little screen and it's littered with numbers and so when you pull out your card you hesitate because you don't know how to use it.
You can feel Yoongi's eyes on you and you look back at him.
"Sorry I don't... I don't know how to use this."
Dorothy gives you an incredulous look but you try to ignore it. Your sheltered life at the Baeks becomes all the more apparent right now and you hate it. Despite the woman giving you an off look Yoongi doesn't seem to judge you as he leans forward to point something out.
"You see where that slit is? You run the black strip on your card through it."
You look down at the card and the realization behind the usage for the strip makes sense to you now. You're about to do as he said but he stops you with a gentle hand.
"Flip it the other way."
"Oh." Your face grows a little warm with embarrassment as you flip the card and run it through the machine.
It beeps and from there Dorothy waits until your information pops up on her screen.
"Okay," she says as she clicks on some things. "What's your resident registration number?"
You tell her the string of numbers you have memorized and she loads the information up on her keyboard. It takes a series of clicks before she can access what she needs and when she does her eyes light up. No doubt after seeing the amount in your account on screen.
"I'll drain your account now and I'll send the information for out back where I can gather the money for you. Anything else you need for me to do before I do this?"
"Delete the account."
You whip your head towards Yoongi. "But what if I need it for the future?" The future after you're finally free from Hoseok.
He shakes his head. "The Baeks are a part of your past. Let's keep it that way. You can always create a new account here or somewhere else where you don't have to worry about the risk of the Baeks terminating your account out of spite."
You slowly nod as you come to accept what he's saying.
He's right. It's the smartest thing to do, honestly. Change isn't something you enjoy but this is for the best.
Dorothy clears her throat and after another series of clicks she speaks. "It's done. I'll get the money now and I'll delete your account after."
She goes to stand up but before she can leave Yoongi calls to her. She pauses by the desk and you watch as he stands to hand her the duffle bag. Grabbing it she goes to walk away but Yoongi holds on tight.
"Not a cent missing." His tone is threatening and the message seems to get through to her because she gulps.
He releases the bag and lets the older woman scurry out. When the two of you are alone he takes his seat and leans back.
You look at Yoongi who sits in silence but it's too deafening for you to deal with.
"Did you - were you actually going to have her fired?"
The vampire doesn't say anything at first. You think he's just going to keep quiet and ignore you but he sighs.
"If you're upset about it then I'm sorry. It was either we get your money out or you'd deal with either Minjeong or I supporting you financially. Not that we would have a problem with that but I doubt you would have liked it."
You hum.
No you wouldn't have liked that. To know that after all those years of hard work and you won't be able to touch your money, possibly, never again didn't sit right with you. And even though you wish he wouldn't have threatened her you know he was left with little options.
You wonder, if this were any of the other brothers in the family would you have tolerated their actions as much as you did Yoongi's just a few minutes ago? You tell yourself it's because he's a good person and sometimes good people have to do bad things. That's all. You think you should stop thinking about it because if you don't it'll consume you.
It takes some time for Dorothy to come back. Enough time where you're left feeling anxious. Questions running through your head like "Will she come back?" or "Is she going to call someone to help her out?" Then again who can help her against someone like Lord Yoongi? The police certainly wouldn't. Yoongi has to tell you to stop and calm down because he can hear your heart rattling like crazy in your chest. If he weren't so confident that things would work out you'd probably lose your head.
When the door opens and reveals Dorothy with duffle bag in hand you sigh in relief. Yoongi makes no action whatsoever and just waits for the woman to sit the bag onto the desk with a heavy thud after she struggled getting it in.
"It's all here," she says. She unzips the bag as Yoongi stands up to look and so do you. "I had it counted several times but you're more than welcome to count it yourself."
And Yoongi does. He counts each stack of hundreds until he reaches the amount you said there should be. It takes some time but he does it and he seems pleased with the results right after.
"Here," he says. He pushes some of the stacks towards the older woman that he had separated on the side. "This is yours. Do with it what you will but don't forget the deal. Tell the security guard to wipe everything."
"What if we're questioned about it?" Dorothy asks.
Yoongi shrugs. "Tell them it was a glitch in the system."
You look at Dorothy as she nods and sighs. You can't imagine the amount of pressure she's under right now. Her eyes may have glowed with the money but you still see a bit of hesitancy that wants to come out.
"Thank you," you say.
She looks up at you and sees the sincerity in your eyes. It seems to do something to her because she gives you a small smile.
Without another second to waste Yoongi begins to pile the stacks back into the duffle bag. You're glad he brought a large one because it's a tight fit. Once they're all in he grabs the bag with ease and doesn't look the least bit weighed down by it the way Dorothy did.
"Delete the account," he says. "And then we're done here."
Dorothy brings her monitor back to life with a wave of the mouse and you wait until she nods.
"It's done."
"Then that's all for today. Remember what I said about security."
"I know. I know." She waves her Lord off in a way that isn't disrespectful as it's done tiredly.
Without a second glance back Yoongi turns to leave and you're quick to follow after him. He doesn't say anything as you walk behind him. Anything he wants to say remains in his head until after you both reach the outside.
He unlocks the car and goes to open his trunk. He tucks the duffle bag in the corner and shuts the door before heading to the driver side. You take that as a chance to sit on your side and when the doors are shut does he speak.
"We're keeping the money back there. Until the day you leave comes."
Your brows furrow. "Oh."
He can sense your confusion and as he turns on the car to back up he tells you why.
"We'll look suspicious walking in with that bag and while I can hide it away in my room, if for whatever reason we need to hightail it I'd rather it be ready and waiting for us in the car."
That's a good idea. It makes sense so you don't fight him on it. It served no purpose being in the house and seeing that it's Yoongi's car neither his siblings nor the servants would dare use it.
After setting up the GPS you find yourselves on the highway again. Even though you still feel a little nervous you feel like a weight has been lifted off of your shoulders. You've been risking a lot with not putting that money into use but thanks to Yoongi the issue has been taken care of. Now you're just waiting on Minjeong. You hope you hear from her soon so that a final plan can be made. Just the idea of leaving has you a little excited but you try and remain chill to avoid overwhelming yourself with so many emotions.
Yoongi switches lanes before he looks at you then back towards the front. "I can hear the change in your heart beat," he says. "You okay?"
You hum in agreement. "I'm just a little excited is all."
"Don't get too excited. A lot can happen from here until then."
You grow silent after the truth. Anything can happen but you're hoping it goes your way either way.
"I don't mean to spoil the mood but you have to be prepared for anything."
"No, I know. I just can't help it though. We've made more progress together than I ever made on my own." The rest you don't have to say because he catches on.
"Sometimes help is all you need," he says. "It took a while to get here but now you are and as soon as we hear from Minjeong I'll do my best to help you go further on. We just have to find a time when not everyone is home."
That's true. Despite having the money and a rehabilitation center's location soon to be set it doesn't mean you can leave just yet. The idea of it tries to put a damper on your mood but you try to not let it.
The two of you settle for a comfortable silence as he heads towards a jewelry store. The same one he took Jimin to to get fitted for a ring set. It's been finalized and polished and Yoongi was on his way to get them as he said earlier. When you get there there aren't a lot of people so no one looks your way when you step out of the car with Yoongi.
The building is short but wide and when you step inside you're greeted by black walls and floors with glass cases housing a multitude of jewelry. There's a young man behind the counter and he welcomes you in with a bright smile.
"Ah, Lord Yoongi. What can I help you with today?" He looks at you. "Maybe something for your female companion?"
You don't like the way he says that but Yoongi ignores it.
"I'm here to see Antwon. He has something for me."
The young man nods before stepping through the back door. It takes him a minute but when he comes back a burly man with a bright smile and says his greetings.
Yoongi smiles. "You know what I'm here for."
"That I do." Antwon nods. "Come step into the back with me so you can check them out first."
A hand is placed on your lower back as Yoongi helps guide you towards the back. You weren't expecting him to take you with him but you're glad he does. You didn't want to be alone with a stranger.
"You'll love what we did with the rings. Since they're customized for your brother not a single person on this Earth will have the same." The man says.
Yoongi just hums but it just makes Antwon laugh.
You're lead into a room that rivals with the walls and floors of the storefront. They're all white and spotless.
"They're right here."
Your eyes zero in on a small wooden box on a foldable table with a metal plate decorating the top with Jimin's name engraved on it. The letters look delicate and when Antwon goes to open it you see five rings embedded into the velvet lining of the box. Not a single one of the rings designs look the same. Some look a little bulky while the others look dainty. They're all silver and would no doubt look beautiful on Jimin's hands.
Yoongi leans over to check the rings out. He carefully takes each one of them out and inspects them before handing them to Antwon to wipe down before slipping them back into the box. He doesn't say anything while he does this and you're not sure if he's satisfied with what he sees until he nods.
"They look good."
Antwon laughs. "Of course they do. We made them." He closes the box and hands it to Yoongi. "I'm sure your brother will love them."
Yoongi just nods again but it's a good enough answer for the burly man.
"Is there anything else I can help you with? Maybe something," he looks at you. "For the Missus? I can only presume?"
"Sister-in-law." Yoongi says. "And no we're fine."
You feel uncomfortable with the label he gave you. Sister-in-law? You get why he said it but couldn't you just be a friend?
"Ah I see." Antwon says. "Then let's get you out of here. You're more than welcome to come back for anything else you might have in mind."
Yoongi hums and before Antwon could see you out Yoongi slips out of the room with you.
You follow behind him as the two of you leave the building with a goodbye from the young man up front. Yoongi is quick to place the jewelry box in the back seat of his car and you figure these rings have already been paid for.
The two of you hop into the car and as Yoongi starts the car you speak.
"Sister-in-law?"
He doesn't even look your way as he starts the car. "Yep."
Your brows furrow as you frown.
He knows why you're questioning him on this and so when he leaves the parking spot he tells you.
"It was the best thing to say. I didn't want any assumptions being made about us and it possibly getting to Hoseok's ears. It seems you have forgotten what kind of people my brothers are. We don't need someone like Seokjin to go on telling Hoseok about what the people have to say about us."
Oh. He's right. It still makes you sigh though as you lean back in your seat.
"We don't need Hoseok preventing us to hang out again because of this and risking the chance for me to be with you to help you escape."
And he's right. Again.
Honestly you were enjoying your time with Yoongi. So much so that you almost forgot why you were doing all of this. Keyword being almost. It straightens out your mood and so you don't question Yoongi further on his choice of words.
You haven't done that much so far but your time waiting at the bank makes it feel like you've been out for the majority of the day. You know you still have one more place to go and you don't complain about it. The longer you stay away from his home the better, but you know at some point you do have to go back. Hoseok is expecting you no doubt in a state of tizziness. You think back to the kiss you gave him and the promise that you'll return to him. It was the best thing to do at the time and you wonder if you regret it. Yes and no. You'll always regret showing any sort of affection towards Hoseok but you know this is also you're way of setting the steps towards salvation. The more you make him believe you'll never leave him the lower his guard will be and the easier you can slip away from him without him worrying that you will escape.
Yoongi and Minjeong are doing enough. It's about time you do something to help. If making Hoseok believe you're falling for him will help then for fuck sakes you'll do it.
91 notes View notes
ana-rose1 9 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 47
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 6,315
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 47 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Smut, Biting, Blood
Prev | Next
Hoseok comes back in the middle of the night. By then you and Yoongi have spent your time together watching movies. Some of them you never seen before and others you have but you see them from a different perspective after Yoongi gives his commentary.
Spending your time this way leaves you feeling happy and relaxed. You being with Yoongi like this is surprising because you never suspected he'd be as talkative and super welcoming as he is but here you are. It's a nice feeling and so when Hoseok comes to fetch you you're a little disappointed.
He's stood by the open door with a confused but relieved look directed your way.
"Hi, baby."
You look between the paused screen and Hoseok.
You know it's time for you to leave but you don't want to. Your time spent with Yoongi was too fun. Especially after the day you had - you think you deserve it.
Hoseok slowly walks in and smiles at his brother and you. "I thought you were with Namjoon. I asked him where you were but he said he didn't know." When he reaches you he places a hand onto your head before sliding it down to cup your cheek. "Why weren't you with him?"
You shrug. What are you supposed to say?
"I wanted to spend some time with her and Namjoon was a little too busy."
You look at Yoongi but try and mask your look of surprise. He was lying on your behalf. That makes you smile as you look up at Hoseok.
"Yeah?" Hoseok asks.
You nod your head.
He pouts a little as he goes to kiss your forehead. "You should have told me you were with Yoongi. When Namjoon said he didn't know where you were I got so worried. He's more than likely going to be sporting a bruise on his arm from how hard I punched him."
Your brows perk up at this. "You punched Namjoon?"
Hoseok sits on the bed and hums in acknowledgement.
Yoongi hums as well but his attention is towards his TV. "He deserved it I'm sure."
He deserved more than just a punch but you'll keep the reason why between you and Yoongi.
Hoseok takes your hand in his and kisses your palm before holding it close to his heart.
"I'm sorry things took so long. Restocking usually does. Tomorrow I'll be needed again but for now we made enough." He looks at Yoongi. "You'll be coming tomorrow too, right?"
The vampire next to you sighs. "Yeah. I could've gone today but I really didn't feel like it." He rubs his face. "It's my least favorite thing to do."
"I know but if you would have gone today you would have gotten some of it done already."
Yoongi agrees before looking at you. "Then again Y/N would have been alone so maybe it was for the best I didn't go."
He's right. It would have just been you and Namjoon in this house. You don't know if he would have bothered you to make fun of you or not after the fact but either way you're thankful Yoongi was around.
Hoseok grunts in response. "I guess so." He gives you a soft smile. One that behind it you can see how tired he looks. You guess restocking supplies that require your saliva would do that to you. You're a bit interested to see how that goes but at the same time you don't really care to know. If it weren't because you enjoy the high it gives you you think you would have found the whole idea of Hoseok and his brothers collecting their spit to be gross.
Your thoughts are interrupted when your captor goes to caress your face with his other hand.
"So what were you two up to?"
Yoongi gestures towards the TV where the movie is still paused. "We were watching movies and discussing music."
Hoseok's brows perk up. "That sounds nice. Did you let her listen to the music you do?"
He nods. "That and some unfinished tracks."
"Wait what?" Hoseok frowns. "Even the unfinished tracks? But you never let any of us listen to your unfinished work." He pouts though you note it's done playfully.
Yoongi shrugs and it makes you smile. Hoseok catches it and he mimics it with one of his own before tucking your hair behind your ear.
"As long as you had fun that's all that matters to me." He sighs a little as he brings your hand close to his chest down onto his lap. "I see that you washed up for bed."
The reason behind why you did it flashes through your mind. The way you had to scrub Namjoon's scent off of you plays like a horror movie. One Hoseok doesn't see but you feel crawling over your body. You have to shake the feeling off in form of a cold chill.
For a second you forget what Hoseok said until it comes back to you and you nod.
"I should do the same." He tugs on your hand as he goes to stand. "Come with me."
Your expression falls as you pull back on his hold. "But," you start off. "What about the movie?"
To be honest you care about spending time with Yoongi but to be really honest here you just don't want to be with Hoseok.
His brows raise as he looks between you and the TV then Yoongi. He seems speechless for once as he doesn't know what to say or do.
"We can watch the movie another time." Yoongi says.
You give him a look he doesn't see at first because he's standing up but when he does look at you he gives you a smile. You pout a little but you know he can't come off suspicious or anything. You both have to play your part before the time comes for you to leave. So it's with a sigh do you stand up and hold onto Hoseok's hand tighter.
"Sorry." Hoseok says. "I missed you and I just want to be with you." He leans in to kiss your lips.
You hum. "I know."
You can tell he likes the way you're not fighting him because he smiles when he kisses you again.
His other hand goes to cup your cheek as he presses into your lips even harder but you try and pull back. You wouldn't mind deepening the kiss for other purposes but not here. Not in his brother's room. Not right in front of said brother who clears his throat when Hoseok still pushes forward.
"If that's all I'd like to continue my work."
Hoseok gives you one last kiss before he looks over to his oldest brother. "Sure," he says. "I'll bring Y/N over to finish the movie another time."
You exchange a look with Yoongi. A reassuring one from his end and a trusting one from yours. You trust in Yoongi. It's a different kind of trust. Not a blind one like you had with Namjoon but a sure enough one in him thanks to Minjeong.
He nods his head towards you and you smile in response. Hoseok doesn't say anything about it because there's nothing to say and despite being so possessive of you you're glad he's not jealous of his brothers. Unlike the jealousy he exhibited towards Hyun-Woo.
You're taken out of Yoongi's room but before you can make it down the hall Hoseok brings you into his arms. You make a questioning sound as he buries his face into the side of your neck where the shoulders meets it and he inhales deeply. His arms are wrapped around your waist as he holds you tight against him. You're a little stiff at the sudden contact but say nothing as he ghosts his lips over your skin.
"I really missed you," he says softly.
The tension in your shoulders loosen a little but your arms stay hanging by your sides. You feel the way he urges you to press even harder into his front but you make no move to hold him back.
He firmly kisses your neck up and down before he nips at your skin. You flinch at the feeling and it makes him chuckle.
He sighs. "Let me go wash up. Come on." He grabs your hand and drags you down the hall with him.
You follow along without a word. Your mind is still with Yoongi and is having a hard time catching up with the fact that oh right. Hoseok is a thing you're dealing with. With that realization you're slowly coming to as you two enter his bedroom. It's from here does Hoseok release you and you watch by the door as he starts to gather his things. For a moment where he goes to remove his shoes he pauses and looks at you.
"Come here, baby. What are you doing all the way over there?"
You shrug your shoulders and only make your move when he waves you over.
He cups your face when you reach him and he gives you a worried look.
"You okay?"
You nod your head.
He frowns. "Are you sure? Is it because I didn't let you watch the movie with Yoongi?"
Not entirely no. It's more to do with the fact that you were reminded as to why you were with Yoongi in the first place. Hoseok's appearance reminded you of not only his existence but Namjoon's. But you're not about to say all that so you shrug.
"I'm just a little tired."
Hoseok pouts a little. "Poor baby. How about this: I hurry and wash up and you can put something on for us to watch. When I finish up you can tell me about your day, okay?"
You seriously do not want to talk about your day but you think you can manage to come up with a lie while he showers.
"Okay," you say.
He smiles before kissing your lips and releasing you so he can continue undressing himself. You take that as a sign to head to bed.
You plug in your phone and grab the remote from Hoseok's nightstand to turn on the TV. Once it comes to life you flip through the channels. It serves as a distraction as Hoseok walks around. He grabs a pair of pajamas from his dresser and your eyes follow him until he goes to remove his underwear.
The two of you see each other naked all the time but it doesn't change the fact that you find discomfort in it sometimes.
You find something to settle on to watch which is a show Hoseok likes and one you don't mind watching. You check the guide to see that there's a marathon happening so you figure this is the best thing to watch tonight. Now as for the lie...
Yoongi said you were with him because Namjoon was busy. You could say you were alone in the house looking for something to do and that's when Yoongi found you so you spent your time together. Yeah that's it. You don't have to come up with an extravagant lie to cover your tracks. Simple enough. You just hope Namjoon didn't say anything about you to Hoseok that didn't only include how he didn't know where you were. Like Yoongi said, Namjoon is stupid but not that stupid. You'll put a little faith not in Namjoon but Yoongi in that you know he won't say a word about what happened between you two.
Another thing. You grab your phone and check to make sure you deleted your conversation with Minjeong. You check to see that you didn't and you hurriedly do it to avoid Hoseok's wandering eyes. Once that's done you settle more deeply beneath the covers and wait until Hoseok is done.
Your eyes draw over to him when he comes out of his closet fully dressed in sleep shorts and a shirt. His hair looks fluffy no doubt having been dried after washing it. He yawns before turning off all the lights and slips beneath the sheets next to you.
"Come here," he says and helps scoot you over to his side where you rest your head on his chest.
You hear and feel the way he sighs as he goes to push your hair back from your face.
"Comfy?"
You nod your head and he you can hear the smile in his voice when he talks.
"So tell me about your day, baby."
You shrug your shoulders. "Not much happened. Like Yoongi said, Namjoon was busy so I didn't do much. Yoongi found me and that's it."
He sighs. "I'm still upset Namjoon left you alone though. He knew Yoongi would be home. He should have told him to watch over you for me."
"Well I wasn't alone for long if that matters."
And you weren't. Hoseok doesn't need to know how you and Yoongi bumped into each other but you did and he helped make you feel better. That's all that matters.
Hoseok scratches at your scalp lightly. "What were you and Yoongi up to? I know he said you watched movies and listened to some music but what did you watch? Anything we've seen before?"
You tell him. He actually chuckles when you bring up Christopher Nolan's films because Yoongi has expressed to him before how much he enjoys his movies.
"Yeah he was really excited when we talked about him," you say with a small smile.
"Did he tell you who one of his favorite composers is?"
"Hans Zimmer."
"Hans Zimmer."
You both say the name at the same time to which he chuckles.
"You're starting to get to know Yoongi. He's quiet when you first meet but once you start to learn about him he gets very talkative."
"I don't mind," you say.
Hearing Yoongi talk about the things he likes makes you happy. You're building a friendship with him you'd like to think and so learning more about him feels nice.
"I'm glad." Hoseok says. "My brothers... they mean a lot to me so knowing you're getting along with some of them really makes me happy." He reaches down from your head to your shoulder where he holds you tight. "I mean it."
You know he does and this is all despite the fact that his brothers are extreme in their own ways. You don't have a family so you can't say you would or wouldn't be the same with your siblings but you'd like to think that if they were anything like Hoseok and his brothers that you wouldn't look over their issues.
"Anything else you two did? Did you eat?"
You nod your head. "Yeah. Yoongi ordered food for us."
"That's good. If you wouldn't have eaten I would've kicked his ass."
You huff a laugh but you don't know if you meant it to be a scoff or because you actually found his threat to be funny. Either way, it came out and Hoseok takes the chance to pinch your arm at the sound.
"Don't laugh. I mean it," he says.
You cry out at the feeling and before you can think twice about it you pinch Hoseok's stomach. He lets out a sound of pain before gasping. You think he just might pinch you back but that's until you suddenly feel your back hit the bed and his hands are all over you.
Before you can stop yourself you start laughing uncontrollably as his fingers tickle around your body.
"Hoseok stop," you plead but the words can barely be heard over your giggles.
He laughs along with you. "You pinched me hard! You have to suffer for it."
You weren't expecting this and to be honest it's annoying to you how easily he could get you to laugh for him but you know that if it weren't for your ticklish spots you wouldn't be laughing.
"Stop!" You're trying to breathe but it's hard. "Hoseok!"
You smack his arm but he just laughs.
"I'm going to pee on myself!" The words tear through your throat and it's only then does he pull back from you.
"Really?"
You shake your head. "No. I just didn't know what else to say to make you stop."
He breathes a sigh of relief that's followed by a small laugh. "You had me worried there for a second." He licks his lips. "You still deserve a punishment for what you did there."
Your eyes widen and it takes all of you not to grit your teeth in annoyance. "You pinched me first!"
Hoseok huffs. "Do you want me to apologize for that?"
"Not if you're doing it just because I said something about it. You should apologize because you actually feel sorry and mean it."
You weren't about to receive a half-assed apology just because he wants you off his back.
His expression grows serious before he leans down to kiss your cheek. "I'm sorry."
Your brows furrow. When he pulls back to look at you he sees your frown. Caressing your face he eases the wrinkles between your brows with his thumb.
"I mean it," he says. "I'm sorry."
This is a first. You weren't expecting for him to apologize at all let alone make it sound sincere. You still keep your guard up though because this is Hoseok you're talking about.
He drops his hand into his lap and smiles at you before slipping under the sheets again. "Come here," he says and waits for you to hesitantly make your way to him again.
When you're by his side again he kisses your forehead then your lips.
"You haven't had your fix tonight, right?"
You shake your head no.
He hums and leans over so he can kiss you and kiss you deeply he does. You aren't hesitant to open your mouth to him and relish in the high he gives you. Your hand grips the front of his shirt and you pull him in close. You whine into him as your tongues lash at one another. The taste of mint is still fresh in his mouth and it makes the air he breathes cool.
He slips his arm down beneath the sheets to grab the back of your thigh and hikes your leg up to hang over his hip. When he pulls back he looks over your face and smiles.
"You look so pretty like this." His thumb caresses your leg as a small smile creeps over his lips. "So so pretty."
You can only close your eyes in bliss as he continues to talk.
"To think that there was a time you weren't mine." He shakes his head slowly. "But now you are, my pretty girl."
You whine as you rub the back of your head into the pillow. Your back arches and you whine again. Gods you feel so good. You forget each time how good this is until you feel it again and man are you feeling it. You giggle a little and the sound of it makes Hoseok talk with a smile.
"You like it, huh? Would you like more?"
Your eyes open momentarily to look at him and through the light from the TV you see the glee on his face. Nodding your head you close your eyes again and wait until he leans down to kiss you again.
His hand moves from your thigh and up to your face to cup it. His thumb caresses your flesh and you can feel every little nerve ending light up from the touch. Your tongues fight for dominance over one another but he soon wins and you could care less. All that matters is that he's giving you what you want.
You move his hand away from you so you can wrap your arms around his neck. He lets you pull him in closer until he's settled over your form and slotted between your legs. Your leg comes to join the other around his hips keeping him locked in place and to that he moans.
Pulling back Hoseok licks his lips before kissing you down your neck. The kisses are soft compared to how he devoured your mouth but the occasional nip is there leaving you marked as he desires.
You sigh as euphoria takes over you completely until you're nothing but a mess of pleasure and delight. Until you're so high up that you briefly think you won't be able to come down. It wouldn't be so bad you think if that's the case. Escape plan be damned. If you could live like this forever you would.
Now you know you're thinking out of your ass because you aren't all there right now so please forgive yourself.
Hoseok buries his face into your neck as his hips press forward. A choked moan leaves him at the friction and he finds himself gripping the sheets on either side of you. He pants into your skin as he continues grinding into you and feels how you respond back to him.
You breathe out a moan and cinch your arms around him tighter. Your breathing picks up a little as your hips cant up to rub into him and the back and forth you do meets with his perfectly.
"Fuck." Hoseok curses. "I need you baby. So fucking bad."
He leans back so he can tug on your pants and relieves you of it. Afterwards he pulls down his pants and underwear to mid thigh releasing his hardened cock to rest into the palm of his hand. He pumps himself a few times before pushing your underwear to the side.
"Is this okay," he asks.
He wants to know if you're alright with having sex like this.
You nod your head before grabbing his hips with both hands to drag him forward.
"Hurry," you say.
"Fuck. Okay." He pushes forward and aligns his cock with your entrance. "If it becomes too much just let me know."
He plans on going in without prepping you first but the two of you are in too much of a hurry to get you relaxed enough for him.
His head slips in just fine but it's when he starts to push more of himself in do you grow tight around him. You let out a noise of discomfort and it makes him come to a pause.
"Do you want me to pull out?" He sounds worried despite the pleasure he feels.
You shake your head. "Just keep going. Wanna feel you."
Hoseok curses but waits until you relax a little before pushing in further.
It's a big stretch but you feel like you've gone too far to want to pull out and prep. You feel a slight sting but it's not enough to make you want to quit. To ease the feeling you bring a hand down to draw circles over your clit. It distracts you enough from the pain but all of the overwhelming feelings has you panting into the air.
You whine and breathe faster until you grow a little lightheaded. Hoseok seems to notice because he comes to a pause and shushes you gently.
"Shh baby it's okay. Breathe for me. Slow and easy. Yeah. Just like that."
You breathe in through your nose and out through your mouth. Swallowing deeply you keep your eyes closed and feel your walls pulse around Hoseok. You hear him release a shaky breath along with you as he tries his best to maintain control. When you're calm you rub your clit again and grunt.
"Keep going."
Without a second thought Hoseok pushes further in until he's flushed against you with the two of you releasing a sigh and moan of pleasure.
Your walls continue to pulse around him as you try and get used to his girth without foreplay. There's a slight ache down there but nothing you can't handle.
Hoseok huffs and groans as he tries his best not to move.
"If you keep squeezing me like that I'm not going to last."
You can't bring yourself to say sorry as you're too caught up in both the feeling inside of you and the high that's clinging to your brain. All you can do is release a hum that boarders a moan.
Chest to chest you both rest until you stop pulsing and until Hoseok thinks you're ready.
"Can I move," he asks.
You pull your underwear further to the side and nod. "Yeah."
Hoseok pulls back a little and the drag has you gasping for air. Even more so when he pushes in. The fit is still tight but the more you rub yourself the easier it becomes and you can hear the lewd sounds of your slick with every push and pull he makes.
A deep moan leaves him and before he can think otherwise he sets for a quick pace.
Some of his movements are restricted by his pants and underwear around his mid thighs but he can't bring himself to stop to pull them down further. Can't bring himself to tear your panties off instead of having you hold it to the side because again he can't bring himself to stop. Pleasure courses through his body where his orgasm is coming quicker than what he had anticipated.
"Fuck I'm close," he breathes.
You rub yourself faster but maintain a certain amount of pressure to make the feeling enjoyable alll the while there's a buzz in your head that has your head swimming so you have to close your eyes. Your hips pull back and forth to meet his thrusts in time and the sound of him almost coming undone does something to you. It's the high. You know that's what it is. It makes you feel good in so many ways. Including hearing and feeling Hoseok slowly losing control.
He pumps into you faster to the point that it's getting harder to keep up but neither of you seem to mind. You're getting close too and he seems to notice this with the way you begin to flutter around him.
"Fuck," he curses at the feeling.
You spread your legs wide so you can feel him deeper and it's in that moment do you gasp. A whine here and there until you finally come tumbling over.
Hoseok hisses at the feel of you tugging and pulling on his cock with your walls. It's hard for him to keep control and before he can come he pulls out and hurriedly lifts your shirt up.
The feel of him missing from inside of you leaves you feeling empty as you pulse around nothing. Your eyes open to watch Hoseok as he quickly jerks himself off and with a moan he comes all over your pubic area and stomach. You watch as with every stroke a spurt of his cum shoots out and how it grows viscous in the cool air. It's interesting to watch and see it happen when the majority of the time you have sex he comes inside of you.
Hoseok breathes heavily with his eyes shut as he tries to regain himself. His lips are parted in pleasure and you watch in the dim lighting the way his cock throbs from it all.
He licks his lips before opening his eyes and looking at the mess he made.
"Fuck... I wasn't planning on coming that fast." He sounds out of it but you can hear the disappointment in his tone.
Your head leans back against the pillow and you close your eyes so you can just focus on the high that still courses through you.
You feel the bed dip right next to you and the way Hoseok's hair tickles you as he leans down to your neck.
"I need to feed," he says and without a word you angle your head for him.
Without a second to waste he bites you and it makes you wonder for a moment how much self control Hoseok has for him to be able to hold off biting you until now.
He pulls from your neck your blood and relishes in the taste of it until he can take no more and licks your wound shut.
"Fuck," he says with a sigh.
You feel him move around you until he's off the bed and retreats to somewhere you don't know. It's after a minute where the high starts to subside and you jump a little at the feel of a warm wet towel on your stomach.
"Shh it's okay." Hoseok says. "I'm just cleaning you up."
You open your eyes to see the way he takes extra care of you. At some point he turns on your bedside lamp so he can make sure he got everything. When he's done he makes sure to fix your underwear before tossing the rag into the hamper.
And here it comes. The high is starting to come down and now you're left without it. You can't help but sigh but whatever.
A few minutes later Hoseok comes over to turn off your lamp and slips beneath the covers next to you. He doesn't say anything as he does this but once he's close to you he rests his arm over your stomach.
"How are you feeling," he asks.
You hum. "Fine."
He squeezes you close to his chest. "I didn't hurt you did I?"
You shake your head. "It stung a little but I'm fine."
"As long as you're fine then that's good." He takes a second to yawn. "Come here. Let me spoon you."
You grunt in response but move as he said. His front is pressed into your back where he then yawns again. It makes you yawn but you're not all that tired.
"Are you going to go to sleep," you ask.
"Hm yeah. Are you?"
"I'm not that tired."
"Okay," he says softly. "You can watch TV then. Just don't go to sleep too late."
You're a little surprised he isn't forcing or expecting you to follow after him. He'd normally turn the TV off and expect you to fall asleep with him. You guess you've spent enough time with him for him to start giving you leeway for certain things. Even if it's for something small like letting you continue to watch TV when it's time for him to sleep.
He kisses the back of your neck and whispers "Goodnight" into your skin before slowly falling to sleep. You spend the rest of your time watching the marathon on TV and thinking about what you just did. After what happened with Namjoon earlier you wouldn't have wanted to have sex. Though it wasn't with him but with Hoseok - it doesn't matter. You can blame the high for that. So much so that you let the overpowering need to fuck take over without the usual prep time. You have to admit it wasn't too bad so you're not upset with yourself over it nor with Hoseok. It is what it is. At least you got to get high.
Despite it all you can't help but to think about Namjoon. There's nothing nor no one to help keep your mind distracted. The TV is on but you're not all there. Hoseok is asleep and Yoongi is far from your reach. You think about texting him but you don't want to come off as a bother. You really need a distraction though because you don't want to deal with the emotions that comes with thinking about Namjoon.
It takes you a second to think and a really good stretch you need to do to grab your phone without waking Hoseok up. Once you get it you unlock it and search through your contacts. You have half a mind to delete Namjoon's number. Just looking at it makes you feel sick. You want to ask yourself how could he do this to you but does it really matter anymore? He doesn't care for you the way you do him so what's there to stress about? It doesn't change the fact that you're a human being with emotions but you're going to try and get over him. You have to. For your sake.
You jump around the names in your phone and see Minjeong's pseudonym.
Is she up now or is she getting ready to sleep? It's gotten to be later into the night and you don't know if her schedule is anything like Hoseok's and his brothers'. It wouldn't hurt to try and see, right?
You nibble on your bottom lip as you begin to type something out.
You: I'm sorry but are you awake?
You think about what you want to talk about. Namjoon is stuck in your head and so you briefly think about what he must have done to make Minjeong say the things she said. Did he seduce her as well? Your stomach turns in discomfort at the thought.
Almost immediately after your phone vibrates.
Dawn: I am. Is everything okay?
You licks your lips as you begin to type a quick message - searching for an answer you hope she can give.
You: You don't have to answer if you don't want but I just wanted to know.. What did Namjoon do to you to make you say the things that you said about him?
Would she answer you? You're starting to regret what you sent.
You rub your forehead as you close your eyes.
I'm such an idiot, you think. Her life isn't any of your business. Just because she's helping you doesn't mean you're entitled to know everything about her. Then again you just wanted to talk. Namjoon is plaguing your thoughts and maybe, just maybe, you hope Minjeong was tricked by him that way you won't feel as stupid for believing in him.
You're about to tell her to forget about but your phone vibrates with a response.
Dawn: He's the reason why my second attempt to escape was a failure. I... I confided in him that I wanted to leave. I believed he was a friend that wanted to help me out. When I left I didn't get very far. Hoseok found me and when he took me back I came to realize that Hoseok knew because Namjoon told him about everything. About how for so long I thought he was a friend I could trust. Little did I know he was relaying my words to my ex behind my back...
Dawn: When I confronted him he just laughed.
You can hear the sound of his laugh directed towards you. Your heart aches.
Dawn: You admitted to me that Namjoon didn't turn out to be who you thought he was. Did he... did he do something to you?
Your bottom lip trembles at the memory.
You: I thought he liked me but turns out I was just an idiot.
You have to bite your tongue to keep from crying. One, because you've done enough crying over him and two, you don't want to wake Hoseok up.
Dawn: Don't say that about yourself. You're not an idiot. Namjoon is an asshole. One who does a great job at luring people in to a false sense of security. He should be the one you're mad at. Not yourself.
You know she's right but still. You should have listened to Yoongi the first time around, but it's too late for that now. You'll just have to live with the consequences.
You look over the texts you and Minjeong have shared so far and there's one statement that glares at you. It sets an uncomfortable feeling to settle in your stomach.
You: You said Namjoon was telling everything you said to Hoseok behind your back. Do you think he's doing the same with me?
Recalling what Yoongi said you figure Namjoon isn't that stupid to do that but you can't help but worry that he's said something to Hoseok. Maybe not that you were getting touchy with his brother but Hoseok must know something, right?
Dawn: Maybe. I'm not sure. Has Hoseok said anything to you?
He hasn't and so you let her know. You of course keep out how the man just finished having sex with you some time ago. You think that if Namjoon would have said something Hoseok wouldn't have taken the time to have sex with you. Point blank.
Dawn: Just keep your guard up. Don't trust in the fact that he hasn't said something. Hoseok may not be a liar like Namjoon but he's good at pretending nothing is wrong for the sake of seeing how long you'll go on lying to him.
You rub your lips together in anxiousness.
You'll trust in Minjeong. She has experience with both Hoseok and Namjoon. A part of you wants to keep pretending but another part of you wants to ask Hoseok if Namjoon has said anything to him. But you also know that if you do that Hoseok might grow suspicious and start asking questions.
Fuck you're stressed out. Who knew you would ever be put in a situation like this?
No okay. Calm down. You can't get yourself stressed out otherwise you'll grow sick again.
You breathe in deeply and let it out into a long drawn out sigh.
You'll keep your guard up like Minjeong said. You really don't want to bump into Namjoon but you know for breakfast tomorrow you'll more than likely see him.
Keep your guard up and act cool. It's easier said than done but you'll try your best and if Hoseok offers for you to stay with his brother you'll say no. Don't make your anger and distaste for Namjoon show and don't show a weaker side to him either. Keep pushing on until Minjeong and Yoongi can help you escape. Keep pushing on until you're finally free.
78 notes View notes
ana-rose1 10 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 46
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 6,076
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 46 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Self-deprecation, Mentions of feeling violated, Angst
Prev | Next
Your eyes hurt from crying so much. Just the reminder of why you're here talking to Yoongi makes your chest ache but you needed to talk. Maybe it was stupid of you because the vampire before you has his head cradled in his hands after he heard what you had to say but it's too late to take it back now.
Yoongi stays silent with his fingers halfway through his hair. He grips the strands tightly and loosens them after a second. The way he goes without answering makes you freak out a little making you rub your hands between each other.
"I'm sorry," you say. "I shouldn't-"
He cuts you off with a finger raised in your direction effectively silencing you. You swallow deeply and wait for him to sit up with a deep sigh. Licking his lips he looks towards the ceiling and just stares until he can finally find the right words to tell you.
"You know if Hoseok finds out about this that's it. You're never leaving his room ever again."
You ball up your hands into fists to stop the way they shake. "I know."
Yoongi turns to look at you. "And you're not joking, right? You actually did this?"
He won't say exactly what you told him. How you and Namjoon have been sneaking behind Hoseok's back to hook up. How just a couple of minutes ago you did just that. Right before Namjoon told you the truth. The way he took your heart and broke it apart so ruthlessly. The sound of his laughter still rings in your head.
You nod before looking down at your lap.
Yoongi releases another sigh but this time he sounds absolutely exhausted. As if hearing what you said is draining him dry. A thought strikes you then causing you to nervously look his way.
"Do you think he'll tell Hoseok?"
Yoongi shakes his head. "Namjoon is stupid but he's not that stupid. He knows that if he does say something Hoseok will never let him live it down. They may be brothers but that's a grudge I don't think Hoseok will ever let go of." He scratches his face. "Why though?"
Your brows draw together in confusion. He sees your reaction and elaborates further.
"Why did you tell me all of this?"
You shrug. "I hate being here but after what just happened it's also come to hurt. I don't want to be here anymore and if not Minjeong you can help me get out."
He purses his lips as he looks off towards the side.
You know you really hit him hard with bad news that's making him question your sanity you're sure. And you also know you put him in a precarious situation between two brothers with their own issues. You can't imagine how this is making him feel right now but you hope this plea of yours will be heard.
Turning his attention back towards you he hums. "I'm going to need some time. You know that, right? We need a time where some if not all my brothers are gone from the house and it cant be obvious that it's me who helped you escape. I was the only one home when Minjeong left. If the same happens with you people will start asking questions. And Seokjin's lapdogs are already hot on your heels. I'm actually surprised no one caught you and Namjoon while knowing that."
You hate it but you know he's right.
Yoongi sighs again and crosses his arms. "And you need money and a place to stay."
"I have money," you say.
"From where?"
"From my old job. I saved up a lot."
He quirks a brow up in interest. "Did you open the account yourself or did the Baeks do it?"
You frown a little. "They did it for me."
He sucks his teeth. "You need to take that money out if the account is still open. They could close it whenever they want. I'm actually surprised you still have access to it... You do, right?"
You nod your head but then you send a questioning look his way. "When would be the best time to take it all out? As you know I'm stuck with Hoseok most of the time."
Yoongi purses his lips while he thinks. "It's not your first time leaving the house without him. I can take you out in guise of just wanting to spend time with you. We'll take all your money out then."
"Okay," you softly say.
"All that's left is to find you a place."
"Maybe Minjeong can help with that?"
"I don't have her number."
"I do."
Both his eyebrows raise in interest but before he can ask you answer.
"The day at the mall when we ran into her, she managed to pass me a note with her number on it. I have her listed under a different name so that if Hoseok finds it he won't know it's her."
Yoongi slowly nods his head. "Alright. Maybe we can work something out with her." He continues to nod until something hits him then. "Wait."
You hum questioningly. "What?"
He sends a look your way you don't like.
"What are you going to do without my brother's saliva?"
Realization dawns upon you then. Fuck. He's right.
This always seems to be the topic of conversation when it comes to these vampires and the option to go to a rehab looms over you.
As if he knows where your mind is going Yoongi speaks up.
"If you go to a rehab it'll have to be far from here. Hoseok wouldn't hesitate to find you the minute he knows you're gone and I don't doubt one of the first places he'll look into are rehab centers."
You don't want to go to a rehab. You didn't want to back when you were with your former Masters and you don't want to now either, but you're left with little options.
"I doubt Minjeong would be willing to help with that," you say but Yoongi shakes his head.
"I don't know if Minjeong's saliva is anything like ours but even then don't think about it. I'd prefer you make it out of here with me knowing you'll get some help."
Your form visibly deflates but you know he's just trying to do things right. The high is the only good thing about Hoseok and you're going to miss that. Tremendously.
Yoongi takes a deep breath in and gives another sigh with it. "Talk to Minjeong when you can and whatever she says relay it back to me. I want us to be on the same page. For now though we'll have to act like nothing is up. You can't leave just yet."
You nod before you're hit with a thought. "What about Namjoon?"
Yoongi hums. "Hoseok can't know anything."
"I know but I really don't want to be in a room alone with him... Not after today."
He sees the way a wave of sadness falls over you and hesitantly places a hand on your shoulder.
"Stick with Hoseok as much as possible. If he offers for you to stay with Namjoon let him know you'd rather be with him. Don't be too obvious about wanting to avoid our brother though because he'll suspect something is up."
You nod along to his words.
"And if for some reason you end up alone with Namjoon ignore him. I know that's easier said than done by don't take whatever bait he throws your way. Even if he says he wants to apologize don't fall for it. It'll just be another lie of many more to come."
It hurts knowing that this is how things are going to be between you and Namjoon. You enjoyed being with him. Fell for his affection that you now know to be fake. You wonder maybe if you wouldn't have confessed to him would he still have pretended to be yours?
You don't want to think about it. The wound is too fresh right now.
"Hey."
You look at Yoongi who gives you a soft look. He squeezes your shoulder gently before releasing you.
"It'll be okay. You'll see."
You can only hum in response.
He stands up from his bed and walks over to his nightstand where his phone lies. Picking it up he checks for the time and looks at you.
"It's going to be a while before Hoseok comes back. You're welcome to stay here until he does."
You look down at your bare feet and the shoes that lie by your side. You could stay here but right now you feel gross. After having done what you did with Namjoon - back before now you would have glowed but now you just feel dirty and used.
"I want to wash up first." The words leave you softly.
Yoongi grabs the remote that was next to his phone and turns on the TV. "Well when you're done you know where to find me."
You give him one last look before you grab your shoes and stand.
To be honest you don't want to be alone and you're thankful Yoongi is giving you a place to stay until Hoseok gets back. For now though you need to hide and lick your wounds so you can begin to heal. Even if you never fully do you need to at least try.
When you leave his room you look around you. Two maids are heading down towards the stairs and don't notice you coming out. You look off towards the direction of Namjoon's room but you don't see him. You wonder if he's still in there or if he left but you're not about to stick around and find out.
You hurriedly make your way to Hoseok's room and slip in. Once the door is closed silence is all that joins you. It's deafening after everything and you can't stand it.
Sighing you make your way over to the closet and drop your shoes off where Hoseok keeps them. You find fresh new pajamas and toss the ones from before and the clothes you wear now into the hamper. More than anything you want Namjoon's scent off of you and you actually feel bad knowing Hoseok will be able to smell him if he passes by the hamper. Not because you feel for Hoseok but because it'll serve as a reminder that you were with his brother. It makes you remove them and pull out some of the clothes that way you can bury them deep within the basket. With that done you head towards the shower.
You turn the water on and set it for something warm. Warmer than usual. As that settles you look into the mirror and see how puffy your face looks from all the crying. The sight of it makes your brows draw together as you frown.
The urge to cry is still there. When you have your heart broken that will happen to you. You feel stupid and embarrassed. Were there any signs you should have looked out for? Maybe there were you were just too absorbed in your emotions to care.
Namjoon's laughter still rings in your ears and the sound of it makes another wave of embarrassment to come over you.
Gods you're so stupid. When will you learn not to trust people so easily?
Fresh tears pool out of your eyes. You can't bring yourself to continue staring at your reflection so you turn around and head to the shower.
When the water touches your skin you welcome the slight burn. You need to wash yourself off of Namjoon. You feel violated in so many ways.
"I should have gotten you to jerk me off before breaking the news."
A broken sob leaves you and you find yourself full on crying now. You have to sit on the seating in the shower and cover your face as you cry.
It hurts. So much. Why did things have to be this way? Why do you have to be in so much pain and all because Namjoon saw you as fresh game? You were nothing but entertainment for him. Entertainment that willingly gave themself up. How could you be so stupid? There's no other answer to that other than that's just how you are. Stupid. It honestly makes you laugh a little but in a self-deprecating manner.
After a while of crying you stand up to shower. You want him off of you and you use the somewhat hot water to do that. Use your soap to do that. Scrub away at your skin to do that. You even wash your hair. All to be rid of Namjoon.
When you're done you feel raw but clean. Physically speaking because inside your soul you're far from it. After doing your skincare routine you get dressed in your pajamas and take the time to dry your hair. You want to take care of yourself after the blow you took so you take your time. You don't know how long it's been since everything that happened so you check the time and see that it's late into the day. Only the gods know how long it's going to take before Hoseok comes back. You could stay in his room until then despite Yoongi's offer. You feel embarrassed but you decide that yeah, staying with Yoongi might be better. Staying alone with your thoughts doesn't sound appealing to you. At all. So you put on your slippers with phone in hand and make your way back over to the thoughtful vampire. You're sure to check the halls though as you head over. You really don't want to bump into Namjoon. No one is in sight though and so you quickly make your way back to Yoongi.
You knock on the door and hear a soft "Come in" from inside. When you open the door you see Yoongi sat on his chair with a keyboard sat before him and on a foldable table something with many colorful squares on it and a laptop. His headphones are resting around his neck as he takes the chance to look at you.
"Better," he asks.
You nod your head.
He brings up the left part of his headphones up to cup his ear and presses the keyboard. It's silent so you suspect he can hear it through the headphones.
"You're welcome to watch TV while I work here."
"Are you sure?" You frown. "I don't want to bother you."
"You won't be bothering me. I wouldn't have invited you to stay if I thought you would be a bother."
You give him a barely there smile but it's enough for him to see and smile back.
You look at the TV he's left on for you and see it's showing a movie. It's one you've seen before and liked so you leave it on to watch.
Sitting on his bed you're afraid to do more than just that. You sit on the edge of his bed and just stare at the TV.
"You can lay in bed, Y/N."
Your brows shoot up as you look at Yoongi. He isn't even looking at you as he continues to mess with his things. You don't question him though as you slip off your slippers and settle into the middle of his bed. It's unmade and so you take the chance to slip beneath the silky smooth sheets and settle them up to your waist as you sit up against the pillows.
Your time spent here is finishing the movie that was on when you came here and getting a little over the halfway mark of the second one when your brain tries to remind you about what happened. It dampens your mood causing you to sigh. You pick up your phone to check out the games you have on it - anything to keep you distracted. It's when you unlock it do you realize something. You can text Minjeong. You access your contacts and find the pseudonym you have for her. Yoongi said to contact her and tell him everything she had to say. You wonder if she's available now but you'll give it a shot and see.
You: Minjeong?
You purse your lips and place the phone down to watch the movie again. You're giving Minjeong time to get back to you but you have to admit you're a little nervous. What if everything falls through? You don't even have a plan yet but you're expecting the worse.
You should have a little more faith in Yoongi, you think. He's really going to go out of his way to try and help you. And you don't know Minjeong that well but it seems like she truly wants to help too. After everything she's been through with Hoseok she came all this way to see you to try and help anyway. Would you have gone that far for a stranger? You honestly don't know.
Your phone vibrates after a moment and you're quick to pick it up but when you check you frown when you see it's from Hoseok instead.
Hoseok: I'm sorry I'm not home yet baby but this stuff takes a while. We'll more than likely do some today and the rest another time but for now just hold on.
Hoseok: I hope Namjoon isn't boring you or anything lol
Your frown grows deeper at the mention of his brother.
What should you type back?
You: It's okay.
But is it? You quickly type out a response to follow your two words.
You: Things are fine.
They are because you're with Yoongi but you won't mention that. You don't want Hoseok asking questions right now so you keep quiet about it.
Immediately afterwards Hoseok sends two emojis your way. A 鈽猴笍 and 馃槝 stare back at you but you make no effort to write back.
You place the phone back down and after a minute it buzzes again and you pick it up with clenched teeth thinking it's Hoseok but you're surprised to see it's Minjeong instead.
Dawn: Who is this?
You're quick to type back in hopes of getting a positive response.
You: It's Y/N. This is Minjeong right?
You trap your bottom lip between your teeth as you stare at the screen.
Minjeong wouldn't have given you a fake number you're sure but you just needed to make sure it was her you were texting.
Dawn: Y/N! Yes it's me. How are you?
Distraught and embarrassed for starters but you won't say that - instead something else.
You: I'm okay I guess...
You: You were right. About Namjoon. He isn't who I thought he was.
When you press send you have to bite your lip harder to prevent the urge to cry.
The answer comes after a few seconds.
Dawn: I'm sorry Y/N. I don't know who you thought he was to you but now you see the truth. None of the brothers can be trusted. Only Yoongi.
You: I see that now..
You pause with a sniffle. No. You're not going to cry over Namjoon again. You won't let him have that power over you.
Minjeong doesn't text you back but you don't want to end it here. You have to start making a plan.
You: Yoongi admitted that he saved you. He's willing to help me get out too. Money isn't an issue but I need a place to stay.
You: He said I should go to a rehab but not near here. Do you maybe know any around you? How far do you live if that's okay to know?
It takes a while for a response. So much so that you figure she's either busy or hesitant to tell you where she lives. You wouldn't blame her then if that's the case. How can she trust that you won't say anything to Hoseok? She doesn't know you like that. But when you least expect it she answers you.
Dawn: I live around 7-8 hours away which is enough distance needed between you and Hoseok. I can look into rehab centers for you and I'll let you know what I find.
Dawn: How much money do you have? Unless you have health insurance you'll need to pay for your stay and once you're better we'll need to find you a home.
You know she's right. You don't know how much they'll charge you at the rehab and you don't plan on overstaying more than you need to. You saved enough money you believe so you tell her.
You: Trust me it's enough. I've been saving since I first started working and that's when I was 13.
Dawn: That sounds good. Even then I'll be willing to help with any expenses you might need so don't think you'll be alone in this.
That's kind of her. To be honest the whole idea of escaping has you nervous because of the what-ifs but having both Minjeong and Yoongi by your side makes you feel a little better.
You: Thank you. Honestly.
Dawn: It's no problem.
Dawn: After everything, if you feel comfortable to, we can set up a restraining order against Hoseok for you. I want to make sure he's out of your life for good.
She's making sure to let you know she'll go through thick and thin for you. It sounds almost too good to be true but she proved to you how far she'll go when she came all this way to see you at the mall.
7-8 hours. That's how far away she lives and yet she came anyway. Would you have ever gone that far for someone you don't know? Especially when it meant you'll run into your kidnapper again? Minjeong is selfless unlike you you believe because you don't think you ever could.
You: Thank you.
Dawn: Of course.
Dawn: I'll start looking into rehab centers nearby. I'll let you know what I find and what the best options are.
You: Okay. I'll let Yoongi know what's up. He wants to be informed as much as possible before any attempts to leave are made.
Dawn: That sounds good.
Dawn: He's a really good guy. Let's be thankful for him.
You are thankful for Yoongi. The only "normal" brother you've come to truly realize. Namjoon didn't lie about that at least.
You don't know what else to say so you leave it at that. Looking over to Yoongi you see that he's still working on his music. He's been very quiet as you watch TV and even now after your talk with Minjeong. You wonder when would be the best time to tell him about the texts but you don't want to bother him. He's so focused on his work. The more you stare at him the more your thoughts on Minjeong cloud your mind. You wonder how the chance to help her escape came about. We're they already talking about it between each other or was it a spontaneous decision on Yoongi's part? Minjeong was being drugged by Hoseok and so you wonder how he managed to get her out undetected by staff. You would ask Minjeong but would she remember correctly because of the drugs? What was Hoseok using on her anyway?
"You're staring at me."
You jump at the sound of Yoongi's voice.
He raises his head up to look at you before moving his headphones down around his neck. "Something on your mind?"
"Oh." You blink a few times. You weren't expecting to get caught. "Um I talked to Minjeong."
His brows raise a little. "What did she say?"
You cross your legs beneath the sheets as you sit up a little. "She said she's going to look up rehab centers for me around where she lives and that she'll help me out moneywise if need be."
Yoongi nods his head. "That's good. Anything else?"
"Just that if I'm comfortable with it that she'll help me get a restraining order on Hoseok."
His expression is carefully neutral but you can't imagine how he must feel.
"I'm sorry," you say. "This must be tough with Hoseok being your brother and all."
He shrugs. "I want the best for my brother but I can't help him when he's wrong."
Still but you won't push the subject.
Yoongi stretches in his seat with his arms reaching up above. You swear you hear his shoulders pop and it's only then does he sigh in relief.
"Are you hungry," he asks.
To be honest, after what you've been through no you're not but you know you need to eat.
You shrug in response but it's enough for Yoongi to pull out his phone and start searching for something.
"Is there anything you'd like to order?"
You shrug again but realize he can't see you as he continues to go through his phone.
"I'm fine with anything."
Yoongi hums. "Thai it is."
You can't help but to huff a laugh. Yoongi is oftentimes entertaining without meaning to be.
Taking off his headphones Yoongi lies them beside his laptop before standing up from his seat to head into his bathroom without a word. The man is so quiet but it doesn't make you feel uncomfortable. You have a lot of trust in him and for a moment you wonder if you really should. All of his brothers turned out to be problematic in their own ways. What made Yoongi any different from them? It's because of Minjeong why you believe in the best of him and you're holding on to hope that he won't turn his back on you. So far so good, right?
You nod to yourself before looking towards the TV. You'll continue to trust him until for whatever the reason may be you can't anymore.
Yoongi finishes up in the bathroom and comes out with a sigh. "Here," he says. He hands you his phone. "Get what you want. I'll handle the rest."
You grab his phone and check through the menu. He's nice enough to order food for you and you feel like you can't deny his want to help you out. He's done enough so far: listening to you when you needed to be heard, comforting you, letting you stay with him until Hoseok comes back. You appreciate him. Truly you do.
Once you find something you hand him back his phone and he's quick to order what he wants as well.
"It won't be long," he says. "The Thai place is close by."
You hum. "Thank you."
Yoongi looks at you with a brow raised.
"For everything. You don't have to do any of the things that you're doing but you are and I appreciate it."
He shrugs. "It's nothing."
"No really." Your fingers play with the edge of the blanket. "I know I'm asking for a lot - wanting to escape and all of that but you're being very selfless."
He comes over to sit next to you on the bed. "Continue. You're doing wonders for my ego."
You can't help but laugh and it makes him smile. A smile that shows his gums and looks absolutely endearing on him.
He grows a little serious then as he speaks. "I don't mind helping. I feel like I have to make up for my brothers' faults in some way."
"It's not your responsibility though," you say.
"I know but someone has to do something and we both know it's not going to be Hoseok or any of the others."
Before you thought it would have been Namjoon but now you know that's a lie. It's just you, Yoongi, and Minjeong now. You don't know if you should feel sad or not about that.
Yoongi seems to notice your thoughts are straying from something positive because he questions you on it.
"What are you thinking about?"
Your eyes drift over to him for a moment. "Do you honestly want to know?"
He nods.
Sighing you sit up a little straighter. When did you hunch over so much? Like the weight of your thoughts are too heavy to bare.
"Namjoon."
Yoongi purses his lips as he takes a slow and even breath in before releasing it with his words.
"It's going to be hard getting over it but over time you will."
Your shoulders sag. "I wish things would have been different between us."
"In what way?"
"I wish I never fell for him. That we should have stayed as friends. Maybe then his lies wouldn't have hurt as much as they did."
"Either way you shouldn't let those type of thoughts consume you." He leans his weight onto his hand. "The more you let the what-ifs and "I shouldn't have/I should haves" bother you you'll never be able to heal. All it's going to do is ruin you and let Namjoon win."
Let Namjoon win... You don't want that to happen of course but a part of you just wants to wallow in self-pity even though you know you shouldn't.
"Have you ever had your heart broken?"
Yoongi continues to stare at you. "No but I imagine it doesn't feel good."
"It doesn't." You sigh. "I know you're right I'm just - it hurts is all."
He hums. "We should find a distraction then. For now at least until it hurts a little less."
Your brow raises in interest. "What kind of distraction?"
He stands up from his bed and walks over to the area where his equipment is set up. "I normally don't let anyone listen to my unfinished work but I think I can make one exception. For now at least."
He unplugs his headphones to bring his laptop over to the bed. On the screen are a series of things you can't bring yourself to understand but you know they must be related to music. You watch as Yoongi brings up a window filled with files labeled by numbers and he clicks on one of them. When it opens music begins to play.
It starts of with a slow beat accompanied by a rap that picks up speed a few seconds in. The lyrics talk about the extreme choices between what are truth and lies and you find yourself bopping your head along to it.
Yoongi doesn't say a word as you listen to it until the beat continues without the rap. Here he brings the music to a stop and looks at you.
"I don't have the rest of the rap written so it just stops there. Once I figure out what else I want I'll take the time to finish it."
"It's really really good," you say. "And I'm not just saying that because you're in front of me."
A small smile dances on the edge of his lips as a warm blush coats his cheeks. "There are other stuff too."
He clicks on another one and lets it play. One after another. Finished ones as well as incomplete ones.
You learn that Yoongi can both rap and sing even Jungkook who helps his older brother fill in as samples for his incompleted work. That way when he hands off his song to someone else they know what is expected of them. You also learn that DJing is just a small portion of what he can do. He enjoys making music for others to listen to and has done a variety of genres since he was teenager. Whatever genre there is Yoongi has done already and he has a discography made up of many of them from almost all the years of his life. You're heavily impressed and express that to him to which his cheeks grow pinker and the more he talks.
You realize Yoongi loves to talk about the things that make him happy. His voice level raises a bit as he talks more. It's endearing to watch and hear him grow happier by the second because he's talking about his first love: music. You wish there was something in your life that made you this excited to talk about. Maybe someday but for now you'll live vicariously through Yoongi.
"I'm amazed honestly," you say. "You sing, you rap, you play the piano and the guitar. You're a skilled producer that learned everything on his own. That's really impressive, Yoongi."
He gives a shy laugh as he closes the container from the food he ordered you two earlier. While you guys listened to his music you ate happily.
"I'm being serious. I really like your work."
"Thank you," he says with a smile.
He looks so shy but he's glowing with your praise. It makes you smile.
Yoongi gathers his flash drives with his music on them. They're there not because you went through every song on them but because he would grab one here and there to have you listen to specific songs. You're glad the two of you could bond this way as he was the only brother you haven't spent some time with. He showed you a side to himself you've never seen and it warms your heart to know he felt comfortable enough with you to show this side. He even admitted that he doesn't like showing his unfinished work but he did with you. You know it was to distract you from your glaring problem with Namjoon but you appreciate he did that nonetheless.
"I have more work in my study but that can be for another time."
Another time. Yeah, you'd like that.
"Thank you, Yoongi."
He hums in question with both brows raised.
"Thank you for keeping me distracted and for sharing your music with me. You didn't have to but you did and I appreciate it."
A small smile graces his lips as he shrugs. "It's no problem."
You mimic his smile with one of your own.
You enjoyed your time with him and not just because of your issue with Namjoon. For being the most sweetest of the brothers the two of you haven't really gotten to know each other. While he showed you his music he asked for your favorites. The topic then went to movies as you both talked about movie soundtracks. His passion for music made you feel inspired and you expressed that to which he gave you one of his endearing smiles. You talked on and on about music until it felt like there was nothing left about it to talk about.
Your time together was fun and you hope to end this nightmare of a day/night on a positive note because of him.
As he puts his things away you gather your trash from the food you ate and place them into the bag it came in.
"You don't have to do that." Yoongi says. "I can handle it."
"No no it's fine. I made a mess just as much as you did so let me help out."
He doesn't fight you on it and so you continue to clean up.
The sound from the TV accompanies you as you two work around each other. You don't even know what movie is playing right now but it doesn't really have your attention. Your conversation with Yoongi was your main form of entertainment.
Speaking of who, he turns to you after a minute and stares at you with an unreadable expression. You look up at him and raise your brows in question.
"Everything okay," you ask.
He licks his lips and nods. "I just... I'm going to try my best to get you out of here."
Your features soften at his words and something akin to warmth floods your chest. Happiness you think it is. Peace. Gratefulness.
You smile. "Thank you."
He gives you that half smile he oftentimes gives and it makes your own stretch until you show your teeth.
You know you have to give him time. You don't want to wait anymore than what you truly have to but these things take time. You have to wait for Minjeong to get back to you with the list of rehabs around her area and then formulate a plan to get out of here and how to head to her. Things Iike this don't happen overnight and so you'll wait. At least you have Yoongi on your side in this house. He's the breath of fresh air you've been needing to survive here. Hopefully until the very end.
80 notes View notes
ana-rose1 10 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 45
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 8,728
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 45 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Fingering, Angst
Prev | Next
Waking up today you realize your stomach doesn't hurt as bad anymore. Still Hoseok wants to take you to the pharmacy to take your meds out.
Like many other places you've never been to a pharmacy before. Anything you needed because you were sick was given to you by Ji-Woon or one of the other maids. It's moments like this where you realize that you very much lived a sheltered life back at the Baeks'.
The weather is surprisingly warm so you dress in short sleeves but carry a cardigan with you. Hoseok is dressed similarly to you with a short sleeve black shirt and jeans. It's his need to want to show off that you're a couple by matching clothes. You could care less for things like that but it's what Hoseok wants and you can't deny him because he won't allow it.
You're sat in the passenger seat of his car and you watch as he readies everything before setting off.
"If you're good maybe we can get something to eat on the way back home," he says.
You shoot a look his way he doesn't catch as he starts up the car and drives.
If you're good. As if you were a child. He always does this. Gods he infuriates you.
"You say that almost every time we go out."
Hoseok exits through the gates before giving you a quick look. "I'm just letting you know is all. Especially after your-"
"Escape attempt. I know." You roll your eyes before looking out the window.
You hear him sigh as he continues to drive.
"I know you want me to trust you more it's just," he pauses. "I'm a little paranoid that you might try again. You can't blame me for feeling this way."
You want to huff an indignant laugh but you refrain from doing so. Instead you shake your head.
Hoseok reaches out for your hand to hold onto your lap. His grip isn't too tight nor too soft but enough to know you can't shake him off. He lets go of it from time to time when he needs to use his hand for something else but holds onto you quickly after.
When you reach the pharmacy Hoseok states you are there. You don't know what you were expecting but when you reach the red and white building with 'Pharmacy written across it it doesn't seem real.
Hoseok grabs your scripts he left rolled up in the cup holder and gives you a quick look. "Come on," he says when you don't move.
You unbuckle your seat belt and slip out of the car slowly as you look around. You can see through some of the foliage that there's a lake by the pharmacy. You'd like to check it out but Hoseok cuts off your view with his body.
His hands come up to cup your face before kissing your forehead.
"Please be good," he whispers across your skin but you hear him all the same.
He grabs your hand and leads you inside the building where the air is on. It doesn't feel as cold as it did in the hospital so you don't regret leaving your cardigan in the car. Your eyes dart here and there as you try to take everything in but Hoseok is walking fast towards the back of the pharmacy so you don't have a chance to. It makes you pout a little but you say nothing.
When you look forward you see Hoseok took you to sealed off area with openings for people to talk through with the pharmacists. No one is in line in the named 'Drop-off' location so Hoseok takes you directly up to it. There's a pharmacist right before you and she's typing on the computer and doesn't acknowledge you at first. You figure whatever she's doing is too important to stop and so you wait as you look around.
There are so many things around you. Mostly made up of necessities but you see a section of toys as well. Your attention is everywhere so that when the pharmacist speaks up you jump a little.
"How can I help you today," she asks.
Hoseok hands her your scripts with a small smile.
"Just need these two scripts, Cindy."
She smiles as she begins to type in the information from the scripts. She doesn't say anything as she does this and Hoseok doesn't try to make a conversation with her.
You look off towards your side and think about the lake.
Again, like many places, you've never been to a lake. Not any body of water to be exact so no oceans either. Anything you know is from media and you find that you're wanting to check it out. Hoseok seems to realize your attention is somewhere else because he squeezes your hand for a second to draw your attention to him.
You hum questioningly as you look at him.
"Something on your mind, pretty girl?"
You haven't heard him call you that in a while so for a moment you're caught off guard before you look off towards the front of the building.
"There's a lake here."
Hoseok nods. "Yeah. It's called Newton Lake. A nice little area to fish in or just to relax around."
Your attention is still facing towards the front of the pharmacy and it seems like he's getting where you're going with this.
"Do you want to go to the lake?"
You look up at him and nod.
He smiles. "Then we'll go. But first your medicine and then we can grab something to eat and come back for the lake, okay?"
You nod your head again.
That sounded good enough to you.
A minute later Cindy asks for you birth date and you tell her. She writes it down onto the scripts and tells you the wait would be 15 minutes. Hoseok isn't bothered by it and leads you over to a seating area where you both sit down.
You slip your hands under your thighs as Hoseok rests his arm over the back of your seat. His legs are crossed and he sighs when he leans back.
"Have an idea of what you would like to eat," he asks.
Shrugging your shoulders you look at him. "I don't know what there is around here."
His brows raise slightly and he nods. "Well there's the Korean place, McDonald's, Friday's, pizza - it's up to you."
You're not unfamiliar with some of the ones he's mentioned. You've been taken to them if not by him then one of the other guys. McDonald's is new to you believe it or not so you shrug your shoulders again before you speak.
"McDonald's I guess."
"McDonald's it is then." You can hear the smile in his voice. "I don't think I've ever taken you there, right?"
"No you haven't."
"There's a first for everything." He sits up a little in his seat. "It's not something I try to eat all the time but it's pretty good. There's a variety of things but it's mostly made up of burgers and fries but there is a salad and nuggets if you prefer that."
You've had homemade burgers before but that's it. You'll see what variety they have when the time comes.
You cross your arms and lean back. It seems like you're going to be spending most of your time today with Hoseok. You were hoping you'd be spending it with Namjoon so you can talk to him. After your talk with Yoongi last night you came to the realization that something must be up. He's warned you against his brother before but this is the first time he's divulged that much information about it.
He's prone to lying... You don't want to believe that. Even Minjeong said how Namjoon couldn't be trusted.
A heavy feeling settles into the pit of your stomach.
You really don't want to believe them or maybe they're right but things are different with you because Namjoon likes you. How far would a man go for a lie? It just didn't make sense to you and if it were a lie what are his motives? He loves Hoseok. He wouldn't hurt him, right? What the two of you have is something that was built over time. He couldn't help the way he fell for you. The same way you fell for him.
There are so many things you want to believe and not want to believe. You're not going to break your head over it right now because you don't want Hoseok asking you questions on why you're so quiet - on why you seem so worried. You'll save this for another time. For a time when you know you'll have Namjoon to yourself.
Hoseok spends his time playing with your hair and look down at his phone. Your time is spent with you spacing out and it's with a pat to your back that you snap out of it. You look around and towards Hoseok who smiles at you.
"Your meds are ready, baby."
"Oh," you say as you stand up.
Time went by fast. You're actually grateful for that because you no longer have to sit here and wait in silence.
You join Hoseok by the register where they ring you up. Everything is fine as Hoseok signs electronically and pays for your medicine. You don't have health insurance since you're not under the Baeks anymore but Hoseok doesn't seem to mind to pay for you. He does mention though that he'll have you under his health insurance too. You don't say anything about it. You can't find a reason to other than some day you won't be needing it once you're gone but that's for another time.
Once everything is done you two head out.
"I'll give you your medicine once we get something to drink. You said McDonald's, right?"
You nod your head with a hum.
"McDonald's it is then." He smiles widely as you both get inside the car.
He pulls out then to drive you off towards your destination. "After we get something to eat I'll take you to the lake. Be forewarned though, the geese there are kind of mean. Meaner than most. So hopefully they don't bother us while we eat," he chuckles.
You hum. "I've only seen geese once before. They flew into the garden and the servants had to chase them out."
From the corner of your eye you see Hoseok give you a quick look.
"In our garden?"
"No," you say. "Back at the Baeks'."
He makes an "Ah" sound. "Well thankfully that hasn't happened to us. The only issue we ever had were moles but that's been taken care of years ago."
It's your turn to give an "Ah" but no words follow after.
"You okay, my love?"
You look at him then out your window. "I'm fine. Just don't know what to talk about."
He hums. "I thought you were upset or something."
Shaking your head you look out the dashboard window and see as you come up to a series of restaurants that line up your right. One of them is McDonald's and you visibly perk when Hoseok drives into the drive-in.
You see that there's a big menu on Hoseok's side and you lean over to check it out. There's a person right in front of you talking through a speaker box which briefly catches your attention.
"Get anything you want. Just as long as you get something to drink too for your meds."
You purse your lips as you eye the menu the best you can. There's a variety of burgers to choose from and you guess on what they must taste like. Both that and you see the other stuff Hoseok had mentioned as choices. It takes you a minute to figure out what you want and you tell Hoseok who smiles. The person in front of you moves forward so Hoseok can come up to the speaker box and reiterates what you told him along with his own order when prompted. After he's told the price he moves around the building to pay for it all.
"I think you'll like your choice," he tells you. "It's actually Jimin's favorite to order."
At the mention of his brother's name you scrunch up your nose in distaste. Hoseok catches it when he looks over to you and laughs.
"It's okay to have things in common with him. Even if they're minor."
You huff. "I don't know if you remember correctly but I have a reason not to like him."
"Don't think I don't know." Hoseok says seriously. "I haven't forgiven him for that. I don't think I ever will. Even though he's my brother he fucked up. You're my everything and I wouldn't want you to feel so unsafe like that ever again."
Your eyes draw over to him. He doesn't look as bubbly as he did earlier. The contrast between his emotions then and now are bold. He looks like he means every single word that comes out of his mouth and you don't know how that makes you feel.
The brothers mean the world to each other. They forgive each other for everything and make excuses for all of their faults. To hear Hoseok condemn Jimin for his actions and hear how he's defending you in all of this - it all seems unreal.
Hoseok pulls up to the second window and thanks the person for the food and drinks. He doesn't see the way you stare at him.
You don't know how this news makes you feel but you know for sure that Hoseok is still Hoseok. He still gave you his saliva knowing what would happen and he still took you from your home. It's disappointing really.
You watch as he drives off and when he turns his head to look both ways he catches you looking at him and makes a questioning sound.
"What," he asks.
You shake your head before looking out the window. "Nothing."
"You were staring at me. Why?"
"It was nothing."
You don't catch the way he smiles as he drives off. It's probably best that you didn't.
"Well let's head off towards the lake. I know a good spot. It's usually Seokjin's go-to when he wants to fish near home."
You can only hum in response.
Hoseok turns on the radio but keeps the volume low. Something to fill the air of silence you guess. He flips through every station with a quickness. Whether it's because the radio DJ is talking or because he hears a beat of music he's not into, he quickly changes it until he finds one where the person rapping catches his attention. His fingers tap against the steering wheel to the beat and you figure he's heard this particular song before.
"I never took you for a rap person," you say.
He chuckles. "I like it. Yoongi got me into it."
You figured as much. Yoongi and Taehyung seem to be the only ones that has express their interest in music but as the one who actually dabbles with it on a personal level Yoongi must have some influence on his brothers.
"How about you?" Hoseok interrupts your thoughts. "What's your favorite genre of music?"
You shrug. "I'm fine with anything really but I really like rock."
To this his brows raise high as he takes a quick look at you. "Really? Never would have thought of that."
"What do you think I'd be into?"
He smiles. "I don't know. Pop mostly, not rock. Are you into the heavier parts of rock Iike metal or is it just regular rock?"
"I like some metal like heavy metal but I'm fine with just rock in of itself."
"Okay," he says with a nod. "You should introduce me to some of the bands you like and maybe in turn I'll show you which rappers I like."
You catch yourself smiling. Is it because you're interested in that proposal or is it because that day may never come? Right now your sanity is relying on Namjoon. If he turns out to be who Yoongi and Minjeong claims he is you don't know what you're going to do about that. You'll have to rely on Minjeong or maybe even Yoongi to get you out of Hoseok's clutches. You really hope their wrong though because you really did fall in love with him.
You're going to give him the benefit of the doubt because he's really shown you how much of a sweetheart he is. Yeah you two are doing things behind Hoseok's back which is wrong in some ways but you believe that you and Namjoon are just meant to be. That's why you'll hold onto hope that Yoongi and Minjeong are wrong. Maybe he's changed. Maybe...
A few minutes later you pass the pharmacy and roll around near the lake. You see some people fishing here and there and the geese Hoseok was talking about. They're out and about without anyone bothering them as your eyes try to take in everything around the area. Hoseok finally pulls up next to the curb and from there you see a nice shaded area that sticks out towards the water.
"Here," you ask.
"Yup." He takes off his seat belt. "But first, your medicine."
You look back towards him and look at the paper bag he picks up to open. Two small bottles come out to which Hoseok reads before popping them open.
"This one you have to take twice a day," he says as he hands over the pill. "I'll give it to you again before bed. And this one," he checks the bottle before opening it. "You take this one once a day."
You take the other pill from him as he puts a straw into your cup of soda before handing it to you.
You're quick to take the pills and wince a little at how strong the carbonation is.
"All done?"
You nod your head.
"Good. Grab your drink. I'll grab everything else."
The first thing you do is put on your cardigan. The area you'll be sitting at is shaded and you're worried you might feel chilly. After that you grab your drink and slip out of the car and wait for Hoseok to join you. When he does he leads you over to his brother's fishing spot.
Looking around you take in everything around you. Two small trees hang over the landing you're standing on with bits of sunlight peeking through the leaves. Two sets of benches rest on either side of the cement landing that sticks out into the still water. It's such a nice area that you can't help but to give a nod of approval. It's beautiful.
Hoseok sits down on the bench on the left and invites you over to sit down next to him.
"Here's your food, baby. Eat up."
You sit down and take the food from him. It smells good and the first thing you find yourself eating is the fries and then the burger. It's actually really good you can't help but to hum in content.
"You like it?" Hoseok asks after swallowing his food. He's smiling in an enamored way.
You nod your head before swallowing. "I like it."
"Good," he says before taking another bite of his food. "That makes me happy to hear."
The two of you enjoy the sound of leaves rustling as you eat. It feels peaceful out here and you watch as a man and who you assume to be his son paddling through the water with fishing poles hanging off the side. They're enjoying themselves, talking and laughing happily.
It's a bit odd you think. How everyone's lives just keep going while yours is far from that level of normalcy. It's a bit depressing to think about so you try to ignore it. You've done enough worrying that can last a lifetime and all of that can be dealt with another time. Not now. You just want peace.
"Maybe some day we can come here to fish. I know Seokjin would love that."
You raise your eyebrow in Hoseok's direction. "That's if he likes me."
"What makes you think he doesn't like you?"
"Hoseok," you start. "The majority of your brothers don't like me. Taehyung has been nice but he's made it very clear that he'll drop me for any small reason. Jungkook is self-explanatory and so is Jimin. Yoongi and Namjoon are the only exception."
"But what about Seokjin. I feel like he's been nice to you." He takes some fries to eat and talks around them. "Unless there's something I don't know about?"
You purse your lips as you think about the day when Seokjin basically admitted to spying on you. And of course yesterday when Yoongi caught the maid listening in for Seokjin. It makes you cringe.
"I'm just entertainment for him. Nothing more."
Hoseok sighs before straightening his back a little. "We're all entertainment for him but that doesn't mean he doesn't care." He takes a sip of his drink. "He has an odd way of showing it but trust me he cares."
You roll your eyes. "Whatever you say."
Hoseok giggles. "I mean it. One of these days let's go fishing with him. He'll like it and I'm sure you will too. Let's do it before it gets too cold though."
You won't deny or agree with him. You'll just let it be. Let him believe what he wants to believe.
You finish up your burger but still have some fries left. Hoseok is in the same boat and you both eat them in continued silence until you hear it. The calling of geese.
They slowly make their way across the water and you think they would ignore you but it seems the smell of food is what's drawing their attention.
"Oh no." Hoseok says. He bags your trash and scoots himself to the edge of the seat.
"Maybe they're just passing by."
The one in lead of the geese flaps its wings as they draw closer. Once they're near the edge of the landing Hoseok stands up.
"Move Y/N."
You're about to stand up when you hear one of the geese hiss and flap their wings at Hoseok.
Hoseok lets out a scream you've never heard from him before. It startles you a little but it also makes you laugh.
The geese hiss again and you think it's about to bite Hoseok until you grab your fries and and toss them into the water. They immediately move towards it and begin fishing it out to eat. You don't know if they can eat fries but it was the first thing that came to your mind to do.
In the moment of their distraction Hoseok snatches your trash.
"Get up, get up! Let's go!"
You're not in a hurry to leave. At least not until you stand up and one of the geese turns towards you to hiss. You yelp when it comes over for more food and nearly trip when Hoseok grabs you by your hand and tugs you away.
You're out of the way now on the grass. When you look at Hoseok he keeps shaking his head saying "No, no, no." You can't help but to laugh.
"Why are you laughing," he asks.
You just laugh some more. "You really don't like geese do you?"
He shakes his head again. "Not these ones. I told you they were really mean."
Your eyes close as you laugh and the sound of it seems to calm Hoseok down though because not a second later he begins to laugh too.
The two of you must look like a pair of weirdos laughing the way you are laughing. Like you didn't just come across one of Hoseok's fears and battled against it with some fries in hand. You don't know why it was so hilarious but seeing this new side of Hoseok caught you off guard.
He eases off from laughing and looks at you lovingly before straightening out and tugging on your hand.
"Come on. Let's go back home."
He pulls you along with him but you dig your heels into the ground.
"Wait!"
He turns to face you with a questioning look to which you answer.
"What about our drinks?"
His eyes follow the way you thumb back towards that hellhole flock of geese and he gets a chill that runs up his spine.
"Leave it. I don't like littering but today's an exception."
Your brow raises in his direction and you can't help but to huff a laugh.
"Sure whatever."
Hoseok tugs on you again and brings you into his side where he kisses your temple. You know he's over the moon having gotten such a positive reaction from you. You couldn't help it though.
You two toss your trash in a nearby bin before heading home. Today, so far, has been okay. It's been filled with entertainment despite your situation and despite how bad you want to have the chance to talk to Namjoon you keep your cool.
When you reach home you give a long, big stretch once you step out of the car. Hoseok rounds around the car to step in front of you and slips his arms around your waist.
"Did you have a good time," he asks.
Yeah actually you did so you nod.
He smiles. "That's good."
He gives you a look of endearment before leaning in to kiss you.
With every movement of your lips your hands climb higher and until they grip his upper back tightly. The motion makes his lips part and hungrily do you accept his tongue as it slips between your own.
You weren't expecting him to give you a hit so early into the day but he is and you're all for it. Maybe you should laugh more often if that's the case. Even though this time was actually at his expense.
Your tongues mingle and dance with one another as your head swims in ecstasy. You're flying high as your knees almost buckle beneath the sweet pleasure but Hoseok holds you close to him. He'll never let you fall.
He pulls back slightly so he can nip your bottom lip to which you whimper. His tongue laves over the spot before he hums in content. Slipping his hands towards the back of your thighs he hikes you up so your legs wrap around his waist and he holds you tight.
He gives a small laugh at your predicament. "I didn't mean to do that but kissing you is too much fun."
You hum as you bury your face into the juncture of his neck.
He laughs again and carries you off from the garage into the house where it doesn't feel as chilly.
Your arms slip from behind him and around his shoulders so you can hang onto him better. You feel the way his arms are secured around you and so you only sway the slightest bit as he carries you around.
"Where to, my love?"
It takes you a second to realize he was talking to you. You rub your face into him and shrug.
"Anywhere. I don't care," you slur.
He doesn't say anything in response. You just let him carry you off towards wherever.
When you start to wind down a little you see he's taken you to his room where he lies you down gently on top of the bed. He hovers above you with his hands pressed on the mattress on either side of your head.
"Hi there," he says.
"Hi."
He leans in to press a kiss to your forehead then the tip of your nose. You think he's going to kiss your lips again but he sighs instead. The reason behind it you'll see comes in the shape of his brother.
There's a knock on his door where Hoseok welcomes them in. You can't see his face from where you lay but you hear Seokjin's voice.
"I see that I'm interrupting something but I need you."
Hoseok undoes your legs from around him. "For?"
"It's time for a restock."
"I thought we had some time before so?"
Seokjin hums in a disagreeing manner. "I thought so too but someone bought in bulk so we're running out stock a little faster than we originally thought."
Sighing Hoseok looks back down to you and he looks like he's fighting with himself. Should he stay or should he go? Seokjin seems to realize this because he comes up with a solution.
"Namjoon is on his way home right now. If you want leave her here and he'll come and fetch her. I'll have him restock his portion later."
There's a pause.
"You know I wouldn't bother you if it weren't for the fact that yours is one of the more popular ones people prefer."
"I know. I know." Hoseok says.
He leans over you again and presses a chaste kiss to your lips.
"Can I trust you," he whispers to you though you know Seokjin can still hear him.
The high is slowly slipping away but you understand what's happening and so you nod.
"Words, baby."
You lick your lips. "You can trust me."
His eyes bounce back and forth between your own like he isn't sure, but you don't know what it is he sees in them. Whatever it is leaves him feeling sure and he's convinced you won't run away.
"Okay," he says.
He gives you one more kiss before he pulls back and leaves you alone on the bed so he can join his oldest brother.
The door shuts gently behind him and the sound of it being shut is all that joins you in this sudden silence. You look around you as the high begins to dissipate.
Hoseok left you alone. Maybe back then you would have escaped but without a sure enough plan you know it's best to wait.
Despite the high that lingered in you you're sure you heard Seokjin say Namjoon is on his way. The thought of him soothes one side of you but another makes you feel a little anxious. Maybe this is the chance you were waiting for. You'll ask from him the truth. Is Minjeong lying? Is Yoongi lying? You're honestly a little afraid of the answer. You hope they are lying but then if they are then what is the reason for that?
You sigh and pull out your phone and access your contacts. You search for Namjoon and begin to type him a message. It's a few times do you type something out then erase it until you settle for something a little more lighthearted.
You: Seems like you're on baby sitting duty today."
It takes a couple of minutes before your phone pings with a message from him.
Namjoon: I heard. Seokjin rang me up a minute after you texted me.
Namjoon: I don't mind though ;)
You huff a laugh before sitting up.
Namjoon: Head to my room. I'll see you in a few.
Your brows raise slightly.
This will be the first time you'll be alone in a room that isn't Hoseok's. Namjoon must really trust you. Just that thought makes you feel a little bad because your trust in Namjoon is wavering a little.
With that thought in mind you stand up and head to his room but that's not without you looking around to make sure no one spots you. It'll be known with Hoseok and even Seokjin that you'll be spending time with Namjoon but you don't appreciate people sneaking up on you the way that one maid did yesterday with Yoongi. No one is around though and so you take the chance to hurriedly make your way over to Namjoon's.
The first thing that hits you when you open the door is his soft scent. It comforts you as you look around before deciding to sit on his bed. You don't want to touch anything in case it breaks.
When you look down at the sheets you note it's the same ones he had on the first time he touched you. Of course it's been washed since then but it doesn't stop the warmth of embarrassment to coat your cheeks.
You pull out your phone and reread his message to you a few times before deciding to erase it. If you want Hoseok off your back you can't keep any of the messages you send out and receive. Especially when it's with Namjoon.
You're about to sigh while you wait but then the door suddenly opens to reveal Namjoon. He wasn't kidding when he said he'll be home in a few. It doesn't stop you from jumping when the door swings open.
He's dressed in a button-down long sleeve shirt with cufflinks that shimmer beneath the light. His pressed slacks cover his long legs and you catch yourself staring for too long to which he chuckles.
"Hey there, princess."
You smile up at him. "Hey."
It's like all of your problems seemingly wash away at the sound of his voice. You're disgustingly in love with this man.
He walks over to you and places a kiss onto your forehead before pulling back to undo his shirt.
You can't help but stare when he reveals a thin shirt he has beneath the long sleeve. His arms are bare and you note the way his muscles flex with every movement he does. You clear your throat then as you try and find something to talk about.
"I um... I hear that you guys have to stock up."
Namjoon pauses by his hamper as he went to toss his shirt away. His head slowly turns towards you and he has a frown.
"Something wrong?"
Your brows furrow together. "What do you mean?"
He slips his other shirt off and reveals to you his body. You can't help the way your mouth dries up at the sight of his toned abs.
"You never like talking about work so I thought something might be wrong."
He's right. You don't like talking about his work. His look of worry let's you know he's concerned and for a short minute you wonder how you could ever doubt his interest in you.
Namjoon walks over and sits down in front of you. His hand comes up to caress your face where you lean your head into him. Your hand comes up to cover his own and he smiles.
"Talk to me, princess. What's on your mind?"
You smile back at him but it wavers a little with your thoughts. Thoughts filled with his brother's words. He's prone to lying. It makes your heart feel like it's stuck in your throat. You have to ask him.
"Do you," you start. "Do you like me?"
His brows furrow as he throws a look your way. Like he finds what you said to be funny.
"Of course I do." He scooches closer to you. "I like you. A lot."
His words make you smile. "That makes me happy to know."
He shines a brilliant one your way. "I like everything about you." He removes his hand from your face so he can hold your hand and bring it up to his lips. "I like your smile." A kiss. "I like your laugh." Another kiss. "I like your body and the way you writhe around me when I'm fingers deep into you." Here he nips at your fingers.
You can't help the way your heart beat picks up the pace and the way arousal starts to pool into your center.
"But most of all I like how trusting you are."
Trusting. You're not all that trusting if you want to confront him for answers and he seems to notice something is wrong because he puts your hand down.
"Hey. Hey what's up?"
You shake your head. "I don't know I just-"
"Whatever it is. Do you need me to make it go away?"
You look deep into his eyes and the concern within them just makes your heart shatter and so without a second thought you nod your head.
"Yes."
That word. That single word makes him move. Makes him lean over so he can kiss your lips.
The kiss starts off soft as he cradles your face with both of his hands. You lean into him and part your lips to try and deepen it and he allows you to. Allows you to wrap your arms around him to draw him in closer to you and to drag him down on top of you. He follows easily as your tongues go to meet and for the second time that day you feel the high. It feels all the more pleasing to know it's coming from him. So much so that you moan out loud. Namjoon grunts as he lets go of your face to hike you up the bed so that your head rests against the pillow.
You kiss for a while like this before you feel his hand grip your shirt and cardigan and tug on it.
"Off," he says.
You know what he means and for the second that your lips part he helps you take it off.
His hand creeps across your arched back as he goes to unhook your bra. He frees you from it and takes that chance to pull back so he can take a hardened nipple into his mouth. You whine at the feeling and it just makes him suck harder.
"Ah Namjoon!"
"Shh," he shushes gently. He pulls back to look at you. "Don't want anyone to hear us."
In your heightened state of mind all you can do is nod. You'll try to be quiet.
You can tell he likes your obedience because it makes him smirk.
"Let's take these off, yeah?"
You nod again without knowing what he's talking about until he takes off your shoes and socks with your pants and underwear following after. When you're bare before him he groans.
"Look at you," he says. "So fucked out and I barely even touched you."
He begins to chuckle as he slips two fingers into your center in one go. It catches you off guard and makes you gasp out loud. The stretch is a little tight with his thick fingers but he makes up for the slight sting with a slow pumping pace.
You whine at the way he fills you up and writhe the way he said you do just a couple of minutes ago.
"That's it, princess. Come on. Fuck yourself on my fingers."
You grip the sheets with both your hands as you move your hips. Rolling back and forth and squeezing him tight as he presses up into your upper inner wall. Until he finds what he's looking for and it makes you moan in a salacious manner.
He continues to drag his fingers across your sweet spot as you gyrate your hips. The feeling along with the high is overpowering and you feel yourself growing wetter and wetter by the minute.
Your walls pulse around him and it makes him laugh.
"You're close. Are you going to come for me?"
You nod your head with a whine.
"Good. Give it to me then."
You moan out loud despite him wanting you to stay quiet. You can't help it. You're so close. You want this so bad but you're not getting there just yet. He seems to realize this because you feel him move so he can situate himself between your legs where he brings a hand up to stop you from moving and flicks his tongue against your pearl.
A loud moan is ripped from you at this. You're even closer than before. The high is slowly leaving you but the pleasure from him remains.
"Namjoon I'm gonna come."
He grunts and pulses his fingers faster and harder into you and just like that you snap.
You gasp a few times as you begin to come around him. You feel the way your arousal slips out of you to coat his tongue and fingers. He takes it joyously as the pleasure from your orgasm thrums in and around you. You feel so overwhelmed from it all that tears slip out of your eyes when you clench them shut. Your body shakes from residual pleasure and you have to push Namjoon away for him to give you a break.
You try and calm your breathing as Namjoon slips out of you. He crawls up to sit next to you and kisses your cheek a few times before pulling back.
You appreciate him letting you calm down before you two do anything else. You really need to so you can be at your best to please him in return.
Swallowing, you open your eyes and look up at the ceiling as thoughts slowly start to creep back into your mind. Thoughts you wish you didn't need to think in a time like this. You can't help but frown when it's Yoongi's words that hit you. He's prone to lying. Again and again and it makes you frown. Namjoon notices and he sighs.
"You okay?"
You close your eyes and nod.
"Did I - Did I do something wrong?"
The absolute concern in his voice makes you feel bad that this is the way what you two did ends.
You go to sit up and turn towards him. Giving him a sorry smile you place a gentle hand onto his thigh.
"I'm just stuck up in my head," you say.
He nods slowly before grabbing your hand on his thigh with the one that wasn't just in you.
"I guess what we did was just a temporary solution," he laughs.
You laugh along with him.
"If it bothers you so much we should talk about it."
"What about you?"
Namjoon smiles. "Don't worry about me right now. Hoseok will be a while. Stocking up takes time so we have some time with each other." He pats you on the shoulder. "Let me just wash up. You get dressed and then we'll talk."
"Okay." You stand up to grab your clothes he threw to the floor and get dressed.
You feel bad as you watch him go to his bathroom. All he wanted to do was clear your mind and there's no other way you could have ruined that than the way you just did. You guess you should have talked about this beforehand anyway.
You dress up again but leave your shoes off so you can keep your legs crossed on his bed. It doesn't take him long to join you and when he does he picks out a shirt from his drawer to wear. When he's done he comes over to lie down next to you and grabs your hand to keep held in his.
"So," he starts. "Talk to me. What's on your mind?"
How are you going to go about this? You need the truth either way you spin it and so you start with Yoongi.
"Yoongi has been worried about me," you say.
Namjoon raises a brow. "What's he worried about?"
You bite your lip. "About us. You. Specifically."
Namjoon purses his lips but he lets you continue.
Looking up at the ceiling you sigh. There's no other way to go about this.
"He warned me about you." Your hand squeezes his. "He said you have the tendency to lie." Your voice shakes a little. "I don't know. He just seemed really concerned. I guess he doesn't want me to get hurt is all."
Namjoon doesn't say anything at first. He just stares at your hands. His thumb caresses the back of yours mindlessly. You know he can hear your heart beating powerfully against your chest and it just makes you nervous.
Should you bring up Minjeong as well? You don't know if that's the right move to do seeing as she's an outsider so why would her opinion in all of this matter to him?
You shake your head and sigh. "I'm sorry. I shouldn't have brought that up."
"Do you believe him?" He sounds void of any emotion and it's startling. "Y/N?"
You don't want to believe Yoongi or Minjeong but what do they gain from the lies?
You cover your face with your other hand as you take in a shaky breath. "I don't want to believe him. You've been nothing but nice to me. You've come to mean everything to me. I-" Don't say it. "I'm in love with you."
The stillness in the air is suffocating. It's even worse when you hear laughter.
You remove your hand from your face and look at Namjoon. Really look at him as he laughs.
Your brows furrow. "What?" It's all you can ask.
He falls over onto his back and covers his face with both his hands as his laughter grows louder.
"Namjoon? W-Why are you laughing?"
His laughter still rings around you until he takes a deep breath in and uncovers his face to sit up on his elbows.
"I was thinking," he starts. "Yoongi really knows how to spoil the fun but when you said you fell in love with me? Maybe I've been a little too good at my job."
Your blood begins to run cold beneath your skin and your hands begin to shake. "What do you mean?"
Namjoon looks at you and gives you a sympathetic look. "Oh Y/N. You're just a little too gullible aren't you." Not a question but a statement.
Your eyes begin to grow watery. What did he mean? No. What did he actually mean?
"Na-Namjoon." You shake your head. "What are you on about?" But you think you know.
He closes his eyes and scrunches up his nose in amusement. When his eyes open again he huffs a laugh and raises a brow.
"Yoongi's right, princess. I do have the tendency to lie. A lot."
You sit up on your knees as you go to face him. "But you've never lied to me... Right?"
Namjoon nods. "Oh I have. Every step of the way."
"But - But why?" You're beginning to hyperventilate. "Why would you lie? You like me. You told me you like me!"
To this he hums. "I do like you but in a way a kid likes their pet rat. You're just too fun to mess with."
Tears are shed from your eyes as your mouth hangs ajar.
How could this be? No, this is a joke. But the longer you wait for him to say that this is a horrible prank it never comes and your heart aches.
You lick your lips and they taste salty with the tears that come streaming from you.
"Then what was everything? Everything you ever told me? Every time you touched me and I touched you?! What the fuck was all of that?!"
"Acting, princess. Acting."
"Buy why?!"
Namjoon rolls his eyes. "It's all for fun. I like to see how far I can get away with things." He shrugs. "Can't do much of that with my brothers since they already know but you were new and oh so willing. So so gullible. All I had to do was whisper pretty little things into your ear and just like that you were hooked on everything I had to say." He begins to smile. "Getting in your pants? Oh that was just a bonus. But to know you fell in love with me? Now that's a joke if I ever did hear one."
You feel like you're going to be sick. Your hands are shaking and you feel disgusted. Disgusted with him and disgusted with yourself. How could you have let him get away with it this far? He's right. You're so gullible. So so stupid. How? Just how? You should have heeded Yoongi's warning from the first time then maybe you wouldn't be feeling all of this now.
You hiccup as you go to wipe your tears and stand up on wobbly legs.
"Where you going, princess?" He actually seems interested to know and it pisses you off.
"Fuck you!"
He grabs his chest as if you wounded him but then he laughs. "I should have gotten you to jerk me off before breaking the news."
A broken sob escapes you before you snatch your shoes and run out of his room. You slam the door behind you. Hard. Anything to drown out his disgusting laugh.
Your view is blurred by all of your tears and you can't help the loud sobs that come from deep within your chest. You're heart broken and you can only blame yourself for that. You do but no matter who's to blame it doesn't ease the ache from deep within.
You run down the hall and through your tears you're barely able to see who it is you collide with but their arms come to wrap around you as your knees buckle beneath your saddened weight.
"Y/N?"
You look up at the voice and see that it's Yoongi and seeing him only makes you cry harder.
"N-Namjoon," you cry out feebly.
It seems like he puts two and two together because he lets out a sigh and holds you closer.
"Why," is all you can ask.
Yoongi rubs your back gently before helping you into a room. A quick look around shows that it's his room and you briefly wonder if he's been here all this time.
You know he can smell Namjoon all over you and you don't know if he knows about what the two of you did. Embarrassment courses through you as well as sorrow. You feel like such an idiot.
Yoongi holds you close and just lets you cry in the middle of his room. There's so much to unpack right now. You don't want to but you can't cry to Hoseok about this. Not if you value your sanity. Not if you value your life. Just the thought of that makes you cry more.
"It's going to be okay." Yoongi says but you don't even know if he even believes that.
"It hurts," you say.
"I know. I know."
You keep crying until there are no more tears to be shed. Until you're left feeling like a husk. Until all you can think about is how this has to be a nightmare but you know it isn't. It's your reality and it hurts so bad.
You push away from Yoongi lightly and he lets you. When you look at his face he holds no emotion until he gives you that stretched out half smile of his. You can't bring yourself to smile back.
"Sorry," you say.
"You have nothing to apologize about."
"No. I do. You warned me about him but I didn't listen. It took Minjeong getting into my life to start asking questions."
Yoongi sighs. "I'm not here to say I told you so so if you're expecting that don't. I'm just here to comfort you."
Why is he so sweet? Should you even trust him? You don't know anymore at this point. The only thing you know is that you're hurting and you don't want to be in this house anymore. Not if its occupants are just here to torture you.
It's sad how far this little thing you had with Namjoon went. Despite Yoongi knowing you were close to his brother he doesn't exactly know how close you two actually were. Should you tell him? Will he tell Hoseok? You have to get this off of your chest though. Maybe this will send Yoongi into overdrive and convince him to help you escape.
You look into the man's eyes before you and you see nothing but a calmness.
It was now or never right?
"If I tell you something will you promise to help me leave?"
Yoongi's brows rise up his forehead before he gives you a neutral look. You know he's thinking about it and it makes you nervous the longer he stays quiet. But then he goes to sit down on his bed and invites you over with a pat of his hand.
"Tell me," he says. "And I'll do my best."
89 notes View notes
ana-rose1 10 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 44
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 7,283
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 44 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession
Prev | Next
When everything is all done and you're discharged Hoseok calls for a ride. Judging by the playful banter from Hoseok's end you suspect it's one of his brothers. When he hangs up he says that tomorrow you'll get your scripts checked out at the pharmacy because it's too late now and the two of you decide to wait outside despite the weather being a little chilly. It's better than being in the cold hospital.
Hoseok makes sure to keep an arm around you to warm you up but there's not much he can provide with his cool body temperature. So you just tug your sleeves further down until it passes your wrists.
There's a lot worth talking about now but you don't know how to bring it up. Where do you start? Despite it probably being a bad idea as it can ruin the mood you want to talk it out with Hoseok. Before whoever is on their way comes.
You lick your lips and fidget with the cuffs of your sleeves to which Hoseok catches on to.
"You okay," he asks.
You look up at him then down at your hands and shrug. "I think we um... I think we need to talk."
Hoseok angles his body more your way but his arm never leaves you.
"About?"
You think if you don't talk now you never will.
"About everything that happened today."
He angles his head away, craning his neck back before humming.
You look up at him and he has that stupid unreadable expression back on his face. You can't tell anything from it and so you bite the bullet and speak up before he can say anything about it.
"Minjeong," you start nervously. "You really hoped I wouldn't say a word back there."
"And you didn't."
"I didn't because I was scared." You look ahead of you towards the little garden in the roundabout. "You promised me you wouldn't attempt to control my mind again."
"Did I do it?"
You shake your head. "No, but still. You promised you wouldn't and you threatened me. You're making it hard to trust you."
Hoseok heaves a deep sigh. "What do you want me to say? That I'm sorry? Because I'm-"
"You're not. I know. You never are."
Silence blankets over you two as Hoseok mulls over your words. As you mull over everything that has happened to you today.
"I don't like feeling scared Hoseok and I feel like when I'm with you that's all I've been feeling."
His arm slowly slips down until it's wrapped around your waist. His other hand comes around to rest on your cheek as he slowly angles your face towards him. He can only turn it so far before you start resisting so he rests his forehead onto your temple.
"I don't want you to feel scared when you're with me." The words leave him in a whisper.
You shake your head before closing your eyes. By now you would feel the urge to cry but you feel dried up after everything that has happened. You just feel tired.
"Then please stop making me scared. I just want to live my life. Free! Free from anything and everyone. Live a life where I don't have to look over my shoulder in worry."
"You know I can't allow that to happen. Especially after your escape attempt."
Your sigh leaves you in a hiccup. Like your body is trying to cry despite there not being enough tears to let go of.
"You've never given me a chose, Hoseok. When does you roping me in to become addicted to your saliva, the manipulation, convincing my former Masters to let me go so that I can be with you - how does that constitute as giving me a chance? How after it all do you not expect me to fear you? I'm scared Hoseok and as much as I hate you I feel myself caring for the man you showed me before it all. I'm still waiting for him to come back, but when I do see glimpses of him I'm-" You stop yourself. You had to stop yourself before what you say next comes off as a heartfelt confession.
When I do see glimpses of him a part of me is happy and I want to see more of him.
You just can't admit this out loud. Not to him.
"You what?" Hoseok asks. "Tell me. Please."
No you can't. You won't. Not if it's just going to stroke his ego. Not if it's going to sound like you actually care for him. So you try and change the subject.
"I just want you to trust me more. I want your family to trust me more. I want space when it's needed. I want to live a life."
At that moment you feel brave enough to face him. He leans back to look at you and he's again with that unreadable expression. You expect him to say something after a while of silence but he doesn't. Especially not when a car rolls up and you look to see that it's Taehyung.
"We'll talk about this later," he says but you don't want to anymore.
"I'd rather we not."
You stand up abruptly to walk towards the car and you're surprised he doesn't stop you. Quickly you open the car door and settle in while Hoseok takes his time to walk to his side.
Taehyung looks behind him and gives a smile. "How are you feeling now that you got some help?"
"Better," you say.
"That's good."
Hoseok enters to sit in the back with you but you wish he would have just sat in the front. Of course he doesn't and though you expect him to be mad after the conversation you just had he just takes your hand and keeps it on his lap where he laces your fingers together.
The car ride is filled with a bit of chatter. Taehyung asks you what they did in the hospital and you explain what happened. You of course leave out the part where you find Minjeong's number on a piece of paper in your pocket. What he doesn't know won't hurt him. Hoseok is a bit quiet and just lets you guys talk.
You take a chance to look at him and see he's looking out the window. When Taehyung mentions to his brother what dinner they'll be having tonight Hoseok's eyes remain looking out the window and his answer comes off bland.
"Really," he asks though it's with little interest.
Taehyung catches on to it and he looks through his rear view mirror to look at him.
"Everything okay?"
"Yeah." Hoseok says.
You have a feeling you know what his attitude is about. He may not be mad but he's definitely thinking of the exchange you two had just a couple of minutes ago.
Taehyung doesn't prod any further.
The ride is short though as you reach the house in a matter of minutes. When Taehyung begins to back up into the garage he takes a quick glance at Hoseok and you but says nothing. It makes you feel unnerved but you note he isn't making the effort to calm you down. You guess you can't always depend on him to do that.
Once parked he turns the car off and gets out but Hoseok is still looking out the window. Your eyes shift around uncomfortably and it takes you squeezing his hand and calling his name to snap him out of whatever trance he was in.
"We're back," you say.
He blinks a few times and mutters an "Oh" before releasing your hand so he can slip out. You do the same and wait on your side of the car where Taehyung walks up to you.
"Fix it," he says.
Your brows furrow a little as you try to understand what he meant.
He jerks his head towards Hoseok who takes his time doing whatever it is and gives you a scowl.
"You better fix it."
The realization dawns upon you then. He can clearly tell that whatever is wrong with his brother has something to do with you. He isn't concerned to hear what you have to say. He just wants you to correct any errors he believes you made. It makes your shoulders sag as your mood drops. He looks like the old Taehyung you were used to not seeing.
Taehyung gives you one last glance before he leaves you alone with Hoseok who makes his way towards you.
He doesn't smile or anything but he does grab your hand to walk away. Your feet shuffle against the ground as you barely keep up with him. You're stuck in your head, thinking about what Taehyung said.
How do you fix this? Do you even want to fix this? You're not in the wrong here but it seems that not just Hoseok but his brother expects you to pick up after him.
Would it be so bad to apologize? To keep the peace - yeah maybe. You don't like the idea of it but if you want to make more allies you think you should.
You suddenly stop in your place in the entryway and it forces Hoseok to accidentally jerk you forward. He stops and turns around to give you a confused look when you stay where you are.
How do you go about this because you're not sorry. Not really. You're just confused about why he's acting this way and you want answers, but you'll make it into an apology if you really have to.
"Hoseok," you start. "What's wrong?"
He frowns a little in response but no verbal answer follows.
You try not to imagine nor fantasize that this might be the end because you know it's not.
You pull on his arm to bring him closer and he follows through until he's directly in front of you.
Looking over his face you can tell something is plaguing him. It has to be the conversation you had in front of the hospital so you ask him about it.
"What I said back at the hospital - does it bother you?"
He sighs and looks off towards the side.
Yeah. It clearly bothered him.
You lick your lips and mimic his sigh with one of your own. "You know we need to talk about this. What exactly bothered you?"
His eyes draw back to you and you see the look of surprise on his face. Like he was surprised you wanted to talk this out.
"Hoseok," you say. "Talk to me."
His expression lessens from surprised to something almost sentimental before he finally speaks. "You said you didn't want to talk about it."
He's right. You did say that. So was his silence because he was respecting you or is it out of pettiness? You wouldn't put it past him if he was being petty but the look on his face makes you believe otherwise.
Is this the part where you apologize?
You wriggle a little and if it weren't because you were holding his hand you would worry your two between each other.
"I um," you start. "I'm sorry about that."
His face and ears perk up at your apology.
"You mean that?"
No. "Yes."
Now it's like he's looking at you with starry eyes because they begin to glisten.
"You know," he says. "I was really down for a minute there. I don't like knowing that you're scared of me and when you blew me off like that it just made me worry." His other hand comes to rest on your cheek. "Don't do that to me again. Please." He's pleading with you but you don't miss the way that he demands it. "And couples have their disagreements but you take it too far sometimes."
You look down at your feet but he doesn't permit it.
"No. Look at me."
And so you do.
"I know there's a part of you that cares about me. Just give in to it and I'll do my best not to scare you anymore. Deal?"
You don't want a deal but you know he won't allow for you to walk away from this without the answer he wants so you nod.
"Deal."
Hoseok's lips part into that heart shaped smile of his before he leans down to kiss you.
"I love you," he says in between kisses.
You say nothing back but hold on to him when he starts to deepen the kiss.
Your arms wrap around his shoulders as his wrap around your waist. His tongue slips out to run against the seam of your lips and you're about to open up to him until you hear a voice.
"I'd get hard if it weren't for the fact that it's you sucking face with my brother."
You pull back abruptly to see Jimin as he makes his way down the stairs. His brow is raised and you watch as Jungkook makes his way down behind him.
"You get hard for anything that doesn't have a pulse so getting hard for someone like Y/N would be a surprise." Jungkook chimes in.
Someone like Y/N? Why did he say it like that? You don't know if you should feel offended or not by that comment.
Jimin sucks his teeth at Jungkook. "Don't act so high and mighty. Like I haven't caught you taking a whiff of her whenever she passes by."
Jungkook comes to a stop on the last step and looks at his brother with no visible reaction.
"She smells good," is all he says before walking away.
"Is everybody done?" Hoseok asks after the fact.
Jimin rolls his eyes and angles his head towards the way the youngest went. "Dinner is ready. When you're done doing whatever it is you're doing come join us," he says before walking off.
Despite the way this interaction went you're surprised Jimin didn't chew you off like he normally would. By now Hoseok would be coming in to defend you while his brother would continue his rant on why you're the most detestable person in the world.
He must be feeling sick, you think. Something was up. Clearly.
Hoseok interrupts your thoughts by grabbing your hand and pulling you along with him.
"Let's try and get something in your system, okay? You need to eat."
You're not into the idea of eating after the day you had but you do it because you know Hoseok's right.
You walk alongside him to the dining room where everyone is waiting for the feast to commence.
One of the first to acknowledge your presence is Taehyung who looks at both you and Hoseok in a scrutinizing way. You know he's trying to gauge whether or not you "fixed" the situation. You guess you did if the way Hoseok kissed you afterwards means anything. His brow is raised in observance and when he sees, and you guess, must feel the way Hoseok's mood has brighten he drops the attitude. It doesn't stop the way you cower beneath his stare.
The next to acknowledge you is Namjoon. He smiles and you can't help but to give him one back although it barely reaches your eyes. Minjeong's words come to haunt you and so when you're given the chance to be alone with him you'll ask him some questions.
Speaking of questions, Yoongi nods your way when you sit down. You want to ask him about Minjeong. Would he be willing to spill the truth to you? Will he be willing to help you too? You feel like he'd be a harder nut to crack but, just like with Namjoon, you'll wait until you're alone with him to ask.
"So Y/N."
You look towards Seokjin who speaks.
"I heard you were in the hospital. How are you now?"
The doors open as the servants begin to pile in and spread the food around. You're attention is distracted by their appearance for a moment before you answer.
"I'm fine. Feeling a little better now."
"I'll be taking her to the pharmacy tomorrow to pick up her meds." Hoseok chimes in.
"That's good." Seokjin says. "What was the cause of it?"
You lick your lips. "Stress."
He hums. "No doubt after the day you had you would find yourself feeling distressed." He grabs his glass and extends his arm so the servant waiting on him can fill it. "We don't talk much about her but she's really grown to be a thorn in our sides."
He doesn't have to explain who "she" is. You know he's talking about Minjeong.
"Save that conversation for another time." Namjoon says.
The oldest pouts after taking a swig of his wine. "What? I'm sure Hoseok is over it. If not because time passed he has Y/N now. Right Hoseok?"
You look over to the vampire beside you who merely checks his nails before looking up at his brother.
He hums questioningly though you know he heard everything just fine. He brings a hand to your thigh where he rubs it and nods his head.
"I've been over her for a long time now and my attention is solely on Y/N."
Seokjin points at Hoseok but directs his attention towards Namjoon. "See? He's fine."
It doesn't stop Namjoon from rolling his eyes a little.
"I just can't believe she would come all the way out here to destroy a relationship." The oldest continues. "If she cares so much about what Hoseok is up to she should have stayed with him. Instead she's out here, despite the restraining order, harassing my brother and his girl. That'll get anyone's blood boiling."
"Well she's gone now. No point in worrying about it." Yoongi says before he blows on his spoonful of soup.
You look at him and he looks so calm and collected. He refrains from showing any emotion in regards to Minjeong but you wonder if the topic is making him sweat under the collar. You think his brothers would notice his change in heart beat but no one says a thing so you suspect that he really is calm about the whole thing. Was Minjeong telling the truth about him?
You're drawn out of your head when Hoseok taps your thigh and points at the food.
"Eat," he says. "Not too fast though. I don't want you getting another stomach ache."
You look at your bowl of soup and it looks mouthwatering but you know he's right. So when you go to eat you take your time.
No one else seems to want to hold onto the topic of conversation regarding Minjeong. Seokjin is the only one who dared do so but you know how he is. There's a collective silence save for the occasional sound of the spoon clanking against the bowl as everyone eats. It's not uncomfortable but you're so stuck up in your head that even if it were you wouldn't have noticed.
You're thinking about Yoongi. How would you approach him? Should you text him first? See if he'd be willing to talk through there or should you do it in person? Knock on his door when no one is watching you? You'd have to plan around the time you're free from Hoseok, Namjoon, and Taehyung. Whenever that will be... You think you'll text him first. See if he's available and whenever that is then you can confront him.
Confront. The word sounds so harsh compared to what you're going to do. Of course you're going to confront him but it's not like you're going to corner him and demand answers. You just want to talk and hopefully get the truth.
As for Namjoon, you're feeling so conflicted. Minjeong and Yoongi warned you about him. You don't want to believe them but could they be right? Yoongi knows him better than you do but what about Minjeong? What could have transpired between the two to make her say the things that she said? You would like to ask her more things and now that you have her number you can do that.
You want to know more about Minjeong as well but you want to hear it from her and not Hoseok and his brothers. Of course they're going to paint her in a negative light. She's Hoseok's ex that managed to get away.
You hope one day you can be free of him too but you need a better plan. Unlike Minjeong you have no one to care for you. Once upon a time you had Hyun-Woo and even if you still had him would he want to continue where you left off or let things go back to normal? You highly doubt the latter. Maybe Minjeong or even Yoongi can help you come up with something. For now though you're kind of just sitting in the air with nothing to do and nowhere to go.
You choked at the mall but you had a good reason to. Minjeong didn't fault you for it. Instead she reached out for you to give you a hand. Leaving you with her number was the best she could do at that point and you've come to accept it graciously. You'll be sure to text her when given the chance.
Conversation resumes among the brothers. You try to ignore it because it's about work. They talk about it like it's nothing then again it's probably is nothing to them. After their father started them off so young you wouldn't be surprise if that's why. They've become desensitized to it.
"We need to restock before the end of this month." Seokjin says.
"We've already sold that much?" Taehyung questions though he doesn't sound all that surprised.
The eldest nods. "Ask Hoseok and Namjoon about it."
Hoseok grabs a napkin to wipe his mouth. "We've been doing really well as is but this time around we've had more buyers."
"Our new dealer has been supplying to new customers. Some of them have even bought in bulk." Namjoon adds. "Despite his location he's managed to amass customers left and right."
"What about his location?"
You direct your sights over to Jimin who raises his brow in question.
Namjoon places his spoon down and sits back comfortably in his chair. "He's located in the middle of where alot of the rising revolts are taking place. Despite there being many who are against our position they also seek for the high."
"Animals." Jungkook says. "Humans are nothing but simplistic animals."
You hold onto the mouthful of soup as irritation courses through you.
Animals he says. He was no better than one himself. His comment really got to you and it's with a roiling stomach do you swallow your food.
"Vampires are no different." The words leave you before you can stop yourself.
The table grows silent and despite fearing for the worst your anger takes over your mind and your tongue.
You're expecting one of the brothers to say something against you but it doesn't come.
"I guess we are," is all Jungkook replies.
You take in a shaky breath but it's not out of fear. You're just upset. In response Hoseok places a hand on your thigh where he squeezes it gently before letting go. You don't know if that's his way of taking your side or a means to calm you down. Either way you don't care.
After a minute you feel eyes on you and when you look up you see that it's Namjoon who's staring at you. It's hard to read his face so you don't know if he's upset with you or not. When you raise a brow at him he breaks out into a smile. It's a brilliant one but you can't bring yourself to smile. Not without getting some answers from him first.
Dinner is finished and dessert is passed around. You can't bring yourself to eat the chocolate cake so you push it away from you.
"You okay?" Hoseok checks on you.
"I don't think I can stomach this right now." Your stomach twists and turns.
"Okay," he chirps. "Okay that's fine. We'll have it put away for right now."
Before they can retreat into the kitchen Hoseok calls over a servant and tells them to put the cake away for you. The servant bows and takes your plate leaving you with nothing but your drink by your side.
You think you did enough after throwing up so much. You don't want to force yourself to eat something so sweet otherwise you'll begin to cramp again and be back to square one.
Hoseok places a hand on the back of your neck where he massages you. It doesn't serve it's purpose of relaxing you so you tense up in his hold. You know he can feel how off you are about this gesture because of how upset you are with his brother but Hoseok doesn't know when to quit.
Despite not eating your dessert you wait around for everyone to finish. It's during this time the brothers communicate more but you stay out of it. There's nothing left for you to discuss with them as a whole.
When everyone is done they begin to disperse and you watch as one by one everyone leaves the table. First Jungkook followed by Jimin and Taehyung. You're the slightest bit surprised because they're usually the ones that stick around the dining area after everyone heads off. Seokjin and Namjoon make their departure with that leaving it to be just you, Hoseok, and Yoongi. You look at the oldest of the two and he seems to be in no rush to leave but when he does he gives you a small smile. You don't return it not because you're upset with him but because of the blaring thought of you needing to talk to him flashing through your head. The thought consumes you and you're about to tell him to wait up but he leaves before you can try and say something. You think it's best that happens anyway because Hoseok is here with you and you don't want him to know any of what you have to say.
Hoseok plays with your hair and you turn around to look at him as he does this. He has a dopey smile on that you detest.
"Sorry about my brother," he says.
You frown as you wonder which one he could be talking about.
He sees your expression and elaborates. "Jungkook."
Oh, you think.
"You know how he is but I know that you're not used to it. So I apologize."
Your nose twitches in irritation. "He should be the one that's apologizing."
Hoseok gives you a deadpan look. "The day Jungkook apologizes is the day I wake up a human."
In other words it's never going to happen.
"Even then you should just let things be. He's Jungkook. It's just the way he is."
You hate how each of the brothers cover each other's faults. Yes that hate extends towards Namjoon and Yoongi who do the same. You care for the both of them. Hell you've fallen for one of them but their love for their brothers is something else.
"Come on." Hoseok says. "Let's get up. I want you in bed relaxing. After the day we had I think staying in bed and watching TV sounds nice."
You don't refute that fact and so you follow after him when he stands to leave.
He grabs your hand and laces your fingers together before he peppers the back of it with soft kisses - smiling your way when he catches your sight. You're somewhat used to this but after how pissed you grew with Jungkook you're feeling a little intolerant so you look away with a huff. It doesn't stop Hoseok from keeping you close.
Nothing is said as you two make your way to his bedroom. You feel like you don't really have anything to say anyway. Today you road a wave of emotions that left you feeling sick. There's nothing you want more to do than to relax at this moment in time. So when you reach the room and the first thing Hoseok does is get your pajamas you take them graciously and switch your clothes. Once you're changed you flop onto the bed and curl under the sheets.
"Anything specific you'd like to watch?" Hoseok asks after he's changed.
"I honestly don't care." And you don't. You just want to be able to relax.
Hoseok turns the TV on before slipping beneath the covers to join you. He flips through the channels with a purpose to find something either of you like until he finds some reality show he knows you watched before. It kept your interest for a bit so he leaves it on for you.
"Come here," he says.
He doesn't give you the time to react before he pulls you over so you can lie your head against his chest. His hand comes up to massage your scalp to ease the tension you're feeling. You know by doing this he's telling you to relax. It takes some time but when you do he hums.
It's nothing but peace and quiet but your brain runs amok. You're thinking of when it's best to contact Minjeong. You're almost always never alone. Maybe when you're with Hoseok in his study. You can play it off like you're playing a game like you normally do when it's Namjoon who's texting you.
You can't risk a call if you find alone time. Not just because of Hoseok possibly hearing you but the chance of being caught by one of the servants. They're watching you and they'll tell Seokjin all that they've seen and heard. You're put in a precarious situation but you can't miss the opportunity to talk to Minjeong. Maybe then she can help you come up with a better solution to your problem besides running away to hide out at a hotel and sweating your withdrawals off. You hope so.
You try to clear your mind then so you can ease yourself into a sense of rest. You need to calm down so that you don't over stress your body again. Your stomach cramps a little here and there so you try to relax.
Hoseok said you'll get your medicine tomorrow so you'll have to hold off the best you can for now.
Episodes from the TV come and go with you watching them. Hoseok has stopped massaging your head a little while ago. His hand lying limply on the bed behind you. You don't think much of it until you hear something that catches your attention. A soft snore that comes from the man you're lying on top of.
You lift your head and look back to see he's fast asleep. Despite being the cause of most of your stress he was feeling it himself. You look over his face and see his lips are slightly parted. He releases another soft snore as you slowly push away from him. You wish it were you who fell asleep because you deserve it but alas you're wide awake.
You settle into your side of the bed and reach for your phone to check the time. It's almost midnight and it surprises you to see how fast time has flown. You guess when you're just mindlessly watching TV that would happen.
Your eyes shift over to Hoseok who doesn't even move before you look back at your phone and access your contacts. You scroll down to Minjeong's contact and stare at the name Dawn. The nurse's name that took care of you. You had to make sure not to actually put Minjeong's name because if you did and Hoseok went through your phone you'll never hear the end of it.
Your thumb hovers over the name. You think about texting her but you need answers that won't be coming from her. Answers that come with the full truth. You need to talk to Yoongi.
You scroll down the contact list until you reach the end where his name stares back at you. Your heart rate starts to accelerate and you have to calm yourself down lest Hoseok wakes up because he can hear it.
Licking your lips you press on his name and access the little message bubble that pops up. You swallow deeply and begin to type a message that you hope doesn't sound too ominous.
You: Hey Yoongi. Can we talk for a moment?
You hit send and wait for what feels like agonizing minutes. He normally texts you back pretty fast but because you're waiting for his response that you so desperately seek it feels like he's taking forever.
You stare at the screen in waiting hoping you see those little dots come up and move and so when you do you jump a little.
Yoongi: Sure. What about?
As much as you would like to text him something tells you you should seek him out in person.
Looking over to Hoseok you make sure he's still asleep and type out your response.
You: Can we talk in person?
Silence.
You tap your thumb against the side of the phone as you wait. Your bottom lip is trapped between your teeth and you try not to bite hard. You're growing nervous. What if Yoongi says no? What if he doesn't respond and leaves you on Delivered? Or worse Read?
He's taking a while and you're bout to text him to forget about it but the three little dots appear.
Yoongi: I'm in my room. Come over.
You give Hoseok one last look before you creep out of the bed.
This is your chance to start receiving the truth. Don't fuck it up.
Hoseok is knocked out but you're careful to slip out of the room. You forgo the slippers so you can tiptoe and gently shut the door behind you.
You're free from him for the time being and you know you don't have a lot of time. Looking around you make sure no one sees you as you power walk towards Yoongi's room.
Your heart is in your throat. When you swallow it feels like you have to get around a lump and all that does is make you a little more anxious.
Reaching Yoongi's door you bring your fist up and knock. Two simple knocks that don't sound too loud and if it weren't because you know he's a vampire you wouldn't think he could hear it.
You cross your arms and wait while looking down at your feet. Your toes wiggle as more anxiety takes over you. You're on a time limit right now. Yoongi needs to let you in before Hoseok wakes up.
The door before you opens and you see the man you've been waiting for. His hair is pushed back with a headband and he's changed his clothes from slacks with a button-down into a loose shirt with joggers. He extends his hand towards his room as he lets you in. It's a bit of a mess compared to the last time you were here. He has clothes on the chair in the corner of his room and there's scraps of paper here and there. Balled up ones in the middle of his floor and a notepad with a pen on top of his bed.
"Sorry," he says. "It's a bit of a mess around here."
You shake your head. "No no. It's fine."
He takes a seat at the edge of his bed and gives you a look. "Well." He raises a brow. "You wanted to talk?"
At the mention of why you're here the anxiousness from before tries to come back but you take a deep breath before releasing it into a sigh.
"Yeah um..." How do you start this?
You scratch the back of your head before looking Yoongi over. He looks calm. Calmer than you and he doesn't try to rush you. He lets you take your time as you try and get yourself together.
"Uh... I don't know how else to go about this other than to just spit it out." You look him in the eyes. "Is it true that you helped Minjeong escape?"
He stares at you for a beat without an expression to give besides shaking his head.
"I don't know what you're talking about."
You know you must look pathetic because you throw a pleading look his way.
"Yoongi please. Please don't lie to me. I need to know the truth. For my sake."
He inhales long and slow and releases it all in one go. "I don't know what you want me to say. I didn't help Minjeong out. She managed to get out by herself."
You shake your head. "No. S-She was drugged. How could she?" You extend your hands out to him as you speak. "She told me you helped her. If it weren't for you she'd still be here. Just tell me the truth because I-" You pause. "I need help, Yoongi."
He continues to stare at you unwavering without a single expression to give. It unnerves you a bit and you wonder if he's ever going to tell you the truth or die with it.
You're about to plead to him again but he brings a finger up to silence you. It takes you aback but you stay quiet as he looks towards the door. He quickly stands up and rushes towards it, swinging it open and grabbing the maid by her arm. She looks startled. As startled as you. Maybe more. Your eyes are wide open as she trembles in Yoongi's hand. You can't see his face but you imagine the look he's sending her way is far from pleasant.
"What are you doing here" he hisses. "Spying for my brother?"
The maid looks like she's about to cry as she shakes her head.
"Don't lie to me."
"I-I'm n-not, Master"
"Then what were you doing, hm? Don't test my patience."
She whimpers before looking down with fresh tears in her eyes. "I'm sorry."
Yoongi just stares at her without saying a word. Like he's contemplating on what to do with the maid.
You didn't even realize someone was trailing after you. You looked around when leaving Hoseok's room but not when you reached Yoongi's. Maybe if you would have kept an eye out this wouldn't have happened. Maybe. Maybe not.
"I'll let you go," Yoongi starts. "But I want you to tell my brother to mind his own business."
The maid looks up at him with hope in her eyes.
"If I catch you anywhere near me again I'll make sure you'll be left out on the street. Understood?"
The young woman vehemently nods her head. "I-I understand, Master."
Yoongi releases her and you watch as she scurries off in a hurry.
It's startling to see Yoongi mad. He's always come off as calm and patient but despite it it doesn't change that he is a man. A man with emotions like any other. Still it catches you off guard and you find yourself apologizing like this was all your fault.
"I'm sorry for that. I should have paid more attention before coming here."
He shakes his head before closing the door. When he turns towards you he has a neutral expression on.
"It wasn't your fault. Things like this oftentimes happen. When the opportunity to make more money or when they're promised affection from my brother the maids have the tendency to go all out. If it wouldn't have happened now that maid or another would have made the effort to follow you anyway."
Your brows furrow as you take in his words.
Seokjin really has a hold on these women. He's awfully handsome so you guess that's what makes this so easy for him to do. Still. You love Namjoon but you don't see yourself doing his bidding.
Your mind runs wild with these thoughts that you forget the reason for why you're here until Yoongi speaks up.
"Anyway, back to what we were talking about."
You nod with a small "Oh" leaving your lips.
Yoongi leans his back against the door and crosses his arms. "I don't know what you've been told but it's a lie. I didn't help Minjeong. I was asleep when she escaped."
You visibly deflate before him.
Why wouldn't he tell you the truth? Unless Minjeong lied to you. Again? But why would she lie about this? It doesn't make any sense.
His eyes take you in but he doesn't say anything about how despondent you look.
You're thinking of going back to Hoseok's room. It's clear you're not going to get an answer you would like to hear. Whether it's because Yoongi is lying to you or Minjeong lied - either way you're not going to break your head over it.
"Forget about it," you say softly.
Yoongi hums before coming off the door and giving you space to leave. When you reach the doorknob you hesitate when you hear him take in a quick breath.
"What's your relationship with Namjoon?"
Your brows shoot up as you look his way. Why was he asking?
You shrug. "Nothing. We're just friends."
His eyes narrow a bit. "I love my brother but you need to watch your back."
You bring your hand down to your side and face the vampire before you.
"Minjeong told me he couldn't be trusted. Are you saying that too?"
He licks his lips before cocking his hip out. "He's prone to lying. I wouldn't trust what comes out of his mouth. The only thing I can trust about him is how hard he works because he likes the money that comes in. As for everything else it's hard to believe in him."
Your expression is one of disbelief.
No, he couldn't be right. Not Namjoon. Namjoon has proven to you that he likes you. He wouldn't fake that would he? It's hard to believe after everything you two have done with each other. The way he's kissed you and touched you. No man would go that far over a string of lies. It doesn't make sense.
You shake your head and sigh. "I should leave."
You grab the doorknob and twist it.
"I mean it Y/N."
No. You don't want to hear it right now. You want to leave.
The door swings open and just as you're about to leave Yoongi speaks one last time.
"Minjeong was right. About everything."
Freezing in place you look at Yoongi. You can't decipher his expression entirely but you see something akin to determination in his eyes.
So Minjeong was right all along about him. You don't know what prompted him to tell you the truth now but you appreciate it.
"Just keep your guard up. For now."
You don't know what he means by that besides the obvious. You would ask him but he walks over to his bed to sit on - grabbing the notepad to write in as if he didn't just say what he did.
You'll further this conversation another time. For now you'll leave him be and head back to Hoseok.
Keep your guard up... You've been doing that for the most part. Except with Namjoon. Namjoon. You'll talk to him when you have the chance. If he's available tomorrow you'll talk to him and see if you can get the truth from him, but if he's anything like what Yoongi said would it be easy? You're determined to try. Clearly something is up and you're going to get to the bottom of this.
70 notes View notes
ana-rose1 10 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 43
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 8,547
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 43 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Drama, Stress, So Much Stress
Prev | Next
It's like lightning has struck you because you're ramrod straight and your nerves begin to tingle. You're too stiff to want to move but you know you have to.
"Minjeong," you say breathlessly and she nods. "Are you - you're the one that managed to escape."
Realization dawns upon her. "So wait. You do know about me?"
You nod your head. "I do I just didn't know your name." Your voice starts to raise in excitement.
She has to shush you gently with a finger to her lips. "Keep quiet. I don't want him to hear us."
"Oh," you say. "You're right. Right."
"Wait," she says.
She brings a finger up before walking over to the sinks and turning each of them on. The sound of rushing water fills the air and you know what she's trying to do.
Hoseok can easily tune in to hear this conversation if he wanted to. It's why she locked the bathroom door. Why she has the sinks running. To help give you some time just in case.
Your heart begins to race in nervousness. Gods this was really happening. What was the chance that this would happen to you? That you would run into Hoseok's ex. Is... is this why Hoseok was acting weird? Did he sense Minjeong?
"Do you smell it?" Taehyung asked.
Did they smell her? No doubt they'll be able to sniff her out and find her in here with you. Gods your nervous.
"Why? How?" You can barely formulate your sentences.
Minjeong comes back over to you and she looks just as nervous as you. "I-I'm here with a cousin of mine and I saw Hoseok before I could actually smell him. I overheard you saying you needed to go to the bathroom and I ran into the nearest one hoping you'd come in here." She smiles. "I was right to choose this one."
You frown. "Don't you have a restraining order on Hoseok? Why would you come here if that's the case?"
"It's... it's complicated," she says. "Trust me. If I would have known Hoseok was here I wouldn't have come here."
It still doesn't make sense to you. You would have suspected that she'd stay as far away from Hoseok's home and everything near it, but you won't question it further.
"If Hoseok finds you in here with me-"
"I know. I know." Minjeong says. "That's why I have little time with you and I want to get this out before he comes banging on the door." She drops her hands from your arms. "You know you're not safe with him, right?"
You nod your head.
Of course you know. Maybe in the beginning you didn't but now you do.
"You have the chance to leave now if you want. You're in the public eye. All you need to do is yell for help and it will come to you."
Your brows furrow the slightest bit. "It's not that easy."
"What's stopping you?"
What's stopping you? So much.
"My money. My sanity." You shake your head. "Everything I have is in his house." Namjoon.
Minjeong shakes her head. "If you don't make the move to leave now who's to say you'll ever have the chance to again?" She pauses. "Do you have any allies in the house?"
You nod your head. "Namjoon. Yoongi."
"Namjoon?" She sends a look of both disbelief and disgust your way. "There's no way Namjoon is an ally."
You look taken aback by her response. "Why wouldn't he be? Did you have any allies?"
She licks her lips in nervousness. "You just can't trust Namjoon. As for allies I had Yoongi. He's the reason why I was able to get out of that house in the first place. Hoseok doesn't know but he doesn't need to."
Yoongi helped her escape? You don't know why but you're shocked. Despite being so kind to you you thought the vampire mostly kept to himself. You didn't think any of the brothers would actually go against one another like this. Would Yoongi help you too or was this a one time thing? And what's her deal with Namjoon?
"I trust Namjoon with my life."
A sharp tsk comes from Minjeong. "Don't let him get into your head. He pretends to be a friend only to stab you in the back when you need him the most."
That didn't sound like your Namjoon.
Who are you to believe at this point? The man you've grown to love or a stranger whose only tie you have with them is through an obsessive man?
You step back from her a little - your defensive walls beginning to come up.
"Y/N." Minjeong grabs your attention that slipped from her grasp. "Don't let this opportunity pass you by."
There's a knock on the bathroom door that makes your heart nearly stop.
"Is it locked?" You faintly hear from the other side of the door. It's probably someone who also wants to use the bathroom.
There's a moment of silence before the door is pushed roughly but because of the lock it doesn't go very far.
"Y/N?" It's Hoseok.
You and Minjeong look at one another.
"This is your chance," she says. "I could help you."
She could but for some reason you shake your head.
"Y/N!" The door rattles harder to the point that the hinges squeak.
"Don't go back to him."
Your eyes begin to water the longer they remain open. Hoseok calls to you again but so does Minjeong. Your breathing picks up a pace as your hands begin to shake.
What are you doing? Why can't you run?
"Y/N?"
You can't tell who's calling to you. All you know is that you move from your spot to unlock the door and move out of the way as it swings open.
You see a gathering of people just behind Hoseok who looks at you furiously before worry overtakes his features. You step past him and towards Taehyung who grabs you by the shoulders and looks you over.
"Hey," he says. "Hey are you okay? Why are you crying?"
Wait. Why are you crying?
"Y/N."
Someone calls for you and when you turn around you see that it's Minjeong who looks at you in worry. Her hand is outstretched towards you but you can't take it.
"What the fuck are you doing here?" Taehyung snaps.
"Y/N." Minjeong tries again.
Your view of her is blocked by Hoseok who covers you behind him.
"I knew I smelled you," he says.
Your heart beats painfully against your chest with every breath you take. Are you... are you about to have a panic attack?
"Step aside, Hoseok." Minjeong sounds so strong. Like she doesn't fear the man before you.
"What the hell is it that you want?"
"You can't keep holding her hostage. Not again. Not like me."
Murmurs sound out throughout the crowd that begins to swarm around you. You can hear some of the questions. What's going on? What is she talking about?
"This bullshit again?" Hoseok curses.
"This isn't bullshit, Hoseok. You know what you did and what you're doing to Y/N now."
"You don't even know her! Stop talking about her like you do."
Minjeong scoffs. "I'm not an idiot, Hoseok. You never changed. Tell me you aren't holding her hostage like you did me!"
"How about you tell us why you're here?" Taehyung bellows. "Last I checked you don't live around here."
"She said she was here with a cousin," you mumble.
"Minjeong doesn't have any cousins."
You freeze at Jungkook's response. "What?" You push Hoseok to the side to stare at his ex. "Minjeong?"
Her eyes are wide as she stutters a response. "S-Stay out of this, Jungkook."
"Don't tell my brother what to do." Taehyung bites back.
You feel like things are getting out of control. Why did Minjeong lie to you? What else could she have lied about? You know she escaped Hoseok - did Yoongi really help her? And the animosity she holds towards Namjoon. Why did she say those things about him?
"Why are you here, Minjeong?" Hoseok questions.
She bites her lip nervously before looking at the small crowd that has gathered to stare. Immediately she points towards Hoseok and yells in a shaky voice.
"Your Lord is not who he seems! He's holding this woman hostage! He did the same with me years ago. Don't trust him!"
Your heart feels like it's ready to burst free from your chest. Minjeong is doing what you're too much of a coward to do. She's pleading for help while you stand by with your lips sealed.
What should you do? Go along with her or stand by in silence?
The crowd around you grows larger until security gets involved and that's when you move. You're about to cross the space between you and Minjeong but Hoseok grabs your wrist tightly. You look up at him as he looks down at you. You watch the way his lips move in silence to tell you "Don't make me do it."
Don't make him do it. It takes you a moment to guess what he means by that but when it hits you it hits you hard. Don't make him control your mind. He promised he wouldn't control your mind again and he's trying his best not to now. If you so much as step out of line right now Hoseok can and will force you to stay with him. He's giving you an option right now. Something he's never given to you before. Now, will you go along with him or not?
There's a bit of a scuffle going on between Minjeong and an officer that grips her arm. She threatens to have him investigated if he hurts her but he pays her no mind. As for you, an officer approaches both you and Hoseok with a hand raised.
"My Lord I think it's best if you all come with me. There are some things we need to clear up here."
Despite looking upset Hoseok nods before bringing his hands up to your shoulders where he holds on to you tightly.
"I guess so," he says.
You follow after the guard as Hoseok walks close behind you - never missing the chance to hold you close to him. Minjeong is loud as she's being dragged away. She's dragging Hoseok's name through the mud while Hoseok himself remains silent by your side. Jungkook and Taehyung follow behind you all and you chalk up the calm feeling you you feel up to the latter who's doing his best to keep himself calm as well.
As you're walking Hoseok slips his hand into yours. When you look up at him you see that he has a cool front on. He doesn't seem concerned but when you squeeze his hand he looks down at you and gives you a smile. One that barely reaches his eyes.
"It's going to be okay," he says.
You don't know if he's telling you that or himself.
You all reach an office with security personale that move out of the way when they realize who is with the entourage. They bow in Hoseok's and his brothers' presence and eye the way your hands are laced together. Minjeong has stopped fighting but she yanks her arms away from the security holding her. Despite trying to put up a brave front she does look nervous. Her eyes shift around the room and down to you and Hoseok who stay close by each other. The sight of you two holding hands makes her brows furrow but before she can look into your eyes one of the security officers speaks up.
"Sorry to drag you guys away but a scene was being made and we can't have that here."
"No of course." Hoseok says. "We understand that."
The security officer clasps his hands together as he looks over you all. "Do you mind explaining what the problem was?"
Immediately Minjeong snaps. She points a finger at Hoseok and says "It's because of him. He's holding that woman hostage."
Everyone looks over to you and sees the way Hoseok releases your hand so he can wrap his arm around you to keep you close.
"This woman? Right here?" The security officer points you out.
Minjeong nods her head but you can see the officers aren't convinced.
"Just ask her and you will see."
All the attention is drawn towards you now.
You look around nervously and shake beneath their stares. You're growing nervous and Taehyung has decided to make no effort to calm you down. You're afraid to look his way because you imagine he must be staring you down. Waiting for you to slip up and give him a reason to hate you. Is Jungkook expecting the same or is he just as disinterested as usual. Hoseok, when you look up at him, he just smiles at you.
"Go ahead, baby. Tell them," he says.
He's expecting you to lie. He clearly has a lot of confidence in you to not speak the truth. Is it out of delusion or blind trust? Either way, you're growing more and more nervous.
If you speak the truth what would happen to you? It's not like you have a place to go without your money. You left everything back at Hoseok's. You doubt Minjeong would take you in. You two don't know each other like that. You don't even think you'd feel comfortable staying with her. Then there's Namjoon. You have some questions for him. Even Yoongi but if you leave now you'll never get them.
Without the answered questions it still stands that you have no where to go. Even with the money and that reality is settling in hard for you.
That stomach ache from earlier is starting to come back and it leaves you feeling nauseous.
"Y/N?"
You look over to Minjeong who gives you a look of desperation but your answer never comes.
"How about this," Another security officer starts to say. "Why don't you explain who you are ma'am and then we can go on from there."
He's asking Minjeong this and she looks affronted.
"Why do you need to know?"
"Well you're the one who caused the commotion. So please tell us who you are and what is your relation to these people."
She blinks a few times before speaking. "I'm Lee Minjeong. I'm a part of the Lee clan down South."
"The Lee clan?" An officer asks. "You're a little far away from home aren't you?"
You can see the way Minjeong clenches her teeth with the way her jaw works.
"That's besides the point. I'm here because of him." She points to Hoseok. "He's holding this woman hostage the same way he did with me years ago. I had to get a restraining order against him because of this."
"So wait," The first officer holds his hand up. "You have a restraining order against him which means he can only be a certain amount of distance away from you."
"100 feet." Minjeong says.
"100 feet. Okay. And you're claiming this woman here - what's your name," he questions you.
"Y/N." Your name leaves your lips softly.
"Y/N. You're claiming that Miss Y/N is being held hostage by Lord Hoseok who seems to know her very well judging by the way he's holding her."
Minjeong's brows furrow as a deep frown mars her face. "You're making it sound like she has a choice."
"You're making it sound like like she doesn't but all I see here are two consenting adults." The officer points a finger at Minjeong. "You said you have a restraining order against Lord Hoseok. So then why are you two here? Together?"
It's here that Minjeong chokes. She doesn't look so angry - doesn't look as sure of herself anymore. Her nostrils flare in slight irritation or is that nervousness? She swallows deeply and gives you a quick look that you don't know how to define as.
"Lady Minjeong?" One of the officers call for her. "Please answer the question."
She clenches her teeth together and works her jaw before balling her hands into fists. Looking down she licks her lips and speaks without making eye contact with anyone.
"I saw the articles about Hoseok and... and Y/N. About them being together." She looks up at the officer in front of her. "I know Hoseok. I know him better than most and I knew - I knew he was holding Y/N hostage. I had to find her. It took some time but I did and she admitted to me that she was in danger."
Everyone's eyes move over to you. Your face drops in surprise. You didn't admit to anything. Yeah you may have agreed to some of the things she said back in the bathroom but you didn't admit to anything.
"Honestly," Your attention is drawn over to the one female officer not looking at you but Minjeong. "It sounds like to me that Lord Hoseok is the one needing a restraining order."
"What?" Minjeong snaps.
The officer continues. "You stalked Lord Hoseok and his partner," she looks at Hoseok. "I presume?"
He nods his head.
"You stalked them and now you're trying to get in the middle. It sounds to me like you're just jealous."
"Jealous? Jealous?! I am far from jealous! This has nothing to do with jealousy. I'm trying to protect Y/N!"
"You don't even know her!" Hoseok bites.
Minjeong's hands come up to her hair in frustration before a thought comes to her. "You!" She points towards Hoseok then at the officers. "You're controlling their minds. Don't let him control your minds!"
The officer before her huffs a laugh. "No one is controlling anyone's mind here."
"Y/N." She looks back at you. "You know the truth. Come on please. Speak up."
You're having a hard time maintaining eye contact with her. What you wanted is happening here right now so why aren't you speaking up?
You do have to say you're a little speechless. Minjeong was spying on you? You just met her and to know she lied to you about everything? You guess you would have lied too if it meant you could help someone.
Hoseok's arm around you feels like a weight. Like a warning that if you step out of line he'll control you again. You don't want that, but right now Minjeong is looking like an idiot the longer you stay quiet. The officers are clearly showing a bias here. They're taking Hoseok's side without outright saying it and twisting Minjeong's words.
To be honest you're a little scared right now because despite knowing you have no where to go if you speak up you also know that no one will take your side. The officers have made it clear that they're on their Lord's side and not the victim's. No one will believe you. No one but Minjeong whose family was paid to keep quiet.
You grab your stomach with both hands as the sudden need to gag hits you.
"I think I'm going to be sick."
Quickly the female officer moves to grab the small trash bin near the door. She pushes her way between you all so she can hold it near you.
"Let everything out if you have to," she says.
Your nostrils flare as you try to breathe evenly but it's coming and it's coming fast.
Leaning over you begin to vomit. It rushes out of you quickly from both your nose and mouth. You can feel Hoseok pull your hair back as you throw everything up.
You didn't eat that much for breakfast so what mostly comes up is acid. It burns the back of your throat and the acrid smell just makes you more nauseous. You vomit and vomit until all that's left are dry heaves and a cramping stomach.
"Get her a bottle of water and some tissues." You hear an officer say.
Hoseok gently massages your back and asks if you're okay. You can only grunt in response as you're handed a box of tissues.
You grab a few to wipe your mouth and blow your nose. The feeling of vomit mixing with your mucus is disgusting but you have to get it all out.
"I'm sorry," you say.
"No no. You're okay." The female officer says.
You're handed a bottle of water you open up and take a swig of to rinse your mouth. You spit it out before taking another mouthful and drinking it down. The cold water feels like a blessing to your throat but it makes your stomach cramp. You wince at the feeling as your fingers dig into your stomach to help stave off the pain.
"All good?" Hoseok asks you.
You nod your head and the officer removes the trash bin from your sight.
You feel a little better now but you still have the lingering feeling of nausea. It's not as strong now that you threw up but some bit of it remains. Because of it you temporarily forgot about why you were here with all these people. It's now that you wish you were preoccupied with something else so that you wouldn't have to deal with the real issue at hand.
You look at Minjeong and you wish you were just as brave as her. Maybe once upon a time you would speak out but you realize that over time you've been made into a coward. You would love to escape but you don't think it's the right time. Or at least it won't be for a while. The sudden realization of that hurts you and you think Minjeong sees that because she gives you a look of worry.
"Don't," she says lowly.
You shake your head. "I want to go home."
Her eyes shut momentarily before she looks at you again. "Don't. Please."
"She wants to go home." Hoseok says. "You heard her."
You don't hear how smug you know he must be feeling. He plays the part of a concerned lover so well.
"I thinks it's best that we should leave." Taehyung says. "Why don't you stay out of our lives. For good now."
Minjeong squares her shoulders while flexing her jaw.
"Would you like for us to call the police to press any charges, my Lord?"
Your attention snaps to the officer who spoke before looking at Hoseok. Your captor stares at you and watches the way you shake your head.
"Don't," you say. "Just let it go."
Hoseok just stares at you with an unreadable expression and you're worried he might go against you but then he smiles.
"I'll let things slide. For now." He looks at Minjeong. "Do me a favor and leave while you still can."
Minjeong swallows deeply.
Before anyone can say anything else, Jungkook leaves. Taehyung follows after him and Hoseok does as well but not before bidding the officers farewell. You hesitate a moment before leaving as well.
Gods you're a coward. You've always sworn you would be able to escape but once the opportunity was finally presented to you you came up with a million excuses as to why it wouldn't work out. Excuses they were but you know you were right to walk away. It's so easy to formulate plans but for them to actually follow through - that would be the hard part. It doesn't stop your eyes from getting watery.
No one says a word as you four leave. You prefer it that way. You just want to stew in the silence. Accept your fate.
As you near the Macy's you hear a call of your name. You turn around to see Minjeong standing a few feet away from you. She's standing there with a menacing look directed at Hoseok and his brothers but when she looks at you her expression softens.
You're thinking of asking her what was wrong but something compels you to walk towards her. Hoseok's hand on your shoulder stops you but you're quick to shake it off.
"Give me a minute," you say and surprisingly he lets you go.
You walk over to Minjeong and give her a sorry look. You want to apologize but she just shakes her head.
"It took me a while," she says.
You don't get what she means until she reaches for your hand to hold tight.
"Don't let it be your last."
You feel something in your hand and hold it tight when she releases you. You want to see what it is but you don't dare look.
She gives you a smile before walking away.
You ball your hands into fists and feeling whatever is in your hand crumble up. It must be a piece of paper. In a nonchalant manner you slip your hands into your pockets and leave them there as you turn around to face Hoseok. He's frowning but he doesn't seem to suspect anything.
When you near him again he stretches his hand out for you to grab and you take it. Leaving behind whatever it is Minjeong gave you deep in your pocket. You'll have a look at what it is later when no one is around to watch you.
When you all return to the car you have to close your eyes and breathe. The sound of doors slamming shut around you makes the nausea from before slowly come back and it makes you a bit antsy.
"Are you okay, my love?" Hoseok asks. "How are you feeling?"
You grunt. "Feel sick."
"Again?" It's Taehyung who speaks. "You threw up a lot already." He hums to himself. "Maybe the events from today was too much."
"Maybe you have the stomach flu." Jungkook adds on.
You're grateful he isn't referring to you as an it like he would have before.
"I was feeling just fine earlier. Maybe it's nothing."
Jungkook shrugs. "Maybe."
A long pause of silence presents itself as the car starts up and Jungkook makes his way out of the parking lot. When he turns his head around to back out of the spot he gives you a quick onceover and hums.
"What," you ask.
"You look like shit."
"Thanks for that, I guess."
Hoseok brings a hand to the back of your head and scratches your scalp.
"We'll take you home now so there's no need to worry."
You moan in pain as your stomach cramps up. "Feeling sick again."
"We don't have anything in here to help you out." Taehyung says. "You'll just have to let Kooky know when he needs to park for you to vomit."
"Don't vomit in my car. Please."
You have half a mind in doing just that right here right now but you won't. You don't think you'd be able to handle the smell on the ride home.
"Do we need to take you to the hospital?"
You look over at Hoseok that looks at you in concern before shaking your head.
"I'll be fine. I just need bed."
"A visit to the hospital wouldn't be a bad one." Taehyung chimes in. "They'll at least give you what you need so you can get better."
You groan but it's because you know he's right.
"I'll take you to the hospital." Jungkook says. "Maybe it'll make you stop moaning and groaning."
There's a kick to the back of Jungkook's seat from Hoseok who chuckles.
"Be nice, Kooky."
The youngest doesn't say anything back but you know he wants to.
You rest your head on the window as you look off into the distance. With the car moving you have to keep your eyes open because with every sway it triggers your nausea.
Why are you feeling like this? You were just fine earlier. You think maybe because of the stress it must have triggered everything. First the fight with Hoseok and then the run in with Minjeong. Finding out Minjeong was stalking you but you know she did it for the right reasons. Today was too adventurous for you. That's for sure.
Hoseok holds your hand in his before turning it over. His fingers run over your wrist until he finds a spot and presses into your flesh. It's a steady amount of pressure he provides and you turn your head to give him a questioning look.
As if sensing your eyes on him he looks up at you and smiles before looking back down.
"Acupressure for nausea."
You hum before looking out the window.
You try not think about any of the stressors in your life to avoid triggering your nausea and vomiting again. It's a little easier said than done with you being in the car with your captor and his brothers one of which you still believe dislikes you. No matter what anyone says.
The car ride is quiet save for the low music that plays and the occasional talk between Taehyung and Jungkook. They talk about Jimin's birthday, new games that are coming out and mundane things about life. What they don't talk about is Minjeong and you suspect they will but behind Hoseok's back. For now though she's the farthest from their minds.
After a while you reach a large hospital that you realize isn't that far from the house. It has a beautiful garden up front in the middle of a roundabout. If it weren't because you feel sick you would have checked them out to see which flower is what.
Your eyes trail up to see the sign 'Emergency' written in large, red letters above double doors that open when approached.
As you and Hoseok undo your seatbelts Taehyung turns around to look at you.
"Call us when you need a ride."
Hoseok smiles. "Will do."
Your stomach begins to cramp again when you exit the car. Digging your fingers into your flesh you wait for Hoseok to come around and urge you forward with an arm around you.
The air from inside the hospital is on full blast and it makes you tremble when you get inside. Everything looks new to you though as you've never been to a hospital before. Only once to help that woman who escaped her brother but you never really had a chance to look around. Your sheltered life at the Baek's made that whatever you do know about the outside world was through movies and online shows. It's a bit startling honestly. Despite missing your old home you can't help but to be thankful that you've been allowed some time out thanks to Hoseok and his brothers, but you're not about to admit that out loud.
You walk to the front desk where a young receptionist whose eyes widen a bit when she sees Hoseok. She stands to bow and the other receptionist next to her gives her a weird look but says nothing.
"Lord Hoseok," she chirps. "What can I do for you today?"
He gives her a small smile to which she smiles back before sitting down.
"My partner has been sick," he says. "She's been nauseous and throwing up."
Now that she hears this she gets to work. Asking for your name and date of birth. She types some more and after a minute she asks for your wrist. When she does you give her a confused look before you realize that she's going to tag it. After she puts it on you look at it to see it has your information on it.
"You can have a seat. You will be called shortly."
By shortly she means an hour later. At some point Hoseok had to get you a vomit bag because you needed to throw up again. It wasn't a lot this time unlike when you were at the mall. Your stomach still cramps and the longer you wait out in the waiting room the more anxious you grow and the more you become nauseous.
Thankfully you are called back and get your vitals taken. Everything seems normal and afterwards you meet with a nurse who wants to put you on IV fluids. You give her a look that Hoseok catches on to. He's standing by your side on the hospital bed you're sitting on and begins to rub your back gently.
"Have you ever gotten a needle," he asks.
You shake your head no to which he smiles.
"It'll be a small pinch. Nothing too bad."
When the nurse comes back she has everything and gets to work. You watch as she ties a tourniquet around your arm and checks for a good vein. You're starting to feel anxious and can feel the way your heart beats painfully. When she finds one she likes she preps the needle and brings it close to your arm but before she can dig it in your head grows light and everything goes black.
You don't know what happens after that. You just know that when you wake up you're lying out on the bed with a worried Hoseok by your side.
"Hey baby," he says with small smile.
You look around confused and down at your arm where you feel something cool going into it. You see that you're hooked up to an IV bag and the cool feeling is from the liquid seeping in.
"What happened," you ask.
Hoseok goes to ease you back down when you try to sit up.
"You fainted." He huffs a small laugh. "I think you getting your first needle did it for you."
"Oh." You don't know what else to say but that.
"Just relax." Hoseok says. "I'll see if I can find your nurse."
He stands up to leave the room and when the door shuts behind him you sigh.
Your hand rubs your belly. It still aches but you don't have the need to vomit. You don't know if the nurse gave you anything for it while you were knocked out but if she did you're thankful for it.
You look back down at your arm and stare at the sliver of the needle that sticks out and how it's attached to a plastic piece that's connected to the IV tube. You make a face at it and settle back down onto the thin pillow that's placed beneath your head.
It takes Hoseok a while to return but when he does he comes in with a smile.
"She'll be right in in a moment."
You hum as he sits down on the bed next to you.
He grabs your hand and massages your palm. He looks down at you and you can tell he's trying to not look so worried. You sigh again and it makes him look at you.
"You okay," he asks.
You shrug. "I guess."
"You really had me worried for a second there. I was already worried you were sick but when you fainted I couldn't help but to freak out." He nibbles his bottom lip before pushing your hair behind your ear. "I still am worried."
"I'll be okay I'm sure. It's probably just stress."
"Probably."
There's a knock on the door and you peek around Hoseok to see that it's the nurse.
"Hey there, honey." She comes around to stand by your side. "Before putting the IV in I drew some blood so that's in the lab right now."
You nod your head.
"The doctor will be in to see you shortly but is there anything else I can do for you?"
You think on it before shaking your head. "Not really."
She smiles. "Okay. If you do need anything please let me know. My name is Dawn and like I said the doctor will be in shortly."
She gives you one last smile before heading out.
For the time it takes the doctor to come you and Hoseok stay in silence. He wanted you to close your eyes and relax which you did as he played with your hand. Soft and gentle touches running up and down your arm as your body goes lax. When the doctor does come you open your eyes and welcome him in with a small smile.
"Hi. Y/N?"
You nod.
"It's nice to meet you. I'm Dr. Callahan. So what brings you in today?"
You try to sit up but Hoseok urges for you to stay lying down. You don't try to fight him but it doesn't stop you from sighing.
"My stomach has been cramping and I've been throwing up."
"How long have you been like this?"
You shrug. "For a few hours? I was fine this morning."
"Anything you ate?"
"She didn't eat that much today." Hoseok chimes in.
Dr. Callahan nods. "Are you sexually active?"
Your head jerks back a bit in surprise but you shouldn't be you guess. He is a doctor asking reasonable questions. It doesn't stop the heat from creeping up your neck.
"Yes."
"Okay. Have you had a pregnancy test done?"
Your eyes widen as your mouth slowly hangs ajar.
There was no way in hell. No way in hell you were pregnant. Right?
You shift your sights over to Hoseok who has a look of subtle surprise but nothing more nothing less. It's not helping the way your anxiety is starting to spike up.
"I um," you start. "I - no. No I haven't."
The doctor nods. "Okay that's fine. We can do one for you now. All we need is a little bit of your urine and we can get a result within minutes for you."
"Okay." The word leaves you in a shaky manner.
When he leaves to retrieve a cup for you you look at Hoseok with wide eyes that scream discomfort.
"There's no way I'm pregnant," you say.
He squeezes your hand in what you assume to be comfort.
"We don't know that yet."
"No Hoseok. I am not pregnant."
There's no way. You couldn't be. You'll never be. It's already bad enough you're in the predicament you're in with Hoseok who just so happens to be your kidnapper but to have a baby by him too? Gods you think you're about to have a panic attack.
"If you aren't then good but if you are," Hoseok shrugs. "We'll deal with it."
You sit up quickly and your stomach cramps because of it.
"I don't want to deal with it." You're beginning to tremble with nerves. "I can't be pregnant."
"Shh baby. Hey." He brings a hand up to your cheek and caresses it with his thumb. "We'll get through this. It's going to be okay."
He doesn't seem to get the severity of the situation but then again he isn't you. He wasn't kidnapped and forced into a certain life by someone. It's terrifying to think about even more so with knowing you just might be carrying his child.
You're not fit to be a mother. Maybe some day but today is not that day.
Swallowing your spit is getting hard when it grows viscous with your nerves. The feeling to vomit doesn't come but something akin to nausea does hit you. You're even growing a bit lightheaded.
"You need to calm down, Y/N. If you don't you're going to faint again."
You know he's right and so you try to take deep even breaths. It still doesn't change the fact that you're a bottle of nerves. Filled to the brim with anxiety.
There's a knock on the door and it opens to reveal the doctor with a little cup in his hand.
"Alright so I just need you to pee in this. It doesn't need to be a lot. Just a little bit."
The door opens again and in walks in Dawn. She smiles at you.
"I'll run the test on it when you're done," she says.
You're hesitant to take the cup but you know you need to do this. You have to do this. For peace of mind.
Hoseok helps in easing you up off of the bed along with the nurse once the doctor leaves. She says she'll take you to the bathroom and encourages him to stay in the room, but there's a hesitancy about him. Like he's not sure if he should leave you alone with the nurse. His hands come together in nervousness and he looks at you with pleading eyes. You know what he's asking for. For you not to slip up and fuck his whole life over.
After today you don't think you'll be leaving any time soon. After the incident with Minjeong you were left feeling like you have no place to go and then you're reminded of something. In your pocket is something Minjeong slipped to you. When you go to the bathroom you'll check to see what it is.
You nod towards Hoseok as a way to let him know things will be okay. He seems to release the tension in his shoulders a little as the nurse leads you out of the room.
You drag along the stand the IV fluid hangs from as you hold the cup in a death grip. You're far beyond nervous right now and you're afraid the result might be that you are pregnant. What are you going to do then? There's no way Hoseok would allow for an abortion will he? He's controlled your life in every other aspect you wouldn't doubt he would control your pregnancy as well.
"Here we are." The nurse says. "I'll be waiting for you right here."
You thank her before entering the bathroom and closing the door behind you.
You sigh as you place the cup down on the edge of the sink. The first thing you do before bringing your pants down is dig into your pocket. You fish out a folded piece of paper. It's what Minjeong passed to you before she left and you hurriedly unfold it to see numbers. Not just any set of numbers. It's her phone number.
You close your eyes in relief. You didn't know what to expect but now that you see it you're happy. Without hesitation you pull out your phone and enter the number on it. You hope Hoseok doesn't go through it but just in case you don't put her name. You think on what to put as you look around you. When your eyes draw to the cup an idea hits you and you're quick to write the name Dawn. If he were to ever ask you who Dawn was you'll say it's the nurse from the hospital. That you exchanged numbers because she was really nice to you. That's all.
You quickly discard the piece of paper and lie your phone next to the cup before pulling your pants and underwear down to pee.
Nothing comes out at first and you have to turn the faucet on to get the urge going. You take the cap off of the cup and stare at it, letting the sound of rushing water get to you until you finally have the urge to pee.
You slip the cup beneath you and get what you can before finishing in the toilet and cleaning up. You wash your hands and wrap the capped cup in a paper towel, turn off the faucet and grab your phone to slip it into your pocket. You're done, you're set and exit the bathroom to see Dawn waiting for you just like she said.
She smiles. "All done?"
You nod your head and give her the cup.
The two of you walk down the hall towards your room seemingly calm but your heart is beating a mile a minute. Fingers crossed you're not pregnant because you don't know how you're going to deal with that.
When you open the door you see Hoseok who fidgets with his fingers. He looks just as nervous as you but he does his best to hide it when he sees you.
He stands and pulls you into his arms where he hugs you gently and kisses your forehead.
"The test will take a few minutes. Once I have a result I'll let you guys know."
You give a soft "Okay" and watch as she departs.
Behind the closed door Hoseok kisses your forehead again and urges you to look up at him with a hand to your chin.
"Your heart beat," he says.
You know what he means by it. He can hear how nervous you are.
"It's going to be okay. If you aren't pregnant then good but if you are we'll deal with it, okay?"
You nod your head though what you want more than anything is to not deal with it. You think of bringing up getting an abortion but you're afraid of what he might say. So you stay quiet for your sake.
A few minutes turn to more and more turns to almost an hour. You were told the pregnancy test would only take a few minutes but now you're left feeling nothing but dread because you have yet to receive an answer. You can't sit still and you're stomach is starting to cramp again. Hoseok had to retrieve you a clean throw up bag because the nausea is starting to creep up again. Gods this doesn't help. You want to be put out of your misery right now because you can't keep dealing with the wait.
Almost on the dot of another hour does Hoseok sit up in his seat and looks at the door. When he does you look at the door expectantly until there's a knock. The door opens to reveal Dawn and she has a sorry look on her face.
"I'm so sorry it took so long. We had a bit of an emergency that took up our time."
You shake your head. "No no. It's okay." You're a restless mess but you can't fault her for this.
"So I got your results."
Hoseok reaches for your hand and you find yourself holding him tight.
"You're not pregnant."
Like a huge weight being lifted off of your shoulders you sigh in relief. You look at Hoseok who sighs as well but he doesn't make a big show of it like you do.
Dawn smiles. "As for your blood everything is looking good."
"Then what's causing the stomach issues," you ask.
"Have you been under any stress lately?"
That's the million dollar question.
Of course you've been under stress and after things having been calm for a few weeks the issue with the letter and then Minjeong things got a little out of control. So you nod.
"A little bit."
"Well that can be causing it. When you leave we'll give you some scripts to take to the pharmacy for both the stomach pain and the nausea."
You nod again. "Okay."
Okay. You breathe another sigh of relief and let the nurse handle everything that needs to be done. She asks if you're still having issues with your stomach pain now that she sees you with another throw up bag. You say yes and she's quick to issue another dose of medicine to cool it down along with something for the nausea. When she leaves to check on your discharge paperwork Hoseok squeezes your hand and you look over to him.
"We need to get you on birth control," he says.
Your brows furrow a little at the prospects of getting on birth control. You know about it not just through media but the women who your former Masters would have frenzy feedings with. It's clear that you and Hoseok should have been using protection from the beginning but you just haven't. If you would have ended up pregnant it wouldn't have been a mistake. You and Hoseok looked for that problem although unintentional it was.
"There's all types. We just have to find the right one for you."
"And what about you," you ask.
"What about me?"
You shrug. "You don't want to try condoms?"
Hoseok's lips slowly part in mild surprise. "Um. I guess? With birth control you should be fine."
"But what if none of them work?"
"Then we use condoms."
You nod. "Okay."
You won't get into an argument with him about it but you wanted to make it clear that condoms were an option.
Today has been a roller coaster ride of emotions and pains. The nurse tells you to limit your stress to avoid your stomach aches and nausea again. It's easier said than done. Especially because the main cause of your stress is because you were kidnapped. Something she of course doesn't know. Something you know Hoseok is thankful you didn't speak up about because you're too much of a coward. At least you have Minjeong's number. She said it took her a while to escape. It's going to take you a while too but if you need help you have her number.
You also have some questions for Namjoon and Yoongi. You don't know if they'll be willing to answer them all but you'll make sure you're alone with them when you go to question them. Just so that they don't feel pressured around their brothers or the servants.
You're also glad Hoseok wasn't too keen on the idea of you being pregnant. He didn't show outright disgust or annoyance about it but it seemed as if he preferred that you weren't. It's the small things to be happy about you guess.
You don't know what you would do with a child. You don't feel like you're ready for one and you especially don't want to have a child with your captor. You're already living a nightmare. You don't want to make it worse.
You also note something else and it's something you try not to think about. You try not to because if you ignore it maybe then it wouldn't be true. You're becoming complicit with Hoseok. He's wrong for kidnapping you. Wrong for doing all the things he's done but you're not fighting him as much. You chalk that up to being a coward. A coward that was too scared to speak up to the security officers. Too much of a coward to speak up even now. You would like to think it's because of that and not because you're settling into this new life of yours. It scares you to think that but you're not doing much else. You're always thinking about escaping but you're not putting in the effort.
You wonder if Minjeong was the same way. She said it took her a while to escape so maybe. Maybe if it weren't for Yoongi she'd still be with Hoseok and you'd be still with the Baeks. Or would Hoseok had chosen you anyway the day he first saw you? Would he have sent Minjeong off or would he keep you both?
You don't want to think about these things but sometimes you can't help it.
Hoseok holds you close in a hug and tells you how he's going to set up an appointment for you with a gynecologist and you just listen attentively. You let him talk without interrupting. No you don't like to think you're getting used to this life but you're something close to it. Very close to it.
69 notes View notes
ana-rose1 11 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 42
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 6,948
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 42 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Some Angst
Prev | Next
Weeks. It's been weeks. It's September and it's already Fall. You can't believe how time has flown. So many days passed you by and you're still not out of this house. You're still in Hoseok's grasps. You're still messing around with Namjoon and you don't know what you're waiting for. It's unnerving to think about.
Your money is still there so it's not like you have nothing to go off of. The only excuse really is that Hoseok has not given time to yourself outside of what you do with Taehyung and Namjoon. There are no ifs, ands, or buts that you can't escape under Taehyung's watchful eye. You maybe could under Namjoon's but you're too afraid to come up with something that isn't just you and him kissing and touching. Namjoon knows you want to leave but that's as far as it goes.
You've also, surprisingly, spent more time with Jungkook. Albeit it's whenever Taehyung and you hang out. He even said he liked the way you smell but that was because Taehyung put you on the spot. It went something like this:
You made it very clear one time to Taehyung that you know Jimin, Seokjin, and Jungkook don't like you. Jimin is still harboring that grudge as his punishment is still not over, but you believe the extended time his punishment has is more due to the fact that the brothers are happy not to smell his girls in the house anymore. It's less to do with you at this point you're sure. Seokjin, and now no one knows besides Hoseok, about the little back and forth you had that night you got sick but Taehyung swears Seokjin is indifferent about you. As for Jungkook he says what everyone else has told you. That Jungkook doesn't hate you that that's just the way he is. Taehyung went as far as to talk about it with Jungkook in front of you asking "You don't hate Y/N do you" and all the youngest had to say was that he liked your smell. It confused the hell out of you but that's where the brothers left it at so you said no more.
All this aside Hoseok has fallen deeper in love with you. Ever since he showed you his sensitive side - expressed his worry - he's become even closer to you. If that's possible. He stares at you as if someone strung hearts around you. He's in love. Sickly in love.
As for Namjoon? You think you might have fallen in love with him. You're too afraid to say it out loud lest someone hears you. He hasn't told you he loves you himself so you keep quiet about it.
You're really in a pickle here - being stuck between Hoseok and Namjoon. It's your own fault really but you're not ready to acknowledge that.
Right now you're with Hoseok. Neither Namjoon or Taehyung are available so you're holed up in Hoseok's study with him while he works. You're tapping away at your phone playing a game while Hoseok taps away on his keyboard and mouse. It's boring in here and you're about to take a nap when there's a knock on his door.
"Come in." Hoseok welcomes them.
The door opens to reveal a servant who bows in your presence.
"Lord Hoseok I have your mail for you."
"Oh thank you." He stretches his hand out to grab the letters.
The servant you've seen in passing departs then as Hoseok flips through the mail. He places some on his desk before tossing the ones considered to be junk in the small trash bin he has next to him. You watch him until he comes to the final letter and see the way his brows furrow as he frowns. It's silent for a moment before he looks up at you and extends the letter in your direction.
"This is for you."
It's your turn for your brows to furrow as you stand up.
For you? Who could have possibly sent you a letter?
When you grab it you face the front towards you and read your name that's written neatly. Looking up at the top left your eyes widen in excitement. It says Sunmi Park. Could this be your Sunmi?
You hurriedly go to open it but not without Hoseok asking who Sunmi was.
"She's a maid from my old place."
The envelope comes apart as you take out the letter and begin reading.
Dear Y/N,
I hope this is the right address and that you get this. It's been so long since we last spoke though this time it's through a letter. How are you? How have you been? I wish I could know the answer to these questions but I think this will be my first and last letter to you. Hyung-Won is keeping an eye on me. Just as I write this I look over my shoulder in worry that he might find me and toss this away.
I'm writing to you because I found the letter you wrote to Master Hyun-Woo. I'm afraid to say it never reached him. While he was in the hospital Master Hyun-Sik came across the letter and saw it was addressed to his brother. He brought it to Hyung-Won's attention and they opened it. Needless to say he tossed it in the trash. I waited until neither of the brothers were around to fish it out and I read everything. Master Hyun-Woo won't be able to read it but I can tell you what's going on.
He's finally out of the hospital. It was a struggle to get him to finally eat - to feed but he's recovered. Somewhat.
He misses you. A lot. You're all he ever thinks about. I've had a private word with him, of course, behind the brothers' backs. He's a shell of his former self but he's surviving because he's holding onto hope that you find him again. I wish I could have given him the letter but I was sold out to Hyung-Won by one of the maids. I kept the envelope it was sent in so I could write to you but the letter was taken from me and burned. It makes Master Hyun-Woo's heart ache knowing he's being kept from you. He's under watch too. Any mail or calls he may receive are going through Hyung-Won. The eldest has grown paranoid. The more his brother wishes for your return the more mistrustful and devious he's become. You must also be wondering why it took so long for me to write to you. Hyung-Won has been on my back more than usual. Ever since he knew I had the letter he changed. He's not himself anymore. He's not the man I once loved.
I'm sorry Y/N. I wish there was more I could say that would bring a smile to your face. Something different that'll make things right again. I don't know how things must be going for you. Is Lord Hoseok treating you well? Are you being ruled over against your will? I don't know what to think but I am worried.
Despite this being my first and last letter I will give you this. My cellphone number. If you're ever given the chance to call me please do. It's 82-
Before you can read the rest of the letter it's snatched from your hand. You jump at the sudden move and turn around to see Hoseok standing behind you. He looks upset as he begins to tear the letter into pieces.
"Hoseok! What are you doing?!"
He says nothing as he tears it apart more before tossing it into the trash. Tears spring forth from your eyes as your mouth hangs ajar in shock.
"Why did you do that?"
Hoseok looks at you and shakes his head. "Enough of that."
Enough of what? Clearly he was reading over your shoulder what Sunmi had to say. It breaks your heart to not know what her number is now.
"I wasn't finished reading it."
"You don't have to know how it ends." He brushes his hair off his forehead. "I shouldn't have let you read it before I did anyway."
You grit your teeth in anger as your nostrils flare.
How could he do this to you? First you find out Hyun-Woo never read your letter and now that Sunmi got in contact with you you're frustrated that you can't respond back somehow. Hoseok's ugly side is starting to show again and you hate the fact that he easily reminds you that you're not here willingly. That you were taken from your home and that he has complete control over you. It makes more tears spring to your eyes but you try your best not to cry.
"Why did you do that," you ask again.
Hoseok has to calm his breathing down now that he's feeling agitated. He tongues his cheek as he places a hand down onto his desk before turning in place to rest his backside against it.
"Y/N," he says before giving a mirthless laugh. "You just don't get it do you?"
You sniffle as you try and prevent yourself from crying. "What don't I get, Hoseok?"
His styled hair is starting to annoy him as he pushes it off his forehead again. "I told you not to take things farther than that letter I sent for you and now your little friend sends you one back with her phone number. After everything she already said about how Hyun-Woo feels about you? You really expect me not to get mad, Y/N?" His voice slowly raises with each question made. "I didn't allow you to write that letter to rekindle anything between you and the people you lost. I did it to shut you up."
Your head jerks back at his final words. Despite the fact that you shouldn't be surprised by this his words do hurt and he can clearly see this because your face crumbles a little.
He closes his eyes with a sigh before looking at you with arms wide open.
"Come here."
Your hands clench into fists with tears ready to fall any second now.
"Y/N," he says.
You shake your head no as you bite your lip hard.
He doesn't give you a chance to fight him any longer though because in one quick movement he walks up to you and holds you tight in his arms. A hand to your lower back and the other on the back of your head. But as if fire had touch you you react and you react violently. Your fists push into his chest as you try and wiggle out of his hold. It just makes him want to keep you closer and with his strength overpowering your own he lets you wear yourself out as you cry out with every fiber of your being.
"No," you cry.
Hoseok's hold on the back of your head lowers down to the back of your neck where he grips you tight. Like a cat grabbing their kitten by the scruff - you stiffen.
You hadn't realized you had closed your eyes but when you open them all you see is a warped image of Hoseok through your blurry tears. You sniffle then hiccup even when he leans in to kiss your forehead.
"I'm sorry," he says in a hushed voice.
"No you're not."
You know he's not. He never is.
Despite not wanting to be anywhere near Hoseok you let him hold you. You're upset but you need to ground yourself. It's been a while since he last made you cry and you sure as hell don't miss it.
Your forehead is resting against his collar bone and you breathe when he breathes. Slow. In and out. In and out.
You can't believe everything that has happened so far. This is his first outburst in a while. You guess when you play the part so does he. He's been sweet and doting on you every chance he could get. For a minute there you found yourself just letting things be as they are between you two. Yes you were still hooking up with Namjoon but with you not making any escape attempts it was like you were succumbing to Hoseok's wishes. You can't say if it was a conscious decision or not but you let it happen and now that he's showing his true colors again the need for flight kicks in again.
You squeeze your eyes shut to block these thoughts before it sends your heart rate back up.
Tears that haven't been shed cling to your lashes and you have to wipe them to get the weight off of them. You sniffle as you let Hoseok's hand on your back trail up and down. He's comforting you. You know that but you don't want him to. You're done grounding yourself so you pull back.
He releases his hold on you and tilts his head so he can get a look of your face. His hands come to wipe the streaks left behind by your tears before cupping your cheeks.
"Hey," he says.
You open your eyes and look at him. An unreadable expression is on his face. You feel like things are back to the way it was before. When you couldn't get a read on him. He just stares and stares in silence before sighing.
"I am sorry for hurting you."
Where's the but in this, you think.
"But I'm not sorry for everything else."
There he goes... again.
Something akin to a short bitter laugh leaves you. "Why would you be sorry? You're never wrong."
You know he can tell you're being sarcastic but he doesn't say anything about it.
His thumbs swipe the underside of your eyes a few times to wipe any residual tears. When he's done he releases you before crossing his arms and leaning his weight onto one leg.
He looks like he wants to say something but he doesn't. Instead he bites his bottom lip in silent thought as he looks you over. It makes you cross your arms as well but out of discomfort with your eyes shifting off towards the side.
You're so upset right now. There's a childish side to you that makes you want to stomp your foot. You want to do something that will make him stop staring at you but you don't because there's another side of you that is afraid of the repercussions. It doesn't stop you from running your mouth though.
"Stop staring at me."
There's no response at first and it makes you curious.
You look at him only to see he has a brow raised as he tongues his cheek. The sight of him like this makes you pout a little as you wriggle uncomfortably under his stare.
"Hoseok," you say. Anything to try and get him to stop.
He blinks in what feels like forever before twisting and turning his head as he tries to get his neck to crack. Afterwards, he sighs.
"You really piss me off sometimes." He says these words under his breath but you hear him all the same.
You frown as your arms uncross and wrap around you so you can hug yourself. You seek the comfort in your own arms after his words because he's clearly feeling annoyed with you. It's been a while since he's last expressed himself like this. It's been a while for a lot of things.
Despite being annoyed it doesn't last for long because he uncrosses his arms to draw you in.
"I'm sorry," he apologizes again. "That was uncalled for."
It was. You have to admit that his words actually hurt you.
He kisses your forehead. "Do you forgive me?"
You doubt you accepting his apology or not will matter to him but you give an answer anyway. Somewhat of an answer as you shrug your shoulders.
You feel the puff of air from his nose brush across your forehead when he sighs.
"You know the things I do for you I do because I'm looking out for you, right?"
From this close when you look up at him you can see the stubble on his chin. It pricks your skin when he pulls you closer to him so he can run his lips over your cheek.
He hums in question when you don't answer. Clearly he's waiting for a response.
You roll your eyes only because he can't see it from this angle. Otherwise you would have kept it to yourself for the sake of not hearing his mouth.
"Y/N?"
You breathe in deeply before releasing it into a sigh. "You have a funny way of showing how you care for me. Ow!" You gasp when you feel him pinch your side.
He huffs a laugh before kissing your cheek. "Watch it."
You have half a mind to pinch him back but you refrain from doing so.
Hoseok seems to be in better spirits now as he pats your butt before separating from you. His smile isn't wide but it reaches his eyes. Not all is forgiven on your end but you realize things can get back to normal or whatever constitutes as such when you don't fight back. It's his preferred way of handling things.
You're still partly stuck on the fact that Hyung-Won and Hyun-Sik are keeping you from contacting their brother. What have you ever done to them for them to dislike you so much? Were you an incompetent maid? Did you not bow to them when prompted to do so? Is your relationship - was your relationship with Hyun-Woo that detestable? You don't know how to feel about it entirely. It hurt when you were banished. It still hurts a little bit but not so much anymore.
There are two taps to your forehead and when you snap back to reality you see that it's Hoseok's forefinger and middle finger.
"You're getting stuck in that pretty head of yours, my love."
"Oh." It's all you can muster up.
He frowns. "Are you still upset with me?"
To be honest, no you're not. Not anymore so you shake your head no.
To this he smiles. "Good. I'd rather we put this behind us. Your past is a past for a reason. Let's keep it that way."
That's another way to sour your mood. He could have chosen better words to end this but he never thinks. It's whatever you guess.
Hoseok wraps his arms around you and pulls you in close to kiss your lips. His hands curl around you until he's cupping your behind and squeezes. You give him a deadly look but he just laughs in response.
He leans back onto his desk but not without keeping you close. His hands move from your ass to your hips slipping his thumbs beneath your shirt so he can massage into your skin. You're trapped between his legs as you toy with the buttons on his shirt.
With it being Fall the weather has cooled down a bit so the air conditioner hasn't been needed. Neither has the heater been needed yet so everyone is stuck in this weird limbo. Right now the air is off and there's only a slight chill that clings to the Autumn air. It's a welcomed chill. One a simple cardigan can be used for.
Hoseok grabs your hand to stop you from pulling his button off and kisses your fingers.
"Is there something on your mind," he asks.
You shrug your shoulders.
"Bored?"
You shrug your shoulders again.
"Well," he starts with a sigh. "We haven't gone out in a while. Is there something you'd like to do?"
You purse your lips for a second. "Don't you have work to do?"
"I do but I can hold it off for right now."
Your eyes shift until you're looking into his own. He smiles when your eyes lock even more so when you look away almost shy like. You're not necessarily shy but when he stares at you like you hung the moon and stars you can't help but to look away.
Hoseok presses his thumb onto your lips as if to wipe something away but you know he does it for other reasons. He just likes the way your lips would often wrap around the digit but with your high not in place you refuse to do it. Doesn't stop him from trying though.
Before either of you can proceed further Hoseok drops his hand and looks towards the door. That's a sign for you to know someone is on their way to you. A second later a knock sounds throughout the room.
"Come in."
The door slowly opens to reveal a familiar face. Taehyung peeks in and smiles when he sees you two. You smile back though it's strained.
"I was looking for you."
You don't know if he meant he was looking for his brother or for you.
Hoseok slithers a hand around your waist so he can turn you around. Your back presses flushed against his front where he wraps his arms around you to keep you close.
"What's up," he asks as he leans his chin on your shoulder.
Taehyung doesn't look the least bit bothered by this show of affection. Instead he just holds the doorknob and rests part of his weight against the door.
"I was wondering if you wanted to head to the stores with me."
Again, you don't know who he's talking to.
"Which store?" Hoseok asks.
"The jewelry store. I want to look for something for Jimin since his birthday is around the corner."
Your brows raise the slightest bit at this revelation.
Jimin's birthday was coming up? You don't know why you never thought of their birthdays. Maybe because Hyun-Woo stopped caring for his own birthday a long time ago so you expected all other vampires to be the same.
"When is his birthday," you ask.
Taehyung smiles. "October 13th."
Today is September 25th so soon.
You pick at your thumb nail as a series of thoughts over take you. Would the family go out of their way to do a big party to celebrate or will it be something simple? Despite not liking him should you get him something? If you do would he like it or would he throw the gift in your face and keep walking? Should you bother to celebrate the day? Would he even bother with your birthday when the time came around? You don't know...
"Y/N?"
You hum questioningly as you come back to your senses. "What happened?"
Hoseok kisses the back or your neck before squeezing you in his arms.
"Do you want to go to the jewelry store with Taehyung?"
You turn your head to look at him. "Are you going?"
Your captor shrugs. "I'll go if you go."
This gives you a chance to leave the house for the first time in a while and you won't be spending alone time with Hoseok. Small wins here so you shrug.
"Sure, I guess."
"Great!" Taehyung clasps his hands together. "Kooky is driving."
"What about the others?" Hoseok asks. "Did you check with them?"
"I did but no one is available and of course I didn't say anything to Jimin since this is a surprise for him."
Hoseok nods. "Okay then. Just give us a minute to get ready, yeah?"
Taehyung looks at you with sparkles in his eyes with that boxy grin of his. "I'll get Jungkook and we'll wait for you in the garage."
Before anymore can be said Taehyung departs leaving the door open to the study wide open.
Holding you close for a bit longer, Hoseok releases you so he can stand up fully.
"I'll be heading up to get my wallet just in case you see something you like." He smiles. "Need anything from upstairs? Come up with me."
You shake your head. "I'll just wait in the garage with the others." A pause. "If that's okay?"
You are forever testing the waters when it comes to this man.
"Of course, baby." He leans over to kiss your forehead. "You know where the garage is. Just be careful."
You know what he means. It's not like he was sending you off towards a pack of hungry wolves but he's always looking out for you. That's just the way he is.
The two of you depart with a kiss to your temple as he heads upstairs to get his things while you slip your cellphone in and out of your pocket - making sure it's still on your person.
Your feet drag against the floors as you casually make your way towards the garage. You're in no hurry despite you knowing you're being waited on. You cross paths with servants that bow in your direction. With servants who will no doubt talk about you behind your back especially when Seokjin asks them to. Well does he ask or does he demand it? You don't know. Either way they communicate at everyone's, especially your, expense.
You pass by them all until you take the familiar hall down past the front door and into the warm garage where you spot Jungkook and Taehyung. They're leaning against a black Hyundai SUV type of car. They aren't talking instead they are both looking at you. It makes you hesitate a moment but Taehyung's warm smile draws you in closer.
To hear something other than your heart beat in your ears you try to strike up a conversation.
"Nice car. Whose is it?"
"Mine." Jungkook says in a flat and disinterested way.
You nod your head awkwardly. "It's nice."
As if to save you from awkwardness of it all Taehyung swoops in.
"Do you like cars, Y/N? Have you ever driven one before?"
You shrug though you're thankful for him. "I'm neither here nor there about them. I've never driven before. I don't even have a license."
Taehyung's brows raise in surprise. You even catch Jungkook's one eyebrow raise in what must be in slight interest.
"No?" Taehyung huffs a laugh.
What he finds funny you don't know but he doesn't elaborate further.
"Maybe some day I can teach you."
It's your brows turn to rise up before you settle for a neutral look. "You don't have to do that. I'm fine without a car."
"But still," he says.
The next voice to speak makes you jump as he creeps up behind you without making a sound.
"I'll teach her one of these days." Hoseok says. "You're free to tag along if you want Tae."
"Nice," the younger vampire says. "For now I call shotgun!"
No one denies the chance he's taken to sit in the front passenger side of the car.
Jungkook, without a word, spins the keys on his finger and moves out of the way so he can step into the driver's side. This will be the first time you're in a car with him that didn't include him also being the passenger. You wonder if he's a safe driver and pray that he is.
Once everyone is settled in the windows are rolled down the slightest bit as music begins to play. Hoseok reaches for your hand that's on your lap and laces your fingers together. He seems relaxed as his brother drives off the premises. It's smooth sailing
for the most part but you notice he doesn't really come to a full stop at stop signs. He just rolls into them like their yield signs before continuing on.
"Do you have in mind what you want to get Jimin?" Hoseok asks for the sake of having a conversation.
Taehyung hums. "There's a matching ring set from Tiffany & Co that caught my attention. I want to see it in person and if it looks as good as it does online then I'll buy him that."
Hoseok hums as well before there's a short pause of silence. "What's gotten into you that you want to celebrate his birthday?"
Taehyung chuckles. "He's been in a bad mood as of late so I think he deserves a little treat."
Your interest is peaked. "Do you guys normally not celebrate your birthdays?"
"Normally no." Hoseok says. "When you have as many as we do you get bored of it."
Just like Hyun-Woo then. It made sense from Taehyung's point of view as to why he wants to celebrate Jimin's though. He wants to give him something that will possibly make him feel a little better despite everything that's happened to make him upset.
"What about you?" Taehyung asks. "Do you celebrate your birthday? When is it?"
"Oh," you say. You shake your head until you realize he can't see you. "No I don't celebrate it. It's in Spring though. May 1st."
"Well that's just sad." You can hear the pout in Taehyung's voice. "You humans don't live for as long as we do so you should celebrate your days."
You shrug your shoulders. "It's nothing special. At least to me it isn't. My birthday I mean."
It's not special to you because it's not your official birthday but the day you were found. That's all.
Taehyung turns in his seat to look at you. He just sits and stares for a minute before turning back to face the front.
"My birthday is December 30th. Hoseok's is February 18th and Jungkook's is September 1st."
Your brows raise in surprise. Jungkook's birthday passed and no one said a word?
"I didn't know Jungkook's birthday was just recent," you say.
Hoseok hums. "And Namjoon's was on the 12th."
Your head snaps towards him before you stare off into the distance.
Namjoon's birthday also passed? You think about what you must have done on the 12th and you think you recall spending time with Namjoon. You didn't do much besides hang out in the library.
Why didn't he tell you about his birthday? You would have done something more for him if you could. He spent his day with you treating it like any other. You have half the mind to text him and grill him about it but you'll wait to talk to him about it another time. When you're in person preferably.
You lick your lips when you finally come back out from inside your head. "When is everyone else's birthdays?"
Hoseok squeezes your hand a little as Taehyung speaks up.
"Yoongi's is March 9th and Seokjin's is December 4th. And like I said before Jimin's is the 13th of October."
You don't know what you'll do with all this information but you guess it's good to know. They don't celebrate their birthdays just like you but in moments like now where Taehyung is taking the chance to celebrate his brother's day by cheering him up - you guess you could do the same if the opportunity ever presented itself to you. Does that mean you plan on getting something for Jimin to get him off your back? No. Absolutely not. It's just a nice thought that you had. That's all. Maybe you'll do something for Namjoon. Gods know he deserves it and more.
The drive is a little ways ahead. Farther than the other places you've been to around here. The place Taehyung is looking for is inside this shopping mall that's brimming with life. There's ways to get inside through all these stores and the one Jungkook chooses to park near is a Macy's. You see plenty of people walking out with bags of jewelry and clothes. High heels clicking against the asphalt outside.
When you're parked you and Taehyung are the first to slip out. It feels good out and you can't help but to stretch in the open air. There's a hand that comes around to grab your own and you already know who it is without even having to look. It brings a smile to Taehyung's face when you look at him and you're reminded of the fact that he's treating you nicely because he's starting to believe you're a good person. That you won't break his big brother's heart.
You can't help but to look away in hopes of getting out of his sight. It's too much for you.
All of you gather together and head towards the Macy's but not without garnering attention here and there. You should be used to it by now but you can't help but to think about that article about you and Hoseok. It makes your stomach turn to the point that you have to rub it to calm it down.
You try your best to ignore the stares. Hoseok and his brothers don't seem bothered by them so you'll try and mimic them.
Despite it feeling good outside the air is on inside the mall. Your skin breaks out into goosebumps as you make your way through.
Taehyung who leads the way doesn't stop for anything. Your eyes roam here and there but nothing really catches your attention either way. You're just happy to be out of the house.
The Tiffancy and Co store isn't far though and sooner rather than later you appear in front of it and with it are a new breed of people. Ones that look down at anyone who walks around them. People who would surely look down on you if it weren't for the fact that Hoseok held on to your hand.
With the appearance of their Lords everyone changes their attitude and looks upon the three men with respect and admiration. There's one girl who keeps flipping her hair over her shoulder as a way to garner Jungkook's attention but the vampire doesn't even bother to look her way. He's more concerned with the jewelry on display.
A woman approaches your group shortly - her hair done up in a tight bun and a smile that screams "look at me."
"What can I do for you gentlemen today," she asks as she gives a small bow.
You're glad she doesn't acknowledge your presence. Your stomach hurts too much to deal with all of this.
Taehyung smiles as he fishes out his phone. "I was wondering if you have these in stock." He swipes his screen a few times before he settles on the image he was looking for. "It's a matching ring set."
Recognition lights the woman's face. "We do actually. Let me grab them for you."
Taehyung follows after her and Jungkook goes off on his own leaving you alone with Hoseok. He smiles down at you before leading you over to the glass cases that house all types of jewelry.
"Anything that catches your attention," he asks.
You're quick to shake your head no when you see the prices of them. It makes Hoseok chuckle.
"Don't worry about the price. Just get what you like. I'll handle the payments."
"Still," you say. "This is too much."
He looks up at you then down to your necklace that you still wear for him. He picks it up with his other hand and smiles at the small lock. Like the image of it amuses him.
"Money isn't a problem with me. So don't worry about it."
Is this his way of saying your necklace costed him a pretty penny? Maybe so but you didn't ask for it. That was all his own doing.
You look back down at the jewelry and just gaze at them unseeing. Shopping for jewelry just isn't your thing. It is for everyone else around you. Especially Jungkook who finds something for Jimin and himself and Taehyung finds the matching rings he saw online. The woman thought he was buying this for an important missus in his life but he was quick to correct her that it was for his brother.
All things seem well until you notice something. Hoseok looks on edge. His grip on your hand tightens as he looks around, but it's not just him. It's Taehyung and Jungkook as well.
"You okay," you ask.
Hoseok looks down at you and gives you a strained smile. "Yeah, baby. Yeah."
After a few moments of silence as the cashier rings up the brothers - Taehyung looks at Hoseok with worry.
"Do you smell it?"
Hoseok hums with a nod.
"Just ignore it." Jungkook says. "We're done here anyway, right?"
You over hear them talking and it makes you nervous. It makes your stomach turn again and this time you think you might throw up.
"I have to go to the bathroom."
All three men look at you as you bring a hand to your stomach.
"Then let's take you to the restroom." Taehyung places a gentle hand on your shoulder. "Think you can hold off until we get there?"
You nod before closing your eyes to breathe deeply in and out. Your eyes open when Hoseok moves you but you notice his attention is elsewhere. He's looking over his shoulders like he's worried and all it's doing is making you grow with worry yourself.
You would ask him if he's sure things were okay but you're too nauseous to speak. So much so that when you reach the bathroom door you barrel in and go for the open stall. Your knees buckle as you dry heave but nothing comes out. It's the worst kind of feeling in the world. You think for a brief moment if you should shove your finger down your throat but think against it. If you're going to throw up you will. If you don't then you don't.
You stand to your full height and close your eyes to breathe in and out.
Your stomach still turns but not as bad this time.
"Fuck," you mumble.
You wipe the bit of sweat that formed on your forehead and go to turn around. When you do you jump with a loud gasp but before you can say anything a hand slaps over your mouth to prevent you from screaming.
"Shh!" The woman holding you brings a finger to her lips. "Please don't scream," she says in a hushed voice.
Your heart is beating a mile a minute as your hands shake. Your eyes are wide open and it's then you realize something: her skin is cool against your own. You look down at her lips and wish you could see them. Fangs. Is she a vampire?
You mumble something against her hand but can't make the words out.
"What," she asks.
You raise your hands in surrender and she watches you. Slowly you drop your hands down and with it she removes her own hand.
"I won't scream," you say.
She nods her head a few times. "Okay. Okay good."
You lick your lips as you grab your stomach. You don't have the urge to throw up but your stomach still aches.
You look the woman over a few times before parting your lips to speak.
"Are you a vampire?"
Her brows shoot up in surprise. "Um... um yeah. I am."
You nod.
Despite scaring the shit out of you she looks normal? She doesn't look like a crazed killer you mean. She's dressed beautifully with a beige skirt and lavender blouse. She's a couple inches taller than you in those beige heels that compliments her pale skin. There's no ifs, and, or buts about it she's beautiful. Heart wrenchingly so. Her straight bob moves with every one of her nervous actions. It makes you wonder what she's doing in here with you.
"Can," you start. "Can I know why you snuck up on me like that?"
She winces. "Sorry. I just um..." she looks over her shoulder before looking back at you and whispers. "Can I lock the door?"
Your brows furrow as you frown. "Can I know why?"
She fidgets in her spot. "I just - it's just." She stops to take a deep breath in. "I don't want Hoseok walking in on us."
You freeze.
Did she just say Hoseok? Does she know who he is? How? Who is this woman?
Without a second thought you speak. "Lock the door."
She nods and hurriedly makes her way over and as silently as she can she puts the lock into place.
"I don't have much time," she says as she walks back to you. "My name is Minjeong. Have you heard about me?"
You shake your head. "Sorry no. Should I know about you?"
Minjeong looks down as she sucks her teeth. "I figured he wouldn't say anything about me." She looks back up at you. "Who are you? What's your name? What are you to Hoseok?"
Your eyes open wide at the barrage of questions. "Um, I'm Y/N. I'm no one special just..." What are you to say? You're not Hoseok's girl no matter how much he claims you are. How are you supposed to introduce yourself? "I, uh, I'm Hoseok's... partner. I guess?"
If her skin could grow any paler it does. She looks sick and all it does is make your stomach hurt more.
"I - I'm sorry.," she says.
You shake your head. "For what?"
Her hands come to grab your arms suddenly. "He's not who you think he is. You need to leave him. Now."
Your brows are furrowed. "I can't exactly do that right now."
It's as if she grows to understand your words because she looks at you with pity. It confuses you. Who is this woman? And so you ask.
"I'm Minjeong," she says again. "I'm Hoseok's ex."
Hoseok's ex... And then it hits you. The woman who broke his heart. The one that got away. It's her. Your key to salvation. Is here.
87 notes View notes
ana-rose1 11 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 41
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 7,089
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 41 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Dub-Con, Smut, Biting, Blood, Cum Eating
Prev | Next
You still feel gross. A few days have passed with your cold kicking your ass but you feel like you might be getting better. Hoseok has been playing the caregiver role and making sure you're happy and comfortable. Well as happy as you can be given the circumstances.
The two of you have been spending your meal times in his room as per your request but it doesn't mean you have gone without seeing the others. Yoongi has come to see you one time while Namjoon and Taehyung have seen you a few times. If it isn't them bringing you tea it's just for them to check up on you to see how you're doing. You appreciate that, honestly. They've been really sweet with you despite you occasionally leaving them on delivered because you're too tired to check your phone.
In other news Hoseok hasn't touched you or at least he does but doesn't go through with the plan of having sex with you whenever he gives you his saliva. He says it's because he wants you to conserve your energy. Just touching you while you were high seemed to take a lot out of you and so he would pull back and just let you rest. Even in the shower he would hold off for your sake. You know he's been wanting to do more but he's been trying his best not to take it a step further.
Today, while Hoseok is out fetching you something to drink, you check your bank account. You know you're playing with fire by not putting it into use but the time to leave just doesn't feel right yet. You'll do it some day, you're sure, but for now it's a no.
There's a knock on the door and with a raspy voice you welcome them in. You doubt that it's Hoseok because he would have just come in without question.
The door creaks open before Namjoon sticks his head inside. Seeing him brings a smile to your face. One that lights up his features as well.
"Where's Hoseok," he asks.
"Getting me something to drink." You pat the spot next to you. "Come here."
He steps inside and closes the door behind him. When he comes to sit by your side his hand reaches out for yours.
"How are you feeling today, princess?"
You shrug your shoulders. "Better than the other days."
He rubs his thumb over your hand. "Still you could be better."
You smile. "Could be better."
"My brother been taking care of you?"
You look down at your combined hands with a small frown.
"Hey."
It takes you a second before you look up at him again.
"I'm sorry I can't be there for you. The way I'm sure you want me to." He licks his lips. "Can you forgive me?"
Your brows draw together. "Of course I forgive you. It's not your fault things are the way they are."
He breathes a sigh of relief and smiles. "If I could I'd be here for you every step of the way."
"I know."
There's a sorry smile he sends your way as he squeezes your hand.
You wish it were just you and Namjoon but the fact is that it's not and you have to deal with that. No matter how much you wish for something you know to not let it consume you otherwise you'd feel miserable about it. It doesn't stop you from bringing his hand up to kiss his knuckles. He smiles in response.
"What have you been up to," you ask.
"Not much. Working most of the time. Now that I don't have you to distract me," he smirks. "I've been pretty busy."
You pout as you go to pinch his hand. He hisses in pain but laughs to cover it up.
"Sorry, sorry," he says.
"If I'm that much of a distraction then why bother with me?"
Namjoon huffs a laugh. "Don't pout, princess. I'm just messing with you."
You're still pouting but the way he smiles at you lightens your mood.
"You're lucky I like you."
"That I am," he says with a smile.
Loosening his hold on you he goes to stand up. You're about to ask him where he was going but he holds a finger up to his lips. A minute later the door opens and reveals Hoseok with a tray filled with tea along with little snacks. He doesn't acknowledge Namjoon as he must have already known his brother was in here with you.
"I brought you some more tea, baby. Plus, some crackers and cheese and those little cakes you like." He smiles brightly as you sit up and take the tray onto your lap. Once you have a hold of it he straightens up and turns to his brother.
"What brings you here?"
Namjoon just shakes his head and smiles. "Was checking to see how Y/N is doing. She seems a little better than before."
Hoseok makes an "Ah" sound as he rounds the bed to sit on his side. When he's settled next to you he dabs the teabag into the cup of hot water a few times for you.
"Careful it's hot," he says softly. He looks up to Namjoon then with a smile. "How's work been? I heard there's a new dealer you're working with? How's that going?"
Your movements still for a moment at the mention of their work but you're quick to snap back and grab your tea to blow on it.
"It's going as good as it can get. Jackson recommended him and I trust Jackson enough to give the man a chance."
Hoseok hums in agreement. "It's been a while since we last saw him. We should plan a get together."
"That would be nice."
You don't know who Jackson is nor care to know but it seems Hoseok has another plan in mind.
He looks down at you with a smile and a hand to the back of your head. "One day I'll introduce you to him. He's a great friend of ours."
You take a sip of your tea and look away without a word.
We'll see about that, you think.
Namjoon slips his hands into his pockets and leans back against the wall. "Any plans for today?"
His brother shakes his head as he continues to dote on you. "Just staying in with Y/N. I want her to be at her best again before I take her out anywhere."
"Understandable." Namjoon directs his attention towards you. "I should leave you alone then. Take care, yeah?"
You don't want him to leave but you know you have to so you nod.
"See you," you rasp out.
Namjoon waves before stepping out. The door shuts behind him hiding him away from you leaving you alone, once again, with Hoseok. The sound of the TV fills the air but your captor doesn't remain silent for long.
"How's the tea? Is it too bitter? I didn't want to put too much sugar for you."
The tea tasted fine. You take another sip before answering him.
"It's fine." A short answer.
He hums. "Don't forget your snacks." His hands clasp together as he stretches his arms out in front of him. "I wanted to bring you something to munch on. Something to hold you down until it's time to eat."
You place the tea down and look at the three small cakes that come in a wrapper. They're birthday cake flavored and he's right - you do like them. You open up one of them and begin to take little bites from it so you can savor it. You're enjoying it despite the fact that Hoseok has been staring at you non-stop.
Your eyes shift over to see him smiling at you and it's a little unnerving.
"What," you ask.
His brows perk up at the attention you give him. "Nothing."
You send a knowing look his way. "You have something to say. So what is it?"
For once he looks a little shy as he bites his bottom lip and fiddles with his thumbs. It's uncharacteristic of him and you don't know what to do with that information.
"Hoseok."
He releases his lip to smile at you. "Nothing it's just... I feel bad that you're sick but I've been enjoying taking care of you. You don't fight me as much."
Your brows furrow as you think on it.
You guess he's right. You've just been wanting to rest, get your high and go back to resting. He's been taking good care of you and you've been letting him. You did promise you would tone it down with the aggression but with you being sick you've really calmed down. The thought of that makes you purse your lips before taking another bite of your cake.
Hoseok picks a piece of cracker and cheese for himself but you don't react to it. He seems to smile around the food in his mouth and you don't know what to make of it.
Things feel a little domestic between you two. Something you hate but you're too sick to care. Let it be, you think. You'll just let it be.
You pick up your cup and sip some more tea that just hits the spot. It makes a warm trail down your throat and into your stomach. With the cake it tastes all the more sweeter.
Hoseok takes another piece of cheese with a cracker for himself before he brings his thumb up to wipe the corner of your mouth. You look at him to see he was getting to a piece of cake that sat on the edge of your lips and instead of brushing his hands of it he brings it to his mouth to lick off. The sight of him doing that makes you feel a little off but you try to not acknowledge him. Especially when he looks at you with heady eyes.
You clear your throat before swallowing more of the tea down.
"Easy there," he says. "I don't want you burning yourself."
You just grunt in response.
You can see from the corner of your eye how he keeps staring at you. It's unnerving and you make the mistake of locking eyes with him when you shift your sights.
His eyes are half-lidded and his smile is soft. He looks absolutely in love with you and it makes your stomach turn. You take a bite out of your cake and it just makes his smile grow wider.
"Hoseok," you say around a mouthful before swallowing. "You keep staring at me like that."
"Like what," he asks but you have a feeling he knows what you're talking about. He's just playing around. "Like what," he asks again.
You sigh before looking at the TV. It's some trash reality show that's on but it's had your attention before now. You try to ignore Hoseok as you watch the people interact but he laughs a little before leaning into your space and kissing your cheek softly. You catch him from the corner of your eye and see how he stares at you before giving you another kiss.
"You're too cute, Y/N."
Without a response you drink down more of your tea until there's nothing left.
"How's your throat, by the way?"
You place the cup onto the tray and shrug. "It doesn't hurt but you can already tell something's up with the way I sound." And you're right because it's still raspy.
Hoseok hums. "The tea should help with that." He taps the plate with the crackers and cheese. "Eat."
Before finishing off the cake you do as he says and eat the other snack he's brought. He takes another piece for himself but you don't complain. When you're done he takes the tray and places it outside his door like he's been doing as of late.
He closes the door behind him before walking up to you and smiling.
"Let's get you tucked in, yeah?"
Without much fight you let him baby you. You don't have it in you to go against him so you let him do as he pleases. Much to his content.
He goes to bring the covers over your arms but you lift them up to keep them on top. He barely raises a brow over it but he doesn't make a fuss. Instead he kisses your forehead, the tip of your nose then your lips. Focusing on your lips he kisses them a few times more before pulling back. It actually makes you wonder about something.
"Hoseok," you say.
He hums questioningly.
"Aren't you worried I might get you sick?"
His head tilts a little as he pouts. "Why would I get sick?"
"Because you keep kissing me and I'm sick."
Hoseok smiles before perching himself on top of the bed so he can straddle you. He pushes the strands of hair that slipped from the braid he did for you out of your face.
"I don't get sick easily."
"Oh." Is all you can muster.
It's a reasonable thought you had but he isn't the least bit concerned.
"I'm not one to get sick so easily. Not like Seokjin or Jungkook. I've always been like that since I was a kid. If I do get sick it's a pretty big deal but for the most part I'm fine."
You swallow and feel the way your throat aches. "Don't you think you're risking it though?"
The edges of his lips curl into a smile. "If I don't kiss you then who will?" He's trying to be cute.
His words make you think about Namjoon but you're quick to clear those thoughts lest he find a way to read your mind. That's something you're glad he can't do.
His hand comes up to cup your face where his thumb swipes over your cheek. He seems to grow serious and the look he sends your way sends a wave of discomfort over you. He looks concerned. Like a negative thought has struck him but he's trying his best to not let it show. You would ask him what's wrong but do you really want to know?
Hoseok licks his lips and gives you a small smile that barely reaches his eyes. "I love you, Y/N. I know I say that a lot but I really, truly love you. I don't know what I would do without you."
His eyes seems to grow teary and the idea of a crying Hoseok hits you and hits you in all the wrong places. If you thought you felt uncomfortable before then you feel so ten times more now.
Your hand reaches up for his to pull it off your face but he just laces your fingers together.
"Tell me you love me."
Your head jerks the slightest bit at his command.
He wants you to tell him you love him? Over your dead body, but instead of feeling entirely mad you actually feel concerned. How can you express the words he seeks when you don't in fact love him? Your heart's rhythm grows quick and heavy with the fact that you can't give him what he wants. And he seems to notice that because his eyes grow even more watery.
What was with him? What can you do to get him to stop? What can you do to appease him for the time being? The only words you can think of to say stand firm on the tip of your tongue. You think maybe you should stay quiet but they slip between your lips anyway.
"Kiss me."
His brows draw upwards for a moment before he gives you a teary smile and leans down to do just that. Kiss you.
Your lips meet and you swear you can feel every ounce of emotion he's bleeding in to you. His hand that's wound with yours squeezes you tightly to the point it has you gasping in pain. He pauses as your lips part and for a short second he does nothing but keep you close. Until you moan in pain his name where he then releases you so he can cup your face with both his hands.
"I love you," he whispers. "I love you. I Iove you."
He meets your lips again with his own and kisses you deeply.
You don't know what's come over him. This isn't the Hoseok you're used to. The Hoseok who always seemed so sure of himself. It's giving you whiplash and you have to admit that you're worried.
What happened to make him this way? Did you say or do something? Does he... does he know about you and Namjoon? No, he wouldn't act like this because of that right? You had to have said something to make him act like you're about to slip between his fingers. You just have zero recollection of what it could have been.
You pull back to breathe and place a hand against his chest. When he tries to kiss you again you keep your hand firm against him.
"Hoseok wait."
He pulls back to stare at you and for the moment that he looks you deep in your eyes something switches within him. He just smiles like nothing is wrong with him. Like he didn't just try drowning you in his love. He smiles and smiles and the sheen over his eyes seems to lessen.
"I know," he says. "I know it's going to take some time but I know deep down, you love me. It's just going to take some time."
He seems to have convinced himself this because he sits up a little so that he's somewhat hovering over you with a content look. You're shaken up though. The event makes you swallow deeply in concern.
Should you ask him what that was about? You want to but you're also nervous. There's no way he knows about you and Namjoon. If he did he wouldn't have let his brother leave so easily like he did earlier and you doubt he'd be so calm save for that little episode he had just now.
You lick your lips while your hand rests still against his chest. "Hoseok," you say. "What - what's wrong?"
The smile leaves his lips and he's just left staring at you with an unreadable expression. There he goes again. Hiding himself from you. It's hard to get a read on him when he's like this. It's one of your least favorite things about him. You know besides the obsession and possessiveness. It makes the hand on his chest twitch a little. It makes you wriggle a little beneath him in discomfort.
"Y/N," he says.
He garners your attention with his sudden silence and you wait until he speaks again so he can lower you from the suspension he holds you up on.
"Do you want me? Want what I can give you?"
Your head tilts a little in question.
Where was he going with this? Hoseok never does something without a plan. Was the teary eyes just merely a ruse? A ruse to get you where he wants you?
He's waiting for an answer and you contemplate on the answer.
You do want what he can give you, but it's not in the way he thinks. You want his saliva. You want it so bad and the ugly addiction that eats you up from the inside out makes your lips tremble with an answer.
He doesn't even have to ask you again. You don't think he was planning to anyway but you're quick to answer him with a small whisper. A "Yes."
His lips curl into a smile that feels so devious despite not looking the part, but he has his answer and he delivers his own with a kiss to your lips. A kiss where he slips the tip of his tongue out to run across the seam of your lips and you open up to let him inside.
Your eyes are shut but you feel something wet land on your cheek. You don't know what it is but you vaguely wonder if it's the tears he's been meaning to shed but you're too lost when your tongues meet. Too lost to care about anything else that isn't his toxic kiss.
The high lifts you up and over the moon that shines through the curtains. It's like you're in heaven though the reality is that you're in hell. For a brief moment you think you can live like this but you know this feeling doesn't last forever because what you have shouldn't last for so long. For the time being though you relish in the feeling he gives you. Relish in the way he brings you to the top before the inevitable drop back down to the ground.
Your hand on his chest goes to fist his shirt. You keep him close this way and open your mouth even wider so you can drown in his kiss. He's giving himself up willingly to you like this. He's always willing to give you all of him.
When you part to breathe your eyes open and you see that he did cry. That what you felt was a tear of his. You're too high to ask him why he cried but you don't know if you really want to know.
Hoseok takes the moment to breathe before leaning over to kiss your neck. His hands move to hold your breasts as he nips at your skin leaving you covered in his marks. Just as he likes it.
You moan at the feel of his teeth and gasp at a particularly harsh nip. You know you'll be left with bruises he won't allow you to cover but it's the least of your problems right now.
He sits up with a sigh and bends his arm so he can rest an elbow on your pillow and perch the side of his face against his fist. He just watches you now. Watches the way your eyes glaze over. Watches the way your lips part in pure relaxation. Lifting his other hand he goes to wipe away the tear that landed on your cheek and smiles.
"I love you, Y/N."
A small whine escapes you as your hand that was gripping his shirt begins to grow lax.
Licking his lips Hoseok caresses your cheek. Running his fingers over your face and down to your neck where he traces the marks he left behind.
"You probably," he stops. "You probably don't know what's going on right now but you don't have to worry. I'll love you for the both of us. Love us for the both of us. Until you can love me back. Just whatever you do. Don't leave me. No matter what. Okay?"
You whine again and nod your head. You don't even think you know what you're even agreeing to. You just know that you want what Hoseok has to offer right now. More of what he's given you.
"Kiss me," you say. "Please."
Hoseok's smile grows wider. "Whatever you want, my love."
The two of you kiss again but it's soft and languid. Neither of you are in a rush and you give and he takes and you take and he gives. The feeling coursing through you is outstanding and you know you can never have enough of it. Too bad you won't have it forever but for now you'll take what you can get.
Your tongues mingle and dance with one another. Massaging each other until you're moaning into his mouth. He moans back and by now he'd have his hand between your legs but he refrains from doing that. Instead he just kisses you and kisses you until you can't breathe again. When he pulls back he leans in to kiss your cheek then sits up to give you some space.
You're far beyond out of it and he lets you be as you are. At some point he stands up and goes off to use the bathroom while you're flying high. You can't stand looking without seeing up at the ceiling so you just close your eyes. You think you hear the people on the TV arguing but who cares? They're not where you are right now. Maybe that's why they're so angry. They just need to get high. Who knows?
When Hoseok comes back he slips beneath the covers to join you and holds you close. You can sense his eyes on you but you have nothing to say about it. Let him stare, you think. He's the least of your worries right now.
You're on a time limit now. Soon you'll come down but for now you're good. Hoseok has given you enough to hold you over for the time being.
When you slowly blink your eyes open it's like the high is reminding you that you're still up there with the world seeming to spin around you so you close them again. You're better off with your eyes closed.
Hoseok's hand that rests on your stomach comes up to push your strands of hair behind your ear. You think you hear him lick his lips before he parts them to speak.
"Let me know when you've come down."
You hum in response because it's all you can do right now.
More minutes pass by until you start to feel it. You're coming down from the high and all you're left with is nothing. You feel empty without it but there's nothing you can do other than to accept it. It's boring like this even a little dreadful but it is what it is.
You sigh deeply and mumble an "Okay" to Hoseok. He takes that chance to sit up on his arm to look over you and caress your face with the back of his hand with the other.
"Look at me," he says.
And you do. Your eyes flutter open and you're seeing him. The way his smile seems to grow the longer he stares at you.
"Hi."
You lick your lips. "Hi."
"How are you feeling now?"
"Okay I guess." You shrug your shoulders.
He stops caressing you so he can place his hand over your chest. Over your heart where he can feel it pound if he presses hard enough.
"Sorry about that."
Your brows furrow in confusion. "About what?"
His smile simmers down into a soft one that barely reaches his eyes.
"For getting emotional. I know there's nothing wrong with being emotional but I'm usually much more tamed."
Tamed? The word makes you huff a laugh but if he knows it's at his expense he doesn't show it. You doubt he knows that's why you laughed.
To avoid problems you just shrug your shoulders again. "People get emotional. It's life."
Your words seem to alight something within him because the edge of his lips tilts upwards into a crooked smile.
"Yeah it is life."
He looks around the room for a moment as if he's looking for something else to say. You take that chance to look off towards the side and you note the world isn't spinning like before. What you are hit with is the sudden urge to pee so you grab his hand and push it off to sit up.
"You okay?"
You nod your head. "I have to use the bathroom."
He pushes away from you to allow you some space as you stand up to head off.
While you're using the toilet you take the chance to rub your face with a sigh.
Hoseok inadvertently admitted that something was wrong. You don't know what made him act the way he acted and you have half a mind to ask him but you're stuck between wanting to know and not wanting to know. You could care less but if this will somehow affect your chances of escaping down the line or your time with Namjoon you think you should know what's up. Yeah. You'll ask him what's wrong. You just have to know.
You finish up in the bathroom and wash your hands. When you come back to the bedroom you see that he's staring at the TV. You stand by the doorway and begin to worry your hands between each other. When he realizes what you're doing his eyes snap to you and he frowns.
"You okay, baby?"
You purse your lips as you make your way over to the bed.
"Hoseok," you say as you sit down before him. "Why did you get emotional earlier?"
His brows raise the slightest bit at your question.
He looks like he's pondering on whether or not he should tell you. With the way his eyes shift left to right then back onto you.
"I figured you wouldn't remember."
You frown. What did he mean by that?
"I'm sorry," you ask in confusion.
Hoseok sighs but he pats your spot on the bed beckoning you to lie down. You do so hesitantly until you're perched on your arm like him staring face to face.
He grabs the covers and places them over you and tucks them around your waist. He's stalling. That you know for sure.
Breathing deeply he looks at you and gives you a smile that doesn't last long. You're about to say his name again but he speaks before you can.
"A few days ago. When you first got sick. You asked me something."
"What did I ask?"
He licks his lips. "What happens if I break your heart?"
The look of confusion on your face says it all for him.
You shake your head. "I don't remember asking that."
"I figured you wouldn't. You seemed really out of it." He brings a hand up to brush his fingers over your cheekbone. "I was going to let it slide but you were very adamant in wanting to know what would happen if you did that. I told you I know you wouldn't do that but it just had me thinking. Left me feeling concerned," he pauses. "You wouldn't do that, right?"
He's giving you that look. The one that seeks reassurance. It's a little overwhelming for you to see but what else can you do other than to tell him things were going to be okay?
You have no idea why you were both brave and stupid enough to ask that question. Like he said, you were out of it. That's the only explanation why. Now though you're left with someone who looks the slightest bit insecure. It's a first for you and it leaves you feeling unnerved yet powerful. Here you are holding Hoseok's heart in your hand. You could crush it. You doubt he'd let you go so easily but you could potentially break his heart here and now. If you know what's good for you you wouldn't dare. Otherwise his defenses will come up and you'll never see the light of day again. It's still tempting to do. You want to see him crushed but you won't do it. Can't do it. Not only because you have to play the part but you also realize you don't have a cruel bone in your body. You're not made to be cruel. You're just not.
"I can't," you start to say. How should you word this? "I can't do that. I don't see myself doing that."
There's a glossy sheen that takes over his eyes before he brings an arm around you to hold you close. He inhales your scent with a sniffle and you think he just might be crying.
"I'll trust you," he says. "Even if you don't mean that. I trust you know what's best."
What's best for you. For him. You feel so stuck in the middle. Like a fly caught in a spider's web. No matter how much you wiggle you just can't find a way out. Is it your fault that you're this stuck? Yes and no. It's a tricky question. Everything about this is tricky.
When he pulls back he goes to wipe his eyes before smiling at you. He doesn't look as worked up anymore and it brings you a small sense of peace.
You're used to the confident Hoseok and not that his sensitive side makes him weak but you're not used to it. All it does is make you worry.
The two of you go back to watching TV and wait until it's time to eat. It's not that long of a wait and most of the time is spent with both you and Hoseok making out. You're surprised he's so willing to give you the high more than once and you suspect it's all due to the recent conversation you had. He's feeling clingy and wants more of you. All of you really.
Your leg is hiked over his hip with him lying partially on top of you. His cool hand is slipped under your shirt palming at your breast - hardening your nipple to a peak. The occasional moan slips out of you with one of your hands in his hair and the other gripping the front of his shirt tightly. He's not far behind with the noises he makes. Absolutely salacious.
He pulls back a little so he can bite your bottom lip. He does it hard enough to make you gasp but he soothes the ache with his tongue. A silent apology.
The hand gripping his shirt loosens and slips between you so you can palm him over his pajamas. He's semi-hard and it twitches at the feel of your touch.
He takes in a quick short breath before resting his forehead onto your collarbone.
"Wait," he says but you're still touching him.
He has to grit his teeth before forcing you to stop with the hand he pulls out from under your shirt.
"Y/N wait."
In your high state of mind you make a questioning sound. "What," you slur.
"I don't want to go too far. You should be resting."
Your brows furrow as your eyes close. He's right but you're not in the right state of mind. All you know is that you want more and he's a somewhat willing participant.
"I'm fine Hoseok. Just give me more. Please." You release his clothed cock so you can wrap your other leg around him and pull him flushed against you.
"But you're sick, Y/N."
You arch your back as if you were in pain. "I don't care, Hoseok. I don't care."
With the hand in his hair you pull him up to which he hisses but it's over quickly when your lips meet again.
Hoseok groans into your mouth and as if your words were all he needed to hear he slips his hand between you two and into your shorts where he palms your sex.
"You really want it," he questions between kiss.
You can only nod your head before slipping your tongue into his mouth.
Hoseok grabs the side of your head to keep your lips close as he maneuvers himself so that he's kneeling between your legs. Your head can barely comprehend what's happening right now but you know it's what your high state of mind wanted.
He's quick to raise your shirt above your breasts and they peak from the cool air. The next to go are your shorts and underwear leaving your bottom half completely exposed to him. He takes the chance then to remove his clothes entirely before palming his weeping cock that stands at full attention now.
With your distracted mind you jump when you feel his fingers touch your core. He slips his fingers over your entrance to spread your slick everywhere and makes it easier for him to slip into you easily. You sigh at the feeling as he begins to stretch you out. He spreads his fingers apart with every pump until your walls begin to relax around him. When that happens he slips a third finger inside and repeats the process. He's not here to go faster than the pace he's already going. He's just concentrating on relaxing you for him.
As soon as you're ready he pulls himself out and aligns his cock with your hole that leaks more of your arousal. Your high state amps up the pleasure that you're feeling and so when he begins to slip inside your back arches. Even with the foreplay he's still a tight fit but at least it doesn't hurt.
Your toes curl as he slips more and more of himself in until he reaches the hilt. He presses his hips into you and leans over to grab your hands. His fingers lace with your own and he brings them up above your head to rest. With a slow and steady pace he begins to move leaving you to feel ultimate pleasure.
He's in no rush. He's just taking the time to feel you just as you feel him. This type of sex is new to you. You're used to the fast and hard feeling. Now he snaps his hips into you at a languid place but the pleasure is steadily building up.
There's something so sweet about this. You're not ready to acknowledge all of that but for now you'll let things be as is. This slow and gentle sex that has you pulsating around him makes him openly moan. Your lips part to let out a moan yourself. Your breaths intermingle with every pump of his hips. One after another. One after another...
There's a particularly harsh thrust he makes that makes you gasp but he doesn't go any harder than that.
"Y/N. Look at me," he commands.
And you do. Your eyes are open and take him in. You see the way his eyes have turned blue and you know he's feeling it. His scleras grow red with unshed blood but they glisten like he has to cry again.
"I love you, Y/N." He begins to pant. "I love you so much."
You whine at his words and in a delirious state you reciprocate his feelings. "I love you too."
That seems to do it for him because he closes his eyes in pure bliss.
You ride each other out - slowly but surely nearing the end. His hands squeeze yours but not enough to make it hurt. Only enough to keep him grounded as he pushes in then out. Despite it being new to you you find that you enjoy this type of sex. You just need a little bit more.
His pace picks up a bit with a shaky breath. "Are you close?"
You whine. "Yeah."
He releases one of your hands so that he can play with your clit. A substantial amount of pressure that he rolls in circles with his thumb. You're entirely slick down there and it makes the turns his digit makes smooth. You gasp out loud to the feeling he sends throughout your body. You're definitely close and he can tell with the way your walls flutter around him.
"Come on, baby," he says. "Give it to me."
You moan out loud as you hold his hand tighter.
"Ah Hoseok I'm so close!"
"I know, beautiful." He picks up the pace a little. Both his hips and his thumb. "Come for me."
You gasp over and over again - your body trembling beneath him. Your legs wrap tighter around him limiting his space of movement but it doesn't slow him down.
You're so close and he realizes you're about to come when your walls clamp down on him. So tight that he hisses in pleasure before he comes tumbling down right after you.
His hips jerk over and over with each powerful burst of cum that spills from him. Your walls massage his length and pulls from him everything he's got. The sight of you two is pure eroticism as you come together. Until there's nothing left but weary bones. It doesn't stop him from biting you though and taking your blood deep inside him. He rolls his hips as he drinks from your neck leaving you feeling just the slightest bit light-headed.
When he comes to a still inside of you he retracts his mouth to lick your wound and just lets you keep him warm. It's wet and messy down there but he wouldn't have it any other way. And apparently neither would you when you're this high.
Hoseok sighs before pulling out a move that makes the two of you hiss. He sits up and pulls your legs apart so he can admire your sex.
"Push," he says and you know what he means.
You push down a little until you feel his cum slowly slip out of you. He brings his thumb over to smear his essence and brings it up to his lips to taste. He takes it all in before leaning over and kissing you so you can taste him just as well. You're not a fan of the taste but you take what he can give and if whatever he gives comes with the high then you'll have it.
You kiss slow and long until you both have to come up for air. Your body feels heavy after cumming and because of the state of mind you're in. You can feel the way Hoseok kisses your forehead before removing your shirt off of you.
You know what comes next. He expects for the two of you to shower, but not right now. Right now you just need to relax. At least until the high leaves you. It stays for a while and you enjoy every bit of it. It's when you start to come down do you realize what your actions lead you up to and you're left feeling shameful.
You shouldn't feel shameful you think. It's not the first and will possibly not be the last that you do this. You scratch his back and he scratches yours. You want the high and so you give him your body and your nonexistent love. It's the high that possesses you to say and do wild things. You'll deal with these things another time. For now it is what it is.
You'll let him take care of you however he sees fit and you'll lose yourself in him. It's just how things are. You'll take it. Even if it makes him fall more in love with you every time you do it.
74 notes View notes
ana-rose1 11 months
Text
Tumblr media
饾暜饾枍饾枂饾枙饾枡饾枈饾枟 40
A story of obsession, fear, and lust. You're a maid whose Masters forbid you in meeting their guests for the night but your luck runs dry when you run into them and catch the attention of Lord Hoseok himself. He's smitten from the beginning and thus, your fate has been decided.
Pairing: Yandere Vampire Hoseok x Fem/AFAB Reader
Word Count: 6,106
Warnings: 18+, Yandere, Obsession, Possessive, Angst, Fear, Blood, Biting, Dub-Con, Eventual smut
Will add or remove warnings based on what's in each chapter.
I do not condone the behavior being exhibited in my work. This is solely for entertainment purposes and I hope if any of you are ever in a situation like this that you have the chance and ability to run away from it. Take care out there.
DO NOT copy, edit, or repost my work anywhere.
Chapter 40 Warnings: Yandere, Possessive, Obsession, Mild Touching
Prev | Next
Shit. Maybe Hoseok is right. Maybe you did get sick because your nose won't stop running, your throat itches, and you've been sneezing. A lot. You didn't want this to ruin movie night so you tried your best to maintain the sniffles and sneeze as silently as you can. You even excused yourself to the bathroom to blow your nose to which Hoseok said he'll accompany you. You told him no but he still came and is waiting for you outside the locked door.
"Jesus fucking christ," you mumble after a sneeze.
There's a gentle knock on the door followed by Hoseok's worried words.
"Baby let me in. Please?"
Your nose feels stuffed and there's a whistling sound when you try to breathe through the stuffage.
"Just give me a minute." Your voice sounds nasally.
In response Hoseok jiggles the doorknob.
You sigh and roll your eyes but you let him in anyway lest he break the damn door down.
He has a worried look on as he goes to cup your face.
"Maybe you need something stronger than what I gave you." He's referring to the cold medicine.
"No," you say. "It's not going to work immediately, Hoseok. It's going to take some time."
"But still," he huffs. "It's like what I gave you just triggered you to get worse. I'll have the servants grab you something stronger."
You're about to tell him to forget about it but he leaves you to find some help.
You sigh and go back to find some toilet paper to blow your nose in. The noise you make as you blow your guts out into the paper sounds gross but it's not enough to clear the stuffed feeling in your sinuses.
"Are you okay?"
You jump at the sound of Taehyung's voice.
"Christ don't do that," you say.
He actually looks a bit sheepish when he apologizes.
Throwing away the toilet paper you grab more for yourself as you answer him.
"I'm fine, Taehyung. I just got a little sick."
"Ew."
Your brows furrow at the voice that clearly isn't Taehyung's. When you peek around the doorframe you see that it's Jimin.
You frown. "What are you doing here?"
His hackles seem to rise because his eyes widen in anger. "This is my house."
"It's our house." Taehyung says before directing his attention back to you. "He followed me because I wanted to see if you were okay."
"And clearly she's fine. Now let's get back to the movie."
"Where's Hoseok?"
Jimin stomps his foot when his brother doesn't follow him.
You throw your hand in the direction he left in. "He went to get some help. Wants them to find me something for the cold."
"So you're not okay," he says as a matter of fact.
"Not really Taehyung but I promise it's nothing bad. I'll get through this."
"Why is everyone out here?"
You look down the hall to see Seokjin.
You bring your hand to your temple and rub it. "Oh my god."
"She has a disease." Jimin grumbles.
"She has the cold." Hoseok corrects as he comes back.
"Oh." Seokjin walks up to join you all. "Did you give her anything for it?"
"I did." Hoseok says. "But I sent someone to grab something stronger."
"Ah."
"Is everything okay?"
All of you turn your head to see Namjoon as he walks over.
"She has gonorrhea." Jimin says.
"Y/N has a cold." Both Hoseok and Taehyung correct their brother at the same time.
"How are you feeling?" Namjoon questions as he goes to place the back of his hand against your forehead. "You're warm."
"No shit."
"Jimin shut up." Hoseok chides.
You sigh out loud. "I'm fine. It's just a little cold. Nothing I can't handle."
"Everything okay?"
Every single head in the hall turns towards Yoongi that comes waltzing over.
You're clearly feeling irritated but also worried. "Guys come on. Jungkook wanted you all together for a movie night and you're over here checking up on me. He's going to be pissed."
Yoongi throws a thumb over his shoulder. "Jungkook fell asleep about 30 minutes ago."
You throw a look of disbelief his way. Wasn't this all Jungkook's idea. To have a movie night? Now he's asleep and his brothers are in the hallway bothering you.
You weren't expecting your night to take this kind of a turn.
"Look," you start. "I'm sick but it's not a big deal. Someone will bring me something for the cold and I'll be fine. Just go back to watching the movie. Jungkook may be asleep right now but when he wakes up he might get upset if none of you are in there with him."
Yoongi hums. "You're right." He looks at his brothers. "Everyone done here?"
Seokjin shrugs while Hoseok runs his fingers through your hair in comfort.
"I've been done." Jimin grumbles.
He grabs Taehyung by the arm and tugs him along despite his brother clearly wanting to stay. Seokjin follows behind them without a word and you're left with Namjoon, Yoongi and, of course, Hoseok.
"I hope you feel better, Y/N." Namjoon smiles and it warms your heart. "Can't have you missing our quality time together."
You huff a laugh. "I know."
Yoongi looks between you two as he tongues his cheek. It's unnerving how much he stares. To the point that you have to smile his way to get a different reaction from him.
He gives that halfway smile before patting Namjoon's back.
"We should get going. Leave these two alone."
There's a slight tug he makes on Namjoon's arm. When the tallest of the brothers looks down at him his brows furrow because Yoongi is giving him a certain look.
"Can I talk to you for a second?"
Namjoon nods as he's dragged away and you're a little worried. Yoongi seemed pretty hellbent on talking to him alone. He actually leads him to the playroom but you doubt they're in the rumbling theater room.
"Hey."
You look over to Hoseok who smiles.
Before either of you can say anything more a servant approaches the two of you with a call to Hoseok by his title.
"My Lord," he says.
Hoseok angles his body to the servant who bows to him.
"We have this for colds." He presents two bottles. "This one is for daytime and the other nighttime. The latter will make her sleepy so I think it's best the Lady takes it when it's time to sleep."
You're not unfamiliar with these types of medicines. Having taken them a time or two before when you used to work. You're sure Hoseok isn't unfamiliar with them either but he thanks the servant nonetheless and sends him on his way.
When he turns to you he hands you the daytime medicine with a smile.
"Take this for now. I'll give you the other one later."
Without a second to waste you open the bottle and pour the liquid into the little cup it comes with. You take the medicine and grimace at the taste but you know it's something you just have to deal with. Hoseok smiles when you lock eyes but you hurriedly look away and go to wash the cup.
He leans against the doorframe waiting for you to finish. When the rushing water comes to a close he stretches his hand out for you to take. You ignore it though and hold the medicine with two hands. It doesn't deter him though because he comes over to wrap an arm around your shoulders.
"It's almost time to eat. Once the movie is over we can head to the dining room."
You make a face to which he coos at.
"Would you prefer if we have the food sent upstairs? We can do that. So you can rest."
To be honest that sounds a lot better than sitting in front of everyone while you're sneezing and coughing. You think the brothers would prefer you not attend with them anyway because of how sick you are so you nod.
"Okay." Hoseok chirps. "We'll do that then. Let's head upstairs."
"What about the movie?"
"I think it's best we get you to bed. Jungkook would understand."
You guess so, you guess not. Jungkook is an unpredictable character just like Hoseok. You never know what's going on with him until he speaks out loud and even then you don't entirely know. He's blunt. That's for sure. Outside of that he's mysterious.
Once you're inside the room you practically collapse onto the bed. Hoseok chuckles as he takes the medicine from you and places it on your nightstand along with the one he held.
"Come on," he says. "Let's get you more comfortable."
He slips your slippers off and helps you get under the covers. Curling up you rub the side of your face into your pillow and sigh. The coolness of it feels good and you relish in the feel of it.
Hoseok makes a call to have the food to be sent upstairs and hangs up soon after.
"That's done. Is there anything you need before I lay down?"
You think on it and there's only one thought that comes to mind.
You purse your lips before biting the bottom one. The thought you have is if he'd give you another hit. You'd appreciate it really. You know he's already given you the high you crave but you hope he'd be willing to give it to you again.
"Y/N?"
You look up at him and he raises a brow.
"Um," you start. You curl up further before looking off towards the side. "I was wondering if, if you could give it to me again."
His brows furrow. "Give what?"
He's utterly confused and you're not helping with your cryptic message.
"I was hoping you would give your saliva... again."
Realization graces his face as he goes to sit down on the bed.
You're a little too embarrassed to lock eyes with him so you look away. He's not having it though because he crawls over to hover over you.
"Hey," he says. "Look at me."
Your heart is beating a mile a minute. You're nervous and you know he knows it.
His hand comes up to your chin so he can angle your head towards him. With it comes your eyes shifting over until you're looking directly at him. He smiles though it barely reaches his eyes.
"I would but you're sick. I think it's best that I just let you rest."
You frown. That's not at all what you wanted to hear.
"What does me being sick have to do with anything?"
Hoseok releases you and sits back. His smile never leaves his face even though he can clearly see the annoyance on yours.
"What you need is to rest."
"But it wouldn't hurt me if you gave me what I want."
To this he sighs. "Y/N."
"Hoseok," you bite back.
His eyes narrow as his nostrils flare. "Don't," he says. "Remember what you promised me."
Your hand comes up to rub your eyes before covering them with your arm.
You're feeling frustrated.
"Did you think that because I gave it to you earlier that I would later give it to you again?"
You did think that and right now with him making it sound like you're out of your mind - it leaves you feeling upset.
Hoseok sighs deeply. "Y/N," he calls to you but you don't respond. "Y/N. Hey."
He grabs your arm to remove it from over your eyes but when he does you're not looking his way.
"Y/N." He tries again but before he can say anything further you mumble.
"You made me this way. You know that?"
Silence fills the room. His grip on your arm tightens making you wince. When you look at him he looks upset.
"Hoseok. You're hurting me."
He releases you without a problem but the frown on his face doesn't leave.
"Maybe I did make you this way," he says through clenched teeth. "But don't hold it over my head. Do you understand me?"
You swallow in discomfort.
You don't know why you weren't expecting him to get upset with you but you didn't. It shocks you a bit and it makes you a little shy as you shift your eyes away from him. He isn't having it though because he says your name in a strong commanding voice that makes you flinch.
"I asked you a question."
You lick your lips. "I understand." A pause before you tack on these final words. "I'm sorry."
His expression softens at your apology before he huffs and looks off to the side.
You wonder what's going on in that head of his. Is he still upset? Is he disappointed? Is he realizing you're not the one for him? You can only hope and dream that last one but that's all it'll ever be. Hopes and dreams.
"After we eat."
You look over to him in mild confusion until it hits you what he means.
"For real," you ask.
He looks over to you and no longer does he appear annoyed.
"For real," he says.
You're going to get what you want. That's all that matters to you now. You sigh in relief and he catches it.
"Thank you for apologizing."
Your brows furrow the slightest bit before you look away. You only did that because you wanted him off your back. For your sake.
You shrug your shoulders in response.
Hoseok's body comes to rest on his side with his arm keeping him perched up. His hand comes up so he can brush his thumb over your cheek to which you let him. It's one of those gentle touches he does that you don't mind too much but it still makes you a little uncomfortable.
"What wouldn't I do for you? Honestly."
You don't know how to respond so you keep quiet.
It's like this for a little bit. Him looking down at you as he caresses you and, of course, you're stuck in your head. You're far away from here. Your mind is far from his reach and you worry just a little bit that he'll go back on his word and control you again. But he doesn't do it and for that you are grateful.
After a while there's a knock on his door and you know that it's the food. You sit up quickly not because you're hungry but because of what comes after. If Hoseok knows that's why you look positively excited to eat he doesn't say. He's just happy to see you wanting to eat.
The trays of food are given to you and you both rest them on the bed. Your legs are crossed as are Hoseok's and you're left to eat with the servants leaving the room.
"Here." Hoseok says.
You look at him to see he's holding up some rice to try and feed to you. You frown as you pull your head back.
He pouts. "Why don't you let me feed you?"
Is he actually pouting over this? You try not to roll your eyes before you speak.
"I don't know. It's just embarrassing."
His head tilts a little. "Why would you be embarrassed? I just want to take care of you. There's nothing wrong with that."
You sigh. "I just don't like being babied."
He brings the rice down back into its bowl before turning to you. His hand comes up to the back of your neck where he rubs it gently.
"I get you don't like it but I want to pamper you. Treat you like the queen that you are. You mean everything to me and there's nothing I wouldn't do for you."
These declarations of love are always too much for you but you know he won't listen when you tell him to stop. Look how he is now and all because you won't let him feed you.
Hoseok grabs the rice again with his utensils and brings it up to your lips.
"Please?"
You sigh deeply and avert your eyes as you open your mouth. You don't see how wide his smile grows at this. He's absolutely elated to be feeding you while you feel a warmth coat your cheeks and ears due to embarrassment.
Closing your mouth you chew the rice that tastes like misery. Before you can even fully swallow the whole thing he brings a piece of meat up to your lips. You look towards him to see he's looking at you expectantly. He's smiling happily and how badly do you want to erase it from his face, but then you remember something.
He's going to give you your high after you're done eating. What if he changes his mind and all because you snapped at him? Because you wouldn't let him feed you? It's a thought that makes you grind your teeth in irritation but you have to play it safe.
After swallowing the rice you open up for the meat. Hoseok's heart shaped smile is nearly blinding as you accept his offering.
"Good girl," he says in a whisper.
You don't know if he was actually planning for you to hear it or not but either way you did.
He keeps feeding you in between the mouthfuls he takes himself. At some point after finishing his food he switches from his bowls to yours and feeds you again. You're starting to feel full and turn your head away when he brings up some kimchi.
"Come on, my love. Just one more bite."
"I can't. I'm going to feel sick if I have another bite."
It's already bad enough you're dealing with the cold. You don't want to feel nausea on top of that.
Hoseok brings the kimchi back to your bowl on your tray and chuckles.
"You're right. Let's not force it. You've eaten quite a lot at least." He smiles. "Any room for dessert?"
You groan to which he laughs.
"I'm kidding. We don't even have dessert here." He stands up and grabs his tray. "Let me just set these out real quick."
And he does. Both your and his tray are waiting outside the door for someone to pick them up. When he's done he dusts his hands as if they were dirty before coming over to his side of the bed where he kneels down before you.
You slip further under the covers and rest your head on your pillow. You feel absolutely stuffed. It's unknown how many mouthfuls of food you had but you know that it was more than enough.
"You were very good." Hoseok says.
Your eyes shift to him to see he's biting his bottom lip. He looks over the moon because you let him feed you. Like he said, he just wanted to pamper you but you're not used to it and you sure as hell didn't like it.
Hoseok crawls over to you before kneeling back down. His knees are pressed up against your arm and he brings a hand up to your face to cup gently.
"Thank you for letting me have this. I know you don't like it so I won't expect this from you every time but once in a while let me have my way."
That's the thing. He always has his way. No matter if you like it or not.
"And so I'll give you want you want." He leans his head closer to yours. "Open up and stick your tongue out for me."
You know what he means and you happily part your lips for him.
There's a smirk on his lips before he procures a wad of saliva that slowly descends from his mouth to yours. It lands on your tongue and slides down until it reaches the back of your throat where you swallow it.
From the moment it hit your tongue you felt it. The real reason why you're here. What started it all for you. The high. You can never have enough of it. It's intoxicating.
Hoseok pulls back to watch the way your body reacts to his saliva. You see him - feel him as he caresses your cheek. Your eyes close in bliss and you just let the feeling take over you completely.
How could you explain this feeling to someone who's never felt something like this before? There's not enough words in the vocabulary for you to express this feeling. You just know it makes you feel good. Like you're above and beyond everything and everyone. Untouchable. Elated. Enraptured.
You angle your head so that you can rub the side of your face into Hoseok's hand. You can hear him giggle at your action but you don't care. You're enjoying this too much.
You feel Hoseok straddle your waist and you would open your eyes to see what he's doing but you don't dare open them. His hand moves so his thumb can rub against your lips. He applies a bit of pressure to which you react by parting them slightly. You hear him huff a laugh before he slips the digit into your awaiting mouth. Your tongue laves over the pad of his thumb and he gives a half hearted moan. One made more out of interest rather than pleasure.
"You look so pretty like this," he says.
Your eyes open and you swear you see a halo over his head. Maybe you're losing it because of the high or maybe it's the ceiling light up above his head. Either way you see it and for a moment the devil looks like an angel. That's what he started off as anyway.
Hoseok slips his thumb out and watches as you lick your lips. His hands come to rest on either side of your head as he tilts his own in silent wonder.
The high is still running strong but you're interrupted by an unexpected sneeze. Right. You're sick. It makes Hoseok jump at the sudden sound before he begins to laugh. It has to be the high because you laugh along with him though it's more airy.
"I should probably bring you some tissues. I'll bring over the little trash bin from the bathroom too."
He sits up straight before climbing off to grab you the things you need. You sigh at the loss of contact and blink a few times. You think the high might be wearing off now but you don't want it to leave you. Will Hoseok give it to you again if you ask? Probably not. Unless you do something for him.
You can't believe you're thinking this with a semi sane mind.
When Hoseok comes back he places a box of tissue paper on your nightstand and the bin from the bathroom by your side of the bed. He's unsuspecting and so it catches him by surprise when you sit up and tug him forward by his pants.
"What," he asks.
You rest yourself on your knees and reach a hand out to grab him by the back of his neck and pull him down towards you while your other hand finds his cock through his pants.
He gives a surprised sound as your lips come together and there's a slight bit of hesitation before he reciprocates your kiss.
It's smooth sailing up until this point because he doesn't part his lips despite you running the tip of your tongue against the seam of them. You can feel the way he hardens in your hand and he moans but he ultimately pulls back and stills your hand with a hold to your wrist.
"We can't," he says.
Why couldn't you? You're starting to feel a little too sober for this.
"Why not," you ask.
Hoseok smiles as he removes your hands from him.
"As much as I would love to continue - you're sick. You should be resting."
You frown. "But it didn't stop us from doing what we did in the shower."
"Yeah but you weren't sneezing and coughing like you are now."
You know he's right but it frustrates you. Couldn't he have just ignored it and let you get what you want? Even when you're playing your cards right do you still not get your way.
Hoseok helps ease you back down beneath the covers that he brings up to your chin.
"We can pick this up another time. For now just rest."
You sigh but acquiesce to him.
To fill the silence in the room he turns on the TV. This turns out to be a boring night in where you're feeling gross and Hoseok is tucked in by your side. Your plan failed and you have nothing to make this cold a bit more bearable.
You weren't expecting him to deny you. It was a bit surprising to be honest. You thought he'd go for it but Hoseok is always a step or two ahead of you. As always.
Besides the TV the occasional sniffle, cough and the sound of you blowing your nose fills the room. Hoseok had put on a movie from On Demand that you're half paying attention to. It's not that it's a bad movie but you're starting to get a headache because of how clogged your sinuses are. At some point Hoseok maneuvers over to you so he can check how warm you are. It makes him frown but he doesn't say anything about it. He just asks if you're thirsty to which you reply that no you aren't.
You're about midway through the movie which you only know because Hoseok pauses it and you're about to ask why when there's a knock on the door. Hoseok welcomes them in and when the door opens you're a little surprised to see that it's Taehyung. He has a little mug with him that he places on your bedside table with a smile.
"I brought you tea," he says. "Drink it while it's still warm."
You're sure your face says it all. You're astonished by his actions and it honestly warms your heart.
"Thank you," you say as you go to sit up.
Taehyung just continues to smile as you grab the cup of tea and blow it a little before taking a sip.
"How was the movie?" Hoseok asks. "Did Jungkook wake up?"
His brother hums with a nod. "The movie was good and Jungkook was a little disoriented. He didn't even notice you were missing. Jimin helped in taking him to bed."
It's Hoseok's turn to hum. "And what brings you here? Besides bringing Y/N some tea?"
Taehyung bites his bottom lip and twiddles his thumbs together. "I just wanted to make sure Y/N was okay." He directs his attention towards you. "How's the tea?"
You take another sip before bringing the cup down. "It's good. It's soothing my throat. Thank you again."
He nods his head along with a little bow.
You take your time with the tea as it's still too hot to drink in one go but while this happens Taehyung stays by your bed side. It doesn't go unnoticed by you or Hoseok who raises a brow his brother's way.
"Do you want to sit, Tae," he asks.
Taehyung's brows perk up and his lips part. "Oh um, it's okay. I'm just waiting for Y/N to be done so I can take the mug back downstairs."
Hoseok sends him a knowing look. "Taehyung sit down."
"Okay." Without resistance he comes to sit on the edge of the bed by your legs.
You smile at him and he smiles back.
If there's one thing you've learned about Taehyung it's that he's a little clingy. To you at least. You don't know how he really is with his brothers. He might be the same way with them but you haven't been able to witness it since you're almost always with either Hoseok or Namjoon. It brings forth a different feeling inside of you. You don't know what but maybe it's a protective feeling? He seems really sweet and you're so glad you don't have to witness the scarier side of him anymore.
Your thoughts are interrupted when you sneeze and reach for a tissue. When you tug it out you see it's the last one and point it out to Hoseok.
Your captor's brows raise for a moment before he sits up.
"I should have more in the bathroom. Give me a second."
He gets out of bed and heads to the bathroom leaving you alone with Taehyung who looks like he has something on his mind.
"You okay," you ask curiously.
Taehyung looks a little surprised but covers it with a shy smile. "Um it's nothing."
"You sure? You can tell me if you want." You don't want to push him if he doesn't want to talk about it.
He shakes his head softly and you swear you see his cheeks turn pink.
"It's just," he pauses. "I don't want to freak you out."
Your brows furrow. His response isn't what you were expecting and it honestly makes your pulse rise.
He seems to notice this and panics a bit. "It's nothing bad it's just that um... I've never had a girl friend before."
You tilt your head. "Girlfriend?"
"I mean like a friend who's a girl." He points to you then himself. "You're my first friend who's a girl." And like it needs clarification he continues on. "I've had a girlfriend before but it was more of a fling than anything deep. Outside of that it's just been men in my life. Both in friendship and love life."
You're a little surprised by his admission. Not that he's been with men but because you're his first friend that doesn't fit his usual criteria.
"Oh," you say. "So I'm the first? For real?"
He nods his head. "For real."
You take another sip from your tea though this time it's a little longer now that it's cooling off a bit.
What do you say to that? You don't know but right now it's like Taehyung is exposing you his heart and you have to be very careful with it. So you just nod your head and mutter the word "Cool."
To this his smile widens into a box shape that makes you smile yourself though it's a little more reserved.
"Cool," he says. "Sorry if it's weird. I just thought it was nice. For me at least."
That feeling of being protective of him resurfaces and it really surprises you. Who would have ever thought that you and Taehyung will be friends? That he'd admit this to you like it's some big secret? A secret he was so shy to admit. It makes your features soften and without a second thought you reach for his hand to hold.
He looks down at your hand for a second before tentatively placing his own on top. You give a little squeeze that he smiles to and squeezes back.
You don't know what you're doing. It just seemed right to do but you feel like you should stop.
All of this will come to an end some day. You're making friends with the enemy's family. Friends and a lover. The day you run out of Hoseok's life is the day this will all end and all you'll be left with is a family of vampires that will probably want to end you for hurting their Hoseok's heart. Everyone except for Namjoon who knows you want to escape. Namjoon who if his brothers find out what he's doing with you - you don't even want to think about what they'll do to him. These thoughts make you swallow deeply before you turn your attention to your tea that has cooled down enough for you to drink it all down.
You clear your throat before handing him the mug that he takes after letting go of your hand. He gives you one last look of that box shaped smile before he stands up to leave.
"I'll see you around then," he questions you.
You purse your lips with a nod. "See you around."
He smiles one last time before leaving the room. Leaving you alone with Hoseok who you notice is leaning against the doorframe to his closet with his arms crossed. He's smiling and it makes you frown.
"What," you ask.
He stands up straight and walks over to the bed to crawl on top of it and hands you a new box of tissues. You take it but before you can open it he leans over to gently hold your head so he can kiss your forehead.
"What," you ask again.
He releases you to get under the covers.
"Thank you," he says.
"For?"
"For being you. For being nice and getting along with my brothers. For everything."
You look down at the box in your hands and hastily open it. You take out a tissue and blow your nose ignoring the fact that Hoseok is thanking you for being nice to Taehyung. Your thoughts are a little jumbled right now with the fact that you know this all won't end well for you. It's a fact but would you rather be in a house with friends or enemies? Of course the former. It's just a little scary knowing how things will go once it's time.
Hoseok brings a hand up to rub your back and helps ease you down on the bed and into his side. You let him maneuver you how he sees fit as your mind is too busy fumbling around with facts you don't like. You can hear the way his heart beats beneath your ear. How it creates a lengthy rhythm compared to yours that's steady like a human's because that's what you are: a human among vampires. It's a scary thought.
He presses play on his remote and the room is filled with the sounds from the TV again. You try to drown out your thoughts with the movie. Take in word for word of what the characters on the screen are saying just so you can ignore what's going on through your head. It works for the most part. Especially when you start to grow a little tired. Hoseok notices the change in your breathing and wakes you up so you can take the nighttime cold medicine. It tastes bitter and you wish you had something to wash it down with. Hoseok takes the little cup with him to the bathroom to rinse out and smiles when he sees the way you're curling up in bed after he comes back. The movie is done and he switches the TV to some random show that's on. Something to keep him entertained while you're on the precipice of sleep.
It's when you're in a slightly delusional state due to the cold and the medicine do you ask Hoseok something.
"What happens if I-" Your words begin to slur.
Hoseok hums questioningly and turns on his side so he can face you.
"What happens with what, my love?"
You should stop where you're at but you're not yourself right now so you try again.
"What happens if I break your heart?"
You can feel the stillness even without being totally coherent.
Your eyes are closed and you can't bring yourself to open them. Maybe if you did you would have backtracked on that question.
"You won't," he says though his words are barely above a whisper.
"But what if I do?"
Hoseok sighs. "I don't know what's gotten into you but if were talking hypothetically," he pauses.
He stays silent for a moment too long and just when you think he won't speak he does.
"For whatever the reason may be I will never give up on you. I won't ever let you leave and I'll make sure we get through this. Together. Outside of that I know you won't even try and dare do that. Not if you know what's good for you." He leans over to place a kiss onto your forehead.
You don't realize it but a tear slips out and he wipes it away.
You're completely out of it now. Falling asleep so close to him. You don't hear, see nor feel the way he curls up closer to you. How he wraps an arm around you or how his lips stay pressed against your forehead. Nor how his eyes shift from left to right in worry nor how they gloss over with unshed tears. You don't see him the way he sees you.
71 notes View notes